You are on page 1of 123

BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH THE QUEEN MOTHER MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

BY APPOINTMENT TO HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

1997 Range Electrical Guide

Published by Service Communications Jaguar Cars Limited Publication Part Number JTP 559

XK8 Range 1997


Electrical Guide Format

User Instructions Introduction

This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information for and about the use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the XK8 electrical / electronic systems, as well as the location and identification of components. The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number (i.e. Fig. 01.1) and Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure. It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the book and with the system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents on the following pages should help to guide the user.

Standard Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Electrical Guide: B+ Battery Voltage CAN Controller Area Network COUPE Coupe Vehicles CONV. Convertible Vehicles DI Direction Indicator LH Left-Hand LHD Left-Hand Drive NAS North American Specification RH Right-Hand RHD Right-Hand Drive ROW Rest of World SCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network VIN Vehicle Identification Number Refer to the vehicle Service Manual for a glossary of standard terms and their abbreviations.

Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)


VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:

VIN 123456 indicates up to VIN 123456; VIN 123456 indicates from VIN 123456 on.
XK8 Electrical System Architecture
The XK8 system architecture is new to Jaguar vehicles and features vehicle multiplexing. Multiplexing allows for greatly simplified wiring harnesses, while at the same time allowing flexibility in programming market variants. Two data networks are used in the system: a controller area network (CAN) for the engine, drive train and related systems, and a standard corporate protocol network (SCP) for the body systems. Any vehicle subsystem depicted on the figures with the CAN or SCP included uses data derived from the network, or transmits data via the network to achieve control. Messages for both networks are cataloged in the Appendix of this book. When appropriate, the user will be referred to the Appendix by a note on the Data page. In addition to the two networks, the XK8 uses a serial data bus (ISO) for diagnostics and for the programming of certain control modules. The XK8 uses both power and logic grounds; however, it does not use a common logic ground stud connection as in previous vehicles.

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

Table of Contents

XK8 Range 1997

Component Index ........................................................................................................ 5 9 User Instructions ........................................................................................................ 10 15 Connectors ................................................................................................................ 16 Main Power Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location ............................. 17 Harness Layout .......................................................................................................... 18 Control Module Identification and Location ................................................................. 19 Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location .......................................... 20 22 Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location .......................................................... 23

NOTE: The Appendix, which contains a catalog of CAN and SCP Network messages, follows the Figure and Data pages.

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

User Instructions Table of Contents

FIGURES Fig. Description

Variant

01 Power Distribution 01.1 ...... Main Power Distribution ................................................................ All Vehicles 01.2 ...... Battery Power Distribution Driver and Passenger Fuse Boxes ..... All Vehicles 01.3 ...... Battery Power Distribution Trunk, Engine Compartment, EMS Fuse Boxes ........................................................................... All Vehicles 01.4 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution ............................................. All Vehicles 01.5 ...... Engine Management Switched Power Distribution ........................ All Vehicles 02 Ground Distribution 02.1 ...... Ignition Switched Ground Distribution ............................................ All Vehicles 03 Battery; Starter; Generator 03.1 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator ............................................................. All Vehicles 04 04.1 04.2 04.3 04.4 Engine Management AJ26 NAS Engine Management, Part 1 .......................................... AJ26 NAS Vehicles AJ26 NAS Engine Management, Part 2 .......................................... AJ26 NAS Vehicles AJ26 ROW Engine Management, Part 1 ........................................ AJ26 ROW Vehicles AJ26 ROW Engine Management, Part 2 ........................................ AJ26 ROW Vehicles

...... ...... ...... ......

05 Transmission 05.1 ...... AJ26 Automatic Transmission ........................................................ All Vehicles 05.2 ...... Gear Shift Interlock ........................................................................ All Vehicles 06 Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control 06.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control ................................................ All Vehicles 07 Climate Control 07.1 ...... Climate Control, Part 1 ................................................................... All Vehicles 07.2 ...... Climate Control, Part 2 ................................................................... All Vehicles 08 Instrumentation; Audible Warnings 08.1 ...... Instrument Packs ........................................................................... All Vehicles 08.2 ...... Audible Warnings ........................................................................... All Vehicles 09 Exterior Lighting 09.1 ...... Exterior Lighting Front ................................................................. All Vehicles 09.2 ...... Exterior Lighting Rear .................................................................. All Vehicles 09.3 ...... Headlamp Leveling ........................................................................ Headlamp Leveling Vehicles

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

Table of Contents

XK8 Range 1997

FIGURES Fig. Description

Variant

10 Interior Lighting 10.1 ...... Interior Lighting .............................................................................. All Vehicles 10.2 ...... Dimmer-Controlled Lighting ........................................................... All Vehicles 11 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 12 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 Steering; Mirrors; Suspension ...... Power Assisted Steering ................................................................ All Vehicles ...... Steering Column Movement .......................................................... All Vehicles ...... Mirror Movement .......................................................................... All Vehicles ...... Mirror Electrochromic Tint; Fold-Back Mirrors ................................ All Vehicles ...... Suspension Adaptive Damping ...................................................... Adaptive Damping Vehicles Seat Systems ...... Drivers Seat Memory ................................................................. Memory Seat Vehicles ...... Drivers Seat Non Memory .......................................................... Non Memory Seat Vehicles ...... Passengers Seat 3-Way Movement ........................................... 3-Way Movement Vehicles ...... Passengers Seat 2-Way Movement ........................................... 2-Way Movement Vehicles

13 Door Locking 13.1 ...... Central Door Locking ..................................................................... All Vehicles

14 Wash / Wipe System 14.1 ...... Wash / Wipe System ..................................................................... All Vehicles 15 Window Lifts; Convertible Top 15.1 ...... Window Lifts ................................................................................. All Vehicles 15.2 ...... Convertible Top .............................................................................. Convertible Vehicles 16 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4 In-Car Entertainment; Telephone Standard In-Car Entertainment Convertible .................................. Convertible Vehicles Standard In-Car Entertainment Coupe ......................................... Coupe Vehicles Premium In-Car Entertainment ....................................................... Premium ICE Vehicles Radio Telephone ............................................................................ All Vehicles

...... ...... ...... ......

17 Supplementary Restraint System 17.1 ...... Airbag System ............................................................................... All Vehicles 18 Ancillaries 18.1 ...... Ancillaries: Horns; Cigar Lighters; Accessory Connectors; Garage Door Opener ...................................................................... All Vehicles 19 Vehicle Network Systems 19.1 ...... Networks; Serial Data Links ........................................................... All Vehicles

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997


ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE ................. Fig. 06.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 ACCELEROMETERS ............................................................... Fig. 11.5 ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ................................................ Fig. 13.2 ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE ............................ Fig. 11.5 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ....................... Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE .............................. Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL .................................. Fig. 07.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 AIR INTAKE LH ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1 AIR INTAKE RH ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1 AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE ....................................... Fig. 17.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 AIRBAG INTERROGATION CONNECTOR ............................... Fig. 17.1 AIRBAGS ................................................................................. Fig. 17.1 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ....................................... Fig. 07.1 ANTENNA MOTOR ................................................................. Fig. 16.3 ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY ......................................................... Fig. 07.1 AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .... Fig. 08.2 AUTO TILT SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ...................... Fig. 11.2 BATTERY ................................................................................. Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1 BLOWER MOTORS ................................................................ Fig. 07.2 BODY PROCESSOR MODULE ................................................ Fig. 03.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 08.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH LHD ............................................. Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH RHD ............................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR ..................................................... Fig. 06.1

User Instructions Component Index


BRAKE SWITCH LHD ........................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5 BRAKE SWITCH RHD ........................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR ............................................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 CATALYST SWITCHING MODULE .......................................... Fig. 04.3 CATALYST THERMOCOUPLES .............................................. Fig. 04.3 CD AUTO-CHANGER ............................................................... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK ........................................ Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 CIGAR LIGHTERS .................................................................... Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 COLUMN JOY STICK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .................... Fig. 11.2 COMPRESSOR LOCK SENSOR .............................................. Fig. 07.1 CONVERTIBLE TOP DOWN SWITCH ..................................... Fig. 11.4 CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP ..................................................... Fig. 15.2 CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH .................................................. Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH ..................................................... Fig. 08.1 CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH ................................... Fig. 10.2 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH ................................................... Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) .............. Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 D 4 SWITCH ......................................................................... Fig. 05.1 DAMPER SOLENOIDS ............................................................ Fig. 11.5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR ....................................................... Fig. 19.1 DELAY TIMER ......................................................................... Fig. 01.1 DIFFERENTIAL CONTROL POTENTIOMETER ........................ Fig. 07.1 DIMMER CONTROL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ..................... Fig. 10.2 DIMMER MODULE ................................................................. Fig. 10.2 DIODE (BT29) TRUNK SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 10.1 DIODE (LT2) TRANSIT ISOLATION ....................................... Fig. 01.1

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

Component Index
DOOR CONTROL MODULE DRIVER ................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 DOOR CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER ........................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 DOOR LOCK ACTUATORS ..................................................... Fig. 13.1 DOOR LOCK SWITCH PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 13.1 DOOR LOCK SWITCHES DRIVER ........................................ Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 DOOR MIRROR MOTORS ...................................................... Fig. 11.3 DOOR MIRRORS .................................................................... Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 DOOR SWITCH DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 DOOR SWITCH PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN .............................................. Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 EGR VALVES ........................................................................... Fig. 04.1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY SWITCH ...................... Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ................................................. Fig. 03.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ........................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR ........................................................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL VALVE ......................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY ...................... Fig. 07.1

XK8 Range 1997


FASCIA ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ....................................... Fig. 18.1 FOOTWELL LAMPS ................................................................ Fig. 10.1 FRONT FOG LAMPS ............................................................... Fig. 09.1 FRONT LAMP UNITS .............................................................. Fig. 09.1 FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID ................................................... Fig. 13.1 FUEL INJECTORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ............................................................. Fig. 08.1 FUEL PUMP ............................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 FULL RANGE SPEAKERS ........................................................ Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 FUSE BOX DRIVER SIDE ...................................................... Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4 FUSE BOX ENGINE COMPARTMENT .................................. Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 FUSE BOX ENGINE MANAGEMENT .................................... Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.5 FUSE BOX PASSENGER SIDE .............................................. Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4 FUSE BOX TRUNK ................................................................ Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 GARAGE DOOR OPENER (ROOF CONSOLE) ......................... Fig. 18.1 GEAR SELECTOR MODULE ................................................... Fig. 05.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID ...................................... Fig. 05.2 GENERATOR ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1 GLASS BREAKAGE SENSOR (ROOF CONSOLE) .................... Fig. 13.2 GLOVE BOX LAMP ................................................................. Fig. 10.1 HANDSET ................................................................................ Fig. 16.4 HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATORS ..................................... Fig. 09.3 HEATED BACKLIGHT .............................................................. Fig. 07.2 HEATED OXYGEN SENSORS .................................................. Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 HEATER PUMP ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2 HEATER VALVE ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2 HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP (CONV.) ....................................... Fig. 09.2

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997


HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP (COUPE) ..................................... Fig. 09.2 HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE .................................. Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1 HORN SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) .................................. Fig. 18.1 HORNS .................................................................................... Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 IGNITION COILS ...................................................................... Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 IGNITION MODULES .............................................................. Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) ...................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 IGNITION SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 02.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1 IMPACT SENSORS .................................................................. Fig. 17.1 INCLINATION SENSOR ........................................................... Fig. 13.2 INERTIA SWITCH .................................................................... Fig. 02.1 INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR (ELECTROCHROMIC) ......... Fig. 11.4 KEY FOB ANTENNAS .............................................................. Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE .............................................. Fig. 03.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 KEYLOCK SOLENOID (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ................... Fig. 05.2 KICKDOWN SWITCH LHD .................................................... Fig. 05.1 KICKDOWN SWITCH RHD ................................................... Fig. 05.1 KNOCK SENSORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 LAMP CONTROL MODULE .................................................... Fig. 09.2 LATCH CONTROL VALVE ....................................................... Fig. 15.2 LEVELING SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ...... Fig. 09.3 LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .......................... Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1 MAIN CONTROL VALVE ......................................................... Fig. 15.2

User Instructions Component Index


MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK .................................................. Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 08.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR ..................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 MICROPHONE (TELEPHONE) ................................................. Fig. 16.4 MID-BASS SPEAKERS ............................................................ Fig. 16.3 MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK .................................................. Fig. 08.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 MIRROR JOYSTICK (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) ............. Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) ......................................... Fig. 05.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 NEUTRAL SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 03.1 NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH ................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 NUMBER PLATE LAMPS ........................................................ Fig. 09.2 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ......................................................... Fig. 08.1 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ...................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER .............................................. Fig. 13.2 PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS .... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 POWER AMPLIFIER ................................................................ Fig. 16.3 POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE .............. Fig. 11.1 POWER WASH PUMP ............................................................ Fig. 14.1 PUDDLE LAMPS ..................................................................... Fig. 10.1 QUARTER LIGHT LIFTS ........................................................... Fig. 15.2 RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE ........................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 RADIATOR FANS .................................................................... Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT ............................................. Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.4 RADIO ANTENNA ................................................................... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

Component Index
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) ............... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 RADIO ILLUMINATION ........................................................... Fig. 10.2 READER / EXCITER COIL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ............. Fig. 13.2 REAR INTERIOR LAMP (COUPE ONLY) .................................. Fig. 10.1 REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE SPEAKERS ............................ Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 REAR QUARTER MID-RANGE SPEAKERS .............................. Fig. 16.3 REAR SUB-WOOFERS ............................................................ Fig. 16.3 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH ........................... Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 REGULATOR ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1 ROOF CONSOLE .................................................................... Fig. 10.1 SEAT BELT SWITCH ............................................................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SEAT CONTROL MODULE DRIVER ..................................... Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 SEAT CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER ............................. Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) DRIVER ...................................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) PASSENGER .............................. Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ............................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DRIVER ............................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SEAT LUMBAR PUMP PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 12.3

XK8 Range 1997


SIDE MARKERS (NAS ONLY) .................................................. Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 SOLAR SENSOR ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1 SQUAB (HEATERS) DRIVER ................................................. Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SQUAWKERS (FASCIA) ........................................................... Fig. 16.3 STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ............................... Fig. 06.1 STARTER MOTOR .................................................................. Fig. 03.1 STEERING COLUMN MOTORS .............................................. Fig. 11.2 SUPPRESSION MODULE ....................................................... Fig. 03.1 SWITCH PACK DRIVER DOOR ............................................. Fig. 10.2 SWITCH PACK DRIVER DOOR MEMORY ............................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 SWITCH PACK DRIVER SEAT ............................................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SWITCH PACK PASSENGER DOOR ..................................... Fig. 10.2 SWITCH PACK PASSENGER SEAT ...................................... Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 TAIL LAMP UNITS ................................................................... Fig. 09.2 TELEPHONE ANTENNA .......................................................... Fig. 16.4 TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER ................................................... Fig. 16.4 THROTTLE MOTOR ................................................................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR .............................................. Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 TOP CLOSED SWITCH ............................................................ Fig. 15.2 TOP DOWN SWITCH .............................................................. Fig. 15.2 TOP LATCH CLOSED SWITCH ............................................... Fig. 15.2 TOP RAISED SWITCH ............................................................. Fig. 15.2 TOP READY-TO-LATCH SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 15.2 TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE ................................................. Fig. 01.1

SEAT MOTORS DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SEAT MOTORS PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR (GEAR SELECTOR MODULE) ........................................... Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE .................... Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 SECURITY SOUNDER ............................................................. Fig. 13.3 SIDE DI REPEATERS (ROW) ................................................... Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE .................................... Fig. 05.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 TRANSMISSION ELECTRICS .................................................. Fig. 05.1 TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH ........................................ Fig. 05.1 TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK ........................................... Fig. 08.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 TRIP CYCLE SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .................... Fig. 08.1 TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ........................................ Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH ............................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 TRUNK LAMP S ...................................................................... Fig. 10.1 TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID ................................................. Fig. 13.1

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997


TRUNK SWITCH ...................................................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 TWEETERS .............................................................................. Fig. 16.3 VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES .............................................. Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 VALET SWITCH ....................................................................... Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 VANITY LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1 VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER LHD ............................. Fig. 11.1 VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER RHD ............................ Fig. 11.1 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVES ..................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 VENT ASSEMBLY ................................................................... Fig. 07.1 VOICE RECOGNITION ACTIVATION SWITCH (NAS VEHICLES ONLY) .................................................... Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.4 WASH / WIPE STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .................... Fig. 14.1 WHEEL SPEED SENSORS ...................................................... Fig. 06.1 WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES DRIVER DOOR (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) ....................................... Fig. 15.1 WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES PASSENGER DOOR (PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK) ............................... Fig. 15.1 WINDOW LIFTS ...................................................................... Fig. 15.1 WINDSHIELD HEATERS ......................................................... Fig. 07.2 WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR ..... Fig. 14.1 WIPER MOTOR ....................................................................... Fig. 14.1

User Instructions Component Index

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

User Instructions
Figure and Data Page Layout

XK8 Range 1997

Figure Pages Each Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system (01 Power Distribution, 02 Ground Distribution, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.). Refer to the Table of Contents for a complete list of the Figures. The Figures 01 Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols refer the user to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates the need to include detailed Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. Similarly, the Figure 02 Ground Distribution details the ignition switched ground distribution. The reference symbols are defined on page 12. Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are folding pages. The user must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided. Data Pages The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds. This information is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book. When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix. Where circuits include a Control Module, Pin Out information is provided with values for active and inactive states. The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Active means a load is applied or a switch is ON; inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

10

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997


CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION FIGURE NUMBER

User Instructions User Instructions


COMPONENT, RELAY, CONNECTOR AND GROUND INFORMATION

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION ENGINE CONTROL MODULE Pin


D D I EM10-17 EM10-6 EM11-6

Fig. 03.1
COMPONENTS Active
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS GROUND (CRANKING) B+

Description
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS ENGINE CRANK

Inactive

Component
BATTERY BODY PROCESSOR MODULE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

Connector / Type / Color


BT66 / EYELET BT67 / EYELET FC14 / 104-WAY AMP EEEC / SLATE EM10 / 28-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / SLATE EM11 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / SLATE EM12 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / SLATE EM13 / 34-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / SLATE AN1 / EYELET AN2 / EYELET ST11 / EYELET BT60 / EYELET BT61 / EYELET BT62 / EYELET BT63 / EYELET FC4 (FLYLEAD) / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN FC89 (FLYLEAD) / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / SLATE PI50 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK ST2 / EYELET ST3 / EYELET ST10 / EYELET AN3 (FLYLEAD) / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC/ RED

Location / Access
TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE (OPTIONAL) Pin


D D D FC22-9 FC22-16 FC22-17

Description
GLASS BREAKAGE / OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION) OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION) SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)

Active

Inactive

GENERATOR

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT

HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE

TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY

IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE NEUTRAL SWITCH REGULATOR (GENERATOR) STARTER MOTOR

STEERING COLUMN ADJACENT TO PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / GENERATOR ENGINE BLOCK

SUPPRESSION MODULE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF GENERATOR

RELAYS Relay
STARTER RELAY

Color / Stripe
BROWN

Connector / Color
EM50 / BROWN

Location / Access
RH BRAKE BOOSTER ENCLOSURE RELAYS

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS Connector


BT80 EM1 EM2 EM3 EM60 PI1 ST1

Type / Color
EYELET 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / SLATE 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK 57-WAY SUMITOMO / BLACK EYELET

Location / Access
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LEFT INNER FENDER HEAT SHIELD ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE

GROUNDS Ground
BT68 FC3BR FC3AS

Location / Type
BATTERY GROUND STUD EYELET (PAIR) RIGHT HAND LEG /LEFT HAND A POST EYELET (SINGLE) / LEFT HAND A POST

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data: I Input O Output SG Signal Ground D C S Serial and encoded communications CAN (Network) SCP Network B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Active means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

DATE OF ISSUE

DATA PAGE

FIGURE

MODEL RANGE AND YEAR


XK8 Range 1997

TITLE
Battery; Starter; Generator
Battery; Starter; Generator

FIGURE NUMBER
Fig. 03.1

FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR N


BT61 250A x 2 BT80 ST1

N
01.1 01.1

N
BT62 BT63

B
BT67 BT66

N
BT60 250A

BT68

BATTERY

HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE

15
III FC4-1 II FC4-3

NB
FC14-80

B+
O
FC14-73

GO
EM1-15

GO
EMS28

GO

RW WO WN
FC4-2

1
02.1 02.1

RW
FC14-41

Y
FC14-39

EM50

BK BK
FC3BL FCS48 FC4-5

SU
FC14-92

75
D

NW WK

WR GO

IGNITION SWITCH (III)

37
II

ENGINE CRANKING CONTROL


POWER

I
FC14-103

B BK
FC14-65

STARTER RELAY

BK BK
FC3BR FCS47 FC89-3

BK

RU
FC89-1

RU
FC14-7

LOGIC

NEUTRAL SWITCH BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

FC3AS

GO
EM11-6

ENGINE CRANK

FUEL PUMP CONTROL AND IGNITION


SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE O.K. TO START

SU
FC22-9

D D
FC22-17

GLASS BREAKAGE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE O.K. TO START

D
EM10-17

Y
EM3-8

Y
FCS74

Y O

NOTE: Check market specification and/or vehicle option specification for fitment of Security Immobilization System.

D
EM10-6

O
EM2-18

D
FC22-16

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE (OPTIONAL) WR


ST3 ST2 EM60-2

WR

N B

36
II MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK CHARGE INDICATOR (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

WK
PI50-2

ST10

08.1

SW
EM1-14

SW
PI1-11

SW
PI50-1

REGULATOR

STARTER MOTOR

N
AN3-1 AN1 ST11

B
AN3-2 AN2

GENERATOR SUPPRESSION MODULE NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS

FIGURE PAGE

VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND DATE OF ISSUE

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

11

User Instructions

XK8 Range 1997

NOTE: In the examples shown on this page, an X is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.

Reference Symbols
Reference symbols are used for three purposes: to allow the user to complete the individual system circuit to power supply or ground to refer the user to a related circuit to identify control module inputs, outputs and signal grounds
X

Battery Power Supply

This symbol represents a direct battery power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.2 or 01.3.
X
I

X
II

X
E

Ignition Switched Power Supply

This symbol represents ignition switched power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.4 or 01.5. The suffix I indicates auxiliary power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION). The suffix II indicates ignition power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK). The suffix E indicates engine management switched power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK) under ECM control.
X XX
I

XX
II

Ignition Switched Ground

This symbol represents an ignition switched ground and refers the user to Figure 02.1. This symbol without a suffix indicates CRANK. Ground is completed in ignition switch key position III (ENGINE CRANK). The suffix I indicates auxiliary ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION). The suffix II indicates ignition ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK).
XX.X BPM

Figure Number Reference Flag

This symbol refers the reader to a figure number only. It does not refer to a flag with the same number on a different figure. As used in Figures 01.1 through 02.1, the reference flag refers the user to a continuation of the circuit. In this instance, the user matches the number to a Power Supply or Ground symbol to trace the circuit. In most other cases, it is not necessary to refer to another figure for completion of a circuit, as the reference flags are used to indicate parallel circuits and circuits that share components. Most of the circuits where this situation occurs are overlapped to avoid the necessity for cross-referencing to another figure. Exceptions to this rule are instances where signals are transmitted to or received from other system circuits. When circuits are not overlapped, they are noted by (CIRCUIT CONTINUED). BPM Because the Body Processor Module appears numerous times, the abbreviation BPM is used in the reference flags on Figures 01.2 and 02.1 in order to conserve space. Control Module Input, Output, Data Link, Signal Ground and Network(s)
I

Input

Output

Serial and Encoded Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

CAN (Network)

SCP Network

These six symbols are employed to assist the user in visualizing the logic of circuits containing control modules. The symbols identify control module input, output, data link, signal ground and network pins. These symbols are also employed on the corresponding data page.

12

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997


Wiring Symbols
SPLICE SIMPLIFIED SPLICE

User Instructions User Instructions


Wiring Color Codes
N B W K G R Y Brown Black White Pink Green Red Yellow O S L U P T BRD Orange Slate Light Blue Purple Tan Braid

BULB

CAPACITOR

CONNECTOR

When a wire has two or more color code letters, the first letter indicates the main color and the subsequent letter(s) indicate the tracer color(s).

Wiring Harness Codes


DIODE

DIODE (IN HARNESS)


XX1-X XX1 XX1-X

EYELET AND STUD

FUSE

LOGIC GROUND

POWER GROUND

LED LED

MOTOR

POTENTIOMETER

RESISTOR

SOLENOID

SUPPRESSION DIODE

Code AC AN AS BB BC BL BT DD DP EL EM EN FC FL FR IC IS LF LL PI QL QR RF RH RL RR RT SA SC SD SP SW TL

Description Air Conditioning (Climate Control) Generator Suppression Module Generator to Starter Trunk Bridging Link Main Power Distribution Trunk Lid Trunk Door, Driver Door, Passenger Engine Management Cruise Control Link Engine Management Engine Management Side Marker Link Fascia LH Front Wheel RH Front Wheel In-Car Entertainment Inclination Sensor Link Left Forward Power Steering Link Engine Convertible LH Quarter Light Link Convertible RH Quarter Light Link Roof Rearward LH Rear Wheel RH Rear Wheel Radio Telephone Starter to Generator Link Column Switchgear Seat, Driver Seat, Passenger Steering Wheel Telephone

SUPPRESSION RESISTOR

Code Numbering
When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar Engineering uses a three-position format: AC001, AC002, etc. Because space is limited in this Electrical Guide, the codes have been shortened. Thus AC001-001 becomes AC1-1, AC002-001 becomes AC2-1, etc.

THERMISTOR

TRANSISTOR

WIRE CONTINUED ZENER DIODE

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

13

User Instructions
Harness Component Numbers
Connectors HARNESS CODE + CONNECTOR NUMBER + PIN NUMBER EXAMPLE: FC7-24 (pin number is separated by a dash)

XK8 Range 1997

Where the pin number differs from LHD to RHD, the connector number will be further identified by (LHD) or (RHD).

FC7-24 Harness code Connector number

FC7-24 (LHD) FC7-15 (RHD) Pin number

Splices HARNESS CODE + S (SPLICE) + SPLICE NUMBER EXAMPLE: RHS3 (no dash is used) NOTE: In order to avoid unnecessary circuit complication, multiple splices (more than two wires) within components, in wires leading from input components to multiple circuits and in harness ground sides, are simplified so as not to show wires from other circuits.

RHS3 Harness code Splice

RHS3 SIMPLIFIED SPLICE Splice number

Diodes Harness diodes occur at connectors and are depicted as components and identified by a connector number. EXAMPLE:

BT29-1

BT29

BT29-2

Relay Connectors Relay connector numbers are shown within the relay. The connector number is shown in the upper portion of the relay; the pin (terminal) number is shown adjacent to the pin. Certain relays are paired and share a modular connector. In this instance, the connector number remains the same for both relays while the pin numbers of the second relay are identified by numbers 6 10. EXAMPLE:
AC20

4 5 2 8 6

AC20

9 10 7

3 1

14

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

User Instructions User Instructions

Grounds HARNESS CODE + GROUND STUD NUMBER + EYELET STUD POSITION (A,B,C) + EYELET DESIGNATION (S,L,R) Eyelet stud position There may be up to three eyelets on one stud. A, B and C are used to indicate the position of the eyelet on the stud: A first (bottom), B second (middle), C third (top). Eyelet designation Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single leg, which is identified by an S; the eyelet pair has two legs, identified as L (left) or R (right).
S L R

SINGLE EYELET

EYELET PAIR

EXAMPLES:
Harness code Ground stud number Harness code Ground stud number Harness code Ground stud number

FC2S

LF1AR

BT1CS

Single leg eyelet

RH leg of eyelet First eyelet on stud

Single leg eyelet Third eyelet on stud

Where the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown in parentheses. If the ground designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used. EXAMPLES:

EM2AR (EM1AR)

LHD Vehicles RHD Vehicles

BT1AL

Same for LHD & RHD Vehicles

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

15

Connectors

XK8 Range 1997

The following connectors are the common harness-to-harness connectors used throughout the vehicle. Multilock 040 Low current (used as harness and direct connection connector). Multilock 070 High current (used as harness and direct connection connector).

Econoseal III LC Low current sealed connector.

Econoseal III HC High current sealed connector.

Ford Card Used for SRS only.

16

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Main Power Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location

Main Power Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location

GROUND POINTS

MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

GENERATOR
LF70 ST11

LF1 STARTER MOTOR LF2


ST3

FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR


BT80 ST1

ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX (RHD)

EM70

EM70

ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX (LHD)

LF3 RHD EM2 EM1

FC3 (QUIET GROUND) FC4

FC1 (QUIET GROUND) FC2 DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD) PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD)
FC90 FC93

CE2 RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT GROUND

RHD

BT79 EM71 FC91 LF71

FC90 FC92

PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD) DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD)

TUNNEL STUD CONNECTOR

FC6

FC5

RH3 (KEYFOB ANTENNA) RH2 RH1

BT61

HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT68 BATTERY GROUND BT1


BT62 BT63 BT60

BT66

+
BATTERY

BT3

BT2

BT67

BT68

TRUNK FUSE BOX

BT64

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

17

Harness Layout

Harness Layout

XK8 Range 1997

LHD
FRONT OF VEHICLE
LF2 LF1 LF2

RHD
FRONT OF VEHICLE
LF1

LF41

LF42

LF41

LF42

FL LH FRONT WHEEL PI ENGINE LF LEFT FORWARD


LF3 PI1 PI2 EM60 LL1 EL1

FR RH FRONT WHEEL ST STARTER LINK LL POWER STEERING LINK EL ENGINE MANAGEMENT CRUISE CONTROL LINK OR EN ENGINE MANAGEMENT SIDE MARKER LINK

FL LH FRONT WHEEL PI ENGINE LF LEFT FORWARD


LF3 PI1 PI2 EM60 EL1

FR RH FRONT WHEEL ST STARTER LINK EL ENGINE MANAGEMENT CRUISE CONTROL LINK OR EN ENGINE MANAGEMENT SIDE MARKER LINK

LF3 LF40

EM2

EM1

LF3 LF40

AC AIR CONDITIONING (CLIMATE CONTROL)


LF1 LF2 LF60 FC3 AC12 AC13 AC14 AC15 EM1 EM2 EM3 FC1 FC2 SC1 SC2 SC3 SC4 RF1

EM ENGINE MANAGEMENT

AC AIR CONDITIONING (CLIMATE CONTROL)


LF1 LF2 LF60 FC3

EM2

EM1

EM ENGINE MANAGEMENT

DD1

AC16

DP1

DP1

AC16

AC12 AC13 AC14 AC15

EM1 EM2 EM3 FC1 FC2

DD1

DD DRIVERS DOOR

FC4

DP PASSENGERS DOOR

DP PASSENGERS DOOR

FC4 SC1 SC2 SC3 SC4

DD DRIVERS DOOR

RF1

SC COLUMN SWITCHGEAR SW STEERING WHEEL TL TELEPHONE


RT3 SW1 SW2

RF ROOF

SC COLUMN SWITCHGEAR FC FASCIA FC FASCIA TL TELEPHONE


RT20 IC1 IC2 RT3 RT20 IC1 IC2 SW1 SW2

SW STEERING WHEEL RF ROOF

RT RADIO TELEPHONE IC IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT


IC4

RT RADIO TELEPHONE IC IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT


IC4

FC6

FC5

FC6

FC5

SD DRIVERS SEAT

SD1 SD2

SP1 SP2 RH1 RH2 RH12 RH14

SP PASSENGERS SEAT

SP PASSENGERS SEAT

SP1 SP2

SD1 SD2 RH1 RH2 RH12 RH14

SD DRIVERS SEAT

RH REARWARD
BT1 BT2 BT3 BT4 BT58

RH REARWARD
BT1 BT2 BT3 BT4 BT58

BT TRUNK
RH2 RH5 RH6 RH1

BT TRUNK
RH2 RH5 RH6 RH1

QL CONVERTIBLE LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK

QR CONVERTIBLE RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK

QL CONVERTIBLE LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK

QR CONVERTIBLE RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK

BT3

BB1

BT1

BT3

BB1

BT1

BT2 BT72 BL1 BT73 BT72 BL1

BT2 BT73

RL LH REAR WHEEL

RR RH REAR WHEEL BL TRUNK LID

RL LH REAR WHEEL

RR RH REAR WHEEL BL TRUNK LID

BB TRUNK BRIDGING LINK

BB TRUNK BRIDGING LINK

18

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Control Module Identification and Location

Control Module Identification and Location

LHD

RHD

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE DIMMER MODULE DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

CATALYST SWITCHING MODULE DIMMER MODULE

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

GEAR SELECTOR MODULE

GEAR SELECTOR MODULE

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE LAMP CONTROL MODULE ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE LAMP CONTROL MODULE

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

19

Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location

Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location

XK8 Range 1997

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

LF37

EM7
EM7 / 88-WAY BOSCH / BLACK
28 BY 55 WB 88 87 86 Y 85 G 27 26 ND 54 WB 84 53 RU 83 Y 25 52 RY 82 G 24 23 BRD 51 OB 81 50 80 22 UY 49 79 21 BU 48 78 20 47 77 19 46 76 18 BS 45 RG 75 17 44 R 74 16 U 15 BRD 43 73 42 G 72 14 N 41 71 13 US 40 70 12 RP 39 69 11 38 68 10 37 Y 67 9 W 36 S 66 8 RB 35 65 64 7 34 B 63 6 B 33 YP 62 5 OG 32 YU 61 4 OK 31 60 3 30 YB 59 2 RS 1 OU 29 OR 58 57 56

LF37 / 25-WAY AMP HYBRID / BLACK


17 W 18 R 10 1 UO 2 US 11 3 S 19 UP 20 WU 12 4 G 13 UB 5 Y 21 P 14 R 6 Y 22 U 15 G 7 O 23 16 RY 8 B 9 NR 24 B 25 WY

TOP

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

EM14

EM15

EM13

EM12

EM11

EM10

EM14 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE


6 R 12 G 5 R 11 G 4 BK 10 B 3 WR 9 B 2 GY 8 B 1 GY 7 B 11 B 22 B

EM15 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE


10 21 9 RY 20 8 RG 19 7 BU 18 BS 6 BW 17 BN 5 BY 16 BG 4 BO 15 BP 3 PN 14 2 PU 13 1 PS 12 B 16 WU 10

EM13 / 34-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / SLATE


9 15 W 8 7 14 GR 22 UB 6 13 PY 21 30 20 B 29 O 19 Y 28 P 5 4 3 SP 12 RW 18 S 27 BG 2 W 1 KN 11 PW 17 N

EM12 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / SLATE


6 YW 11 17 U 22 BP 21 5 WU 9 SG 16 N 20 15 R 14 G 4 YR 3 YN 2 YG 1 YU 7

EM11 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / SLATE


4 WU 7 11 U 10 G 15 R 3 P 2 1 SR 6 GO 9 UY 14 BG 5 SG

EM10 / 28-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / SLATE


8 13 O 12 K 21 UW 28 Y 27 G 20 BG 26 Y 19 25 G 18 7 6 O 5 WK 4 UN 3 ULG 2 UG 1 WR 9 NO

10 RY

8 SLG 13 GY 19 BY 12 UP

11 PG 17 Y 16 PK 24 15 G

10 US

26 25 24 23 LGU LGW LGO LGK 34 33 32 31 LPG LGS LGR LGY

8 UW 13 BY 12 BG

14 OU 23 BK 22 B

18 BY

16 K

20

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location

Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK BT41 BT40

BT41 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK (NAS)


13 26 12 25 11 24 10 23 9 22 8 21 7 YP 20 6 19 YR 5 RY 18 4 17 3 LGY 16 2 15 1 R 14

BT40 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK


8 S 16 U 7 OG 15 NY 6 NK 14 BK 5 YW 13 BK 4 GW 12 3 UG 11 UO 2 OB 10 1 OR 9 GR

BT41 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK (ROW)


13 26 YO 12 25 11 24 10 BK 23 9 22 8 LGS 21 7 20 6 19 YR 5 RY 18 4 17 3 16 2 15 1 14

FC25 FC25 / 48-WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL / BLACK


1 BK 25 NR 2 WG 26 B 3 RN 27 RO 4 28 RO 5 29 6 SO 30 7 31 8 32 9 33 BR 10 SU 34 11 35 Y 12 36 O 13 UY 37 14 R 38 15 39 16 40 17 41 18 42 19 S 43 20 U 44 21 45 22 46 23 Y 47 G 24 Y 48 G 1 RK 13 BW

FC26 FC26 / 24-WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL / BLACK


2 OW 14 RW 3 PY 15 OU 4 SG 16 YW 5 OU 17 OS 6 UB 18 OG 7 ON 19 OS 8 RG 20 UW 9 RS 21 RLG 10 OB 22 SW 11 RB 23 OP 12 RU 24 UR

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

DD11

DD10

DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK


7 BP 15 WG 14 21 UP 6 KS 5 LGU 13 4 OU 11 19 18 3 SN 2 UG 9 YN 17 OR 16 1 OB 8

DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE


7 OB 15 OU 6 SU 13 PO 5 SY 4 PN 11 PB 19 BR 3 PG 10 BG 18 BO 17 B 2 BY 9 U 16 S 1 N 8 BK

12 OY 20 GY

10 YO

14 GW 22 PK 21 PU

12 PW

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

22 UN

20 WU

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE FC14

FC14 / 104-WAY AMP EEEC / SLATE


79 NG 53 RK 27 GO 80 NB 54 RB 29 S 3 GK 81 GR 55 SP 30 U 82 GR 83 GB 57 84 U 58 SB 33 RG 85 S 86 ON 59 PY 60 RY 87 SK 88 YG 61 KG 89 LGR 90 BG 64 39 Y 12 OP 13 GO 91 BW 65 BK 92 SU 66 PU 40 WU 93 YK 94 LGO 67 UR 42 UY 68 US 95 RS 96 PW 69 OK 44 OY 70 GS 45 UG 18 YS 97 71 SR 46 98 GB 72 47 21 99 PN 100 BR 73 GO 101 PW 75 49 50 GY 23 WO 102 NY 103 B 104 NY 78 PG 52 BS 25 B 26 YG

DP11

DP10

56 UW 31 SW 4 GU

62 LGU

63 SW 38 OR

74 RW

76 GK

77 GP

28 RW 1 RY 2 GY

32 WN

34 LGK 7 RU 8

35 36 37 OU LGW LGR 9 LGU 10 SR 11 YB

41 RW

43 BLG 16 RY

48 OG 22 WB

51 RW

DP11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK


7 15 22 14 21 6 5 LGU 13 20 GY 12 19 4 11 18 3 10 17 2 9 16 1 8

DP10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE


7 OB 15 OU 6 SU 13 PO 5 SY 4 PN 11 PB 19 3 PG 10 BG 18 BO 17 B 2 PY 9 U 16 S 1 N 8 BK

5 SO

6 YW

14 UB

15 WO

17 OS

19 20 WLG OG

24 NW

14 GW 22 PK 21 PU

12 PW

NOTE: (NAS) PIN 13 NOT USED

20 WU

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

21

Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location

Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location

XK8 Range 1997

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

SD3

SD4

SD5

SP3

SP5

SD3 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK


9 UY 1 PS 10 UW 2 PO 11 KW 3 OK 12 KY 4 R 13 GN 5 OB 14 GP 6 OR 15 GW 7 KS 16 GY 8 KO 14 WP 1 WG 15 2 WU 16 3 B

SD4 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK


17 4 18 WB 5 W 19 6 WN 20 7 21 8 22 9 23 10 WR 24 11 WY 25 12 WO 26 13

SD5 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK


6 1 B 7 2 B 8 G 3 US 9 S 4 UO 10 U 5 NK

SP3 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK


9 UY 1 PS 10 UW 2 PO 11 KW 3 OK 12 KY 4 R 13 GN 5 OB 14 GP 6 OR 15 GW 7 KS 16 GY 8 KO

SP5 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK


6 1 B 7 2 B 8 G 3 US 9 S 4 UO 10 U 5 NK

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE

BT69 FC22 FC29 FC30

FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN (NAS) BT69 / 35-WAY AMP / BLACK
19 20 PB 2 UP 21 UB 4 22 RB 5 23 6 24 ON 7 25 U 8 26 US 9 27 NS 10 O 28 K 11 WR 29 12 30 OB 31 OW 32 OK 15 OP 33 OY 16 34 OU 17 35 18 B 10 20 9 SU 19 8 18 7 17 Y 6 O 16 O 5 15 4 14 3 13 2 12 1 11

FC29 / 12-WAY FORD CARD / BLACK


7 WK 1 8 OW 2 9 OP 3 4 BK 10 5 YW 11 YU 6 R 12 ON 12 BK

FC30 / 12-WAY FORD CARD / SLATE


11 RS 5 RG 10 KU 4 KP 3 KN 9 KG 2 RP 8 RW 1 7 RW

1 SO

3 UW

13 OR

14 OG

FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN (ROW)


10 20 9 SU 19 8 OG 18 7 OR 17 Y 6 O 16 O 5 15 4 NR 14 WO 3 13 WN 2 12 BK 1 SB 11

6 WK

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE LAMP CONTROL MODULE

AC4

AC3

AC2

AC1

BT18

AC4 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / SLATE


12 WR 1 WP 13 B 2 GY 14 B 3 WN 15 GW 4 WU 16 OU 5 NY 17 UB 6 PY 18 19 LGW BW 7 UG 8 P 20 BK 9 UN 21 O 10 K 22 11

AC3 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / SLATE


7 SY 1 ULG 8 SR 2 S 9 3 SG 10 WP 4 SB 11 UB 5 OY 12 KU 6 UG

AC2 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / SLATE


9 OU 1 OP 10 OR 2 RG 11 YG 3 YW 12 4 13 UY 5 SU 14 6 SG 15 UK 7 US 16 GP 8 GO 14 1 RLG 15 2 U

AC1 / 26-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / SLATE


16 LGN 3 UY 17 RW 4 PS 18 LGP 5 LGR 19 RU 6 RY 20 SR 7 PR 21 Y 8 PY 22 NR 9 RB 23 10 24 11 25 UR 12 UW 26 GU 13 UO 1 14 UP 2 15 UO 3 16 RY

BT18 / 26-WAY AMP MQS / YELLOW


4 17 RK 5 18 RU 6 19 UB 7 20 UW 8 21 RO 9 22 RG 10 23 RW 11 24 WG 12 25 R 13 26 BK

22

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location

Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location

NOTE: RELAY COLORS ARE WRITTEN AS CASE COLOR (STRIPE) / CONNECTOR COLOR. FOR EXAMPLE, BLACK (BLUE) / BLUE INDICATES A RELAY HAVING A BLACK CASE WITH A BLUE STRIPE AND A BLUE CONNECTOR. IF THERE IS NO COLOR SHOWN IN PARENTHESES, THE RELAY CASE DOES NOT HAVE A STRIPE. SOME RELAYS CONNECT DIRECTLY TO A FUSE BOX BUS. THE CONNECTOR COLOR FOR THESE RELAYS IS IDENTIFIED AS BUS.

Wiper FAST/SLOW relay black / black LH blower motor relay blue / blue RH blower motor relay blue / blue Driver side fuse box (LHD) Passenger side fuse box (RHD) Door mirror heater relay blue / blue Ignition positive relay (LHD) Auxiliary positive relay (RHD) brown / bus Wiper RUN/STOP relay black / black Air conditioning compressor clutch relay brown / brown Engine Management fuse box

Fuel injection relay brown / brown Throttle motor power relay brown / brown Ignition coil relay brown / brown

EMS control relay brown / bus

DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL RELAYS

LH FASCIA RELAYS

LH BRAKE BOOSTER ENCLOSURE RELAYS

CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (RHD)

Heater pump relay brown / bus Front fog relay brown / bus Main beam relay brown / bus

Engine compartment fuse box

Powerwash relay brown / bus Dip beam relay brown / bus Horn relay brown / bus Ignition positive relay brown / bus

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX RELAYS

TRUNK RELAYS
Tail lamp relay brown / bus Heated backlight relay brown / bus Rear fog relay brown / bus Convertible only

RH FASCIA RELAYS
Auxiliary positive relay (LHD) Ignition positive relay (RHD) brown / bus

RH BRAKE BOOSTER ENCLOSURE RELAYS

CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (LHD)

Passenger side fuse box (LHD) Driver side fuse box (RHD)

Engine Management fuse box Starter relay brown / brown EMS control relay brown / bus

Fuel pump relay brown / bus Stop lamp relay brown / bus Ignition positive relay brown / bus Accessory connector relay brown / bus Trunk fuse box

Top up relay black / black Top down relay black / black LH quarter up relay black / black LH quarter down relay black / black RH quarter up relay black / black RH quarter down relay black / black

Door locking relay violet / violet Air conditioning isolate relay violet / violet

LH windshield heater relay brown / brown RH windshield heater relay brown / brown Fuel injection relay brown / brown Throttle motor power relay brown / brown Ignition coil relay brown / brown

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

23

XK8 Range 1997

Main Power Distribution

Main Power Distribution

Fig. 01.1

TUNNEL STUD CONNECTOR


N
BT61 250A x 2

FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR


N
BT80 ST1

03.1

STARTER

N
BT62 BT63

BT79 FC91

EM71 LF71

N N

B
BT67 BT66

N
BT60 250A

N N

BATTERY
BT68

HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE

RHD LHD

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE WINDOW LIFT OPERATION (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE WINDOW LIFT OPERATION (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

15.1 15.1

26 50

NO
BT44-2

NY
BT44-1

25 A

11

13
I

10
II

9
II

PK N
EM20-6

BATTERY POST
(BT65) 12
II

B+ (BT66)

II

04.1

ECM CONTROL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

RG
BT12-9

WN
FC21-6

RG
FC6-6

RG
LF7-9

RG
BT49-2

R
LTS1

R
LT2-2 LT2

G
LT2-1 LTS2

G
LT1

BT64

FC90 1 2

FC93 1

FC92 2

FC90 2 1

LF70 1 2

EM70

TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE

G
LT3-4

IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY

AUXILIARY POSITIVE RELAY

IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY

IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY

EMS CONTROL RELAY

R
LT3-3

1
II

2
I

3
II

4
II

5
E

27

NLG
BT25-1

NS
LT3-1

PN
BT25-3

09.2 07.2

07.2 09.1 09.1 04.4 14.1 09.1 13.2


RELAYS IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS

B
BT25-2 BT2BR BT2BS

B
LT3-2

09.2 04.2

TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR


NOTE: BT2BR Adaptive Damping vehicles only.

DELAY TIMER

09.2 18.1
RELAYS

13.3

18.1

BATTERY POWER BUS

BATTERY POWER BUS

BATTERY POWER BUS

BATTERY POWER BUS

IGNITION POWER BUS

TRUNK FUSE BOX

PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX

DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX

IGNITION POWER BUS

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX

NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

BATTERY POWER BUS

IGNITION POWER BUS

NOTE: The Delay Timer and Mini-harness (LT) maintain current to the Body Processor Module and other vehicle systems for a short period of time after the ignition is switched off. The Transit Isolation Device, Delay Timer and Mini-harness are removed from the vehicle prior to delivery to the customer.

XK8 Range 1997

Battery Power Distribution Driver and Passenger Side Fuse Boxes

Battery Power Distribution Driver and Passenger Side Fuse Boxes

Fig. 01.2

BATTERY POWER BUS

#1 20A

FC6 -1 FC6 -5

BATTERY POWER BUS

NK
SD1-2

NK NS NU

7 8 9

11.4 07.2 14.1

12.1

12.2

NK
#1 20A FC21 -1 SP1-2

NK NR

30 11.4 31 13.1 32 13.1 33 13.1 34 15.1 35 11.2 36 11.3 37 13.1 38 10.1 39 16.4 40 16.4 41 07.1 42 07.1 43 BPM 44 12.3 45 12.3 46 16.1 47 16.1 48 07.2

12.3

12.4

NS

#2 10A

NR
#2 10A FC21 -5 FC21 -3 FCS89

NR NW

NU
#3 30A FC6 -3 LF1-20

NU
LFS20

NU NU RW

10 14.1 11 14.1 12 17.1

#3

NW
DP1-4

NW
DPS2

NW NW NW

NW
#4 5A FC21 -8 AC13-14

NW
ACS3

11.3 11.4

12.1 15.1

RW
#4 10A FC6 -8 FCS39

RW RW

13 17.1 14 17.1 15 BPM 16 06.1 17 13.2 18 13.2 19 BPM 20 19.1


#6 10A FC20 -10

NW
DD1-4

NW
DDS2

NW NW

NB
#5 15A FC5 -9

NB NR

13.1

13.2

15.1

09.1 18.1

09.2

12.1

12.2

12.3

12.4
#5 10A FC20 -9

NP NP
RT20-10

NP
RTS2

NR
#6 5A FC5 -10 FCS19

NR
RF1-7

NR NR

NP NY NY
AC12-20

NY
#7 15A FC5 -4

NR NP

NY
FCS23

NY

NY NB N

NP
#8 5A FC5 -7 FCS5

NP N NP N
SD1-5 SDS6

21 11.2 22 12.1 23 12.1 24 07.2

NOTE: Data Link Connector power supply: Fuse #6 early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) Fuse #8 volume production vehicles (VIN 003300 )
12.2 12.2

NB
#7 20A FC20 -4

N
#8 5A FC20 -7 SP1-5

N
SPS1

12.4 12.4 16.2 16.2 16.3 16.3

N NP

#9

FC5 -2

NOTE: SPS1 3-way seat only.

NP
#9 10A FC20 -2 IC2-13

NP
ICS1

NW (LHD) NU (RHD)
#11 20A FC6 -2 FC6 -4 FC5 -3 AC16-3 (LHD) AC15-2 (RHD)

NW (LHD) NU (RHD)

NP NU (LHD) NW (RHD)

NU (LHD) NW (RHD)
#11 20A

#13

NO
FCS81

NO
AC16-1 (LHD) AC15-20 (RHD)

NO
DD1-22

FC21 -2 FC21 -4 FC20 -3

25 10.1

AC15-2 (LHD) AC16-3 (RHD)

11.2

11.3

11.4

12.1

13.1

13.2

13.3

15.1
#13

#15 25A

NY
FCS82

NY
AC15-20 (LHD) AC16-1 (RHD)

NY
DP1-22

NO
RH2-8

NO
BT2-8

NO NLG
BT58-2

49 10.1

11.3

13.1

13.2

13.3

15.1

26 01.1 27 01.1 28 18.1

15.1 18.1

#15 25A

NLG NLG
#17 10A FC5 -1 FCS40 RH14-2

NLG

NY
RH2-13

NY
BT2-2

NY NG NP

50 01.1 51 BPM 52 10.2 53 10.2

15.1

NLG NR

NG
#17 15A FC20 -1

NR
#18 5A FC5 -6

29 08.1
#18 10A FC20 -6

NP
FCS88

NP

DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX

PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX

BPM

NOTE: Body Processor Module appears in numerous Figures.

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Battery Power Distribution Trunk, Engine Compartment, EMS Fuse Boxes

Battery Power Distribution Trunk, Engine Compartment, EMS Fuse Boxes

Fig. 01.3

RELAYS Fig. 01.1

COUPE

NK NK

RELAYS Fig. 01.1

54 09.2 55 15.2

11.4

15.2

BATTERY POWER BUS

BATTERY POWER BUS

NK
#1 5A BT13 -7

CONV.
BTS36

NK NK NK

56 15.2 57 15.2 58 15.2 59 11.5

NW
#9 10A LF6 -3 LF8 -2 LF7 -3 LF8 -4 LF7 -4 LF5 -1 LF5 -3 LF5 -2

70 13.2

BATTERY POWER BUS

#1

EM20 -1 EM20 -5 EM20 -3

#10

#2

NLG NG NY NR

71 04.2 72 04.2 73 06.1 74 06.1

04.4 04.4

07.2 07.2

NW

NW NO

75 03.1 76 04.1 77 05.1 78 04.2


04.4 04.3

#12 30A

#3 25A

NS
#2 20A BT13 -1

NS NG

#14 30A

NO
#4 5A EM20 -8 EMS41

60 16.1 61 16.3

16.2

16.3
#16 30A

NO NY

NG
#9 10A BT11 -3 BTS42

NG
IC4-1

NG NG
IC4-2

NY
#5 10A EM19 -9 EM19 -10 EM19 -4 EM19 -7 EM19 -2 EM20 -2 EM20 -4 EM19 -3 EM19 -1 EM19 -6

#18 30A

NG NY

62 16.3
#20 #6

NY NU

63 13.1 64 15.2 65 15.2 66 15.2

13.2

13.3
#22 #7

#10 20A

BT13 -2

NLG NG

NU
#12 20A (CONV.) BT12 -3 BTS32

79 04.2 80 04.1

04.4 04.3

07.2

NU NO

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

#8 10A

#9 30A

NO
#14 40A (CONV.) BT13 -4 BT12 -4 BT10 -1 BT10 -3 BT12 -7 BTS4

#11

NO

67 15.2
#13

#16

NG NP NW

81 07.2 82 07.2 83 04.2


04.4

#15 30A

#18

NR NR
BTS31

68 15.2
#17 30A

#20 20A (CONV.)

NR

69 15.2
#18 10A

#22

TRUNK FUSE BOX

ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Ignition Switched Power Distribution

Ignition Switched Power Distribution

Fig. 01.4

3
II

1 WP WP
#10 FC6 -7 FC6 -10

6
II

II

07.2 07.1 07.1 07.2


IGNITION POWER BUS

7
II

WN
#3 5A BT13 -8 BT13 -9 BT11 -2

WP WP
FCS8

8
II

WP
AC15-3

WP
ACS17

WR WG

WR WG

#12 10A IGNITION POWER BUS

WP WP WP WG

9
II

#4 5A

26 11.5 II 27 09.2 II

10 07.2 II 11 11.1 II 12 04.2 II 13 08.1 II 14 04.3 II 15 11.4 II 16 07.2 II 17 07.2 II 18 19.1 II 19 05.1 II 20 05.1 II
04.4

#5 5A

WN 28
II BT10 -9

WG
#14 10A FC5 -8 FCS29

WG WG
EM2-17

WG WR
RF1-1

09.2 07.2 04.2


RELAYS

WR

04.4

WR WR
EM2-3

WR
EMS15

WR WR WR WR

WR
#16 5A FC5 -5 FCS63

TRUNK FUSE BOX

DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX

2
I

4
II

WB
IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS

WG
#10 5A FC21 -7 FC21 -10 FC20 -8 RT20-12

WG WY
IC2-12

IGNITION POWER BUS

21 16.4 I 22 16.1 I 23 18.1 I 24 17.1 I 25 17.1 I


16.2 16.3

WB
#1 10A LF8 -7 LF8 -1 LF40-13

WB
EMS42

29 05.1 II 30 05.1 II 31 13.2 II 32 09.3 II 33 09.3 II 34 09.3 II 35 06.1 II 36 03.1 II 37 03.1 II 38 04.1 II 39 04.2 II
04.3 04.4

WB WR WR

WY WU

#12 5A

#2

WU WK

#14 20A

WR
#3 5A LF8 -8 LFS5

WK
#16 5A FC20 -5 FCS32

WR WR
LF60-9

WK

WR WU WK
PI2-12

WU
#4 5A LF8 -9

WK WK

PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX


#5 10A LF6 -2 LF5 -9

WK
LF40-10

WK
EMS6

WK WK

WR

40
II

07.2 09.1
RELAYS

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Engine Management Switched Power Supplies

Engine Management Switched Power Supplies

Fig. 01.5

5
E

ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS

WR WR
#10 5A EM20 -7 EMS7

41 04.1 E 42 04.1 E 43 05.1 E 44 04.1 E 45 04.1 E 46 04.2 E 47 04.1 E 48 04.1 E 49 04.1 E 50 04.1 E 51 04.1 E 52 04.1 E 53 04.1 E 54 04.1 E 55 04.2 E 56 04.1 E 57 04.2 E 58 04.1 E

04.3 04.3

WR WR WR WR
EL1-1

WR
ELS3

04.3 04.3 04.4 04.3 04.3 04.3 07.2

WR WU

WU
LF40-12

WU WU
#12 10A EM20 -10 EMS16

WU
PI1-28

WU
PIS6

WU WU WP

WP
PI1-47

WP
PIS8

WP WP WP

04.3 04.3 04.3 04.4 04.3 04.4 04.3 07.2

WP
#14 10A EM19 -8 EMS30

WP WP WP WP WY

#16 5A

EM19 -5

ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Ignition Switched Ground Distribution

Ignition Switched Ground Distribution

Fig. 02.1

III

III

III

III

II

II

II

II

IGNITION SWITCH (OFF)

IGNITION SWITCH (I)

IGNITION SWITCH (II)

IGNITION SWITCH (III)

WO WO
III FC4-1 II FC4-3

2
II

14.1 13.2 19.1 BPM 04.1 04.1 13.1 01.1 04.3 04.3 15.2 05.2 05.2 06.1 06.1 09.2 09.2 11.5 11.5

3
II

RW WO

BPM

WO
FCS26

4
II

WO WO
AC13-2

5
II

BK
FCS48

I FC4-5 FC4-2

WN WO
ACS15

BK

WO WO RG

6
II

IGNITION SWITCH
FC3BL

7
II

8
II

WO
FC46-1

FC46-2

RG RG
LF60-8 FCS25

RG RG

9
II

FC46-3

INERTIA SWITCH

10 01.1 II 11 01.1 II 12 01.1 II

RG
RH2-9

RG
BT1-16

RG
BTS-7

RG RG

WN WN
RH2-10

13 01.1 I 14 18.1 I 15 10.2 I 16 13.2 I 17 BPM I 18 07.1 I 19 19.1 I

WN
BT1-18

WN WN WN

FCS20

WN WN
AC13-1

WN WN

BPM

NOTE: Body Processor Module appears in numerous Figures.

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Battery; Starter; Generator

Battery; Starter; Generator

Fig. 03.1

FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR N


BT61 250A x 2 BT80 ST1

N
01.1 01.1

N
BT62 BT63

B
BT67 BT66

N
BT60 250A

BT68

BATTERY

HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE

15
III FC4-1 II FC4-3

NB
FC14-80

B+
O
FC14-73

GO
EM1-15

GO
EMS28

GO

RW WO WN
FC4-2

1
02.1 02.1

RW
FC14-41

Y
FC14-39

EM50

BK BK
FC3BL FCS48 FC4-5

SU
FC14-92

75
D

NW WK

WR GO

IGNITION SWITCH (III)

37
II

ENGINE CRANKING CONTROL


POWER

I
FC14-103

B BK
FC14-65

STARTER RELAY

BK BK
FC3BR FCS47 FC89-3

BK

RU
FC89-1

RU
FC14-7

LOGIC

NEUTRAL SWITCH BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

FC3AS

GO
EM11-6

ENGINE CRANK

FUEL PUMP CONTROL AND IGNITION


SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE O.K. TO START

SU
FC22-9

D D
FC22-17

GLASS BREAKAGE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE O.K. TO START

D
EM10-17

Y
EM3-8

Y
FCS74

Y O

NOTE: Check market specification and/or vehicle option specification for fitment of Security Immobilization System.

D
EM10-6

O
EM2-18

D
FC22-16

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE (OPTIONAL) WR


ST3 ST2 EM60-2

WR

N B

36
II MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK CHARGE INDICATOR (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

WK
PI50-2

ST10

08.1

SW
EM1-14

SW
PI1-11

SW
PI50-1

REGULATOR

STARTER MOTOR

N
AN3-1 AN1 ST11

B
AN3-2 AN2

GENERATOR SUPPRESSION MODULE NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

AJ26 NAS Engine Management, Part 1


DOWNSTREAM O2S
A B A

AJ26 NAS Engine Management, Part 1

Fig. 04.1
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVES
A B

ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN


58
E

EGR VALVES MAFS


B
IATS EMS43

UPSTREAM HO2S
B

CMPS

CKPS

KS
A

KS
B

ECTS

STEPPER MOTOR

EVAPP VALVE

WY
EM64-2 EM64-1

B
EM2AL (EMIAL)

W W W W R R S S
PI35 -5 -2 -1 -4 -3

S1 PI4 -2 -1 PI34 -4 S2 -1 S3 -6 S4

W U
-3 -2 -5

W U

W B U B

W B U B
EM58 -2 -1 PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2

41
E

WR
EM10-1

B+

BG

WU

WP

BRD

BRD

BRD

BRD PU

B BRD

BY BY

42

WR
EM14-3

B+

47
E

50
E

51
E

EM10-9

PIS10

BRD

BRD

BRD PS

WP

76

NO

B+

52
E

48
E

BRAKE SWITCH (LHD)


6
II

O O

EM10-20 EM10-21 EM10-22 EM10-23

B BRD

BRD

BRD

AC26-4

AC26-1

BRD

BY BY GY

BG

UP

UY

EMS2 O EM11-8 EM11-9 EM11-10 EM11-11 EM11-12 EM11-13 EM11-14 I I EM11-15 EM11-16

BG BG
PI1-6

7
II

WO
AC24-4

GB
AC24-1

US

ACS16

I I I O I

BRAKE SWITCH (RHD)

US
AC13-3

US

US

US

FCS35

EM1-8 EM10-10

UW UY G U BG BY BG R K YU YG YN YR UP GY G R N U BY BY BP PW RW PY N S Y B BG P O BK R R B B B B G G PS PU PN RG RY B B B

EMS1

BG
PIS1

BG

EMS3

OU
FC19 EM2-13

OU
EM10-14

I O O O O I EM12-1 EM12-2 EM12-3 EM12-4 EM12-12 EM12-13 EM12-14 EM12-15 EM12-16 EM12-17 EM12-18 EM12-19 EM12-22

UW
PI1-14

UW

PIS9

BRD

O.K. TO START SERIAL COMMUNICATION SERIAL COMMUNICATION PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) EMS CONTROL RELAY (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE CAN CAN CAN

03.1 19.1 19.1 05.1 01.1 03.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1

O
EM10-6

I I

K
EM10-12

I I

O
EM10-13

I O

G
EM10-15

I O

PK
EM10-16

O O D EM10-17 O O C EM10-25 I I C+ EM10-26 I I C EM10-27 I I C+ EM10-28 I EM14-4 EM14-5 EM14-6 EM14-7 EM14-8 EM14-9 EM14-10 EM14-11 EM14-12 EM13-11 EM13-12 EM13-13 EM13-17 EM13-18 EM13-19 EM13-20 EM13-27 EM13-28 EM13-29

EMS8

Y G Y G Y

BRD

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

44
EMS9 E PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 PI1 -3 -4 -1

45
E

CAN

K BRD

U BRD UW BG

UW

ECM PROGRAMMING ENGINE CRANK

19.1 03.1

P
EM11-3

O O

WR

BY

WR

BG

RY

R
EMS19 PI2-7

R
PI33-1 PI42 -5 PI42 -3 PI42 -1 PI42 -4 PI42 -2 PI6 -3 -4 -1 -2 EL2-2 EL3-2

GO
EM11-6

I I I

VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES


3

ECM PROGRAMMING

19.1

W
EM13-2

I O O

G
EMS18 PI2-6

G
PI33-2

GY
EM16 EM14-1 5

B+

O O

EM15-1 EM15-2 EM15-3 EM15-8 EM15-9 EM15-11 EM15-12 EM15-22

RW

O O O I I

PY

EM14-2

PW

80 56
E

B+

EMS20

TPS

B
ELS1

NG WP

GY

GY GR
EM13-14

THROTTLE MOTOR

PEDAL POSITION

MECHANICAL GUARD

EL2-1

EL3-1

EL4 -1

B
EL1-5

PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS


PW RW PY

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY

B
EMS31

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

EL1-4

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (CONTINUED Fig. 04.2)

BK

EMS38 EM1BR (EM2BR)

EMS37 EM1AL (EM2AL)

EMS36 EM1AR (EM2AR)

EL1-2 EL1-3

B
NOTE: ELS1 LHD Coupe and RHD Convertible only.
EM2AR (EM1AR)

NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: AJ26 NAS Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

RG
-2

YG

YU

YN

YR

WO

GB

US

BG UW B BK

53
E -31 -57 PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI1 -5 PI1 -8 -9 -10 -7

54
E PI1-16 PI1-27

PI1 -56 -54 -52

WU
49
E

WP

WP

WP

II

B+ EM10-5

UP

38

BY GY WU

WK

PI15 -1

-2 PI17 -1

-3

-2 PI26 -1

-2 PI27 -1

-2

EM22 -2

-1

EM24 -2

-1

EM21 -3

-4 -1

-2

EM23 -3

-4 -1

-2

BG

UY

RG

YG

YU

YN

YR

PN

RY

XK8 Range 1997

AJ26 NAS Engine Management, Part 2


CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH

AJ26 NAS Engine Management, Part 2

Fig. 04.2

TRUNK FUSE BOX


3 5 #7 20A

IGNITION COILS
1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B

1 28
II

NY
BT11-1

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH (LHD)


PG PG
ACS14 AC26-2

DIMMER OVERRIDE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

10.2

RLG SP
FC63 -10 FC63 -7 FC63 -9 ON / OFF FC63 -8 560 560

KN
BT11-10

WU
AC26-3

WU
ACS22 AC13-16

WU
FCS71

WU

WG

12
II PI18-2 -1 PI23-2 -1 PI24-2 -1 PI21-2 -1 PI22-2 -1 PI19-2 -1 PI20-2 -1 PI25-2 -1

FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4)

BT2-6

PG
AC24-2

WU
AC24-3

GW

PW

PW

PW

PW

PW

PW

PW

NY
BT55-2

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH (RHD)


KN
CASSETTE

FUEL PUMP
B B
BT55-1

680

SR
RH1-11 AC13-15 EM3-2 SC3-4

SR
SW1 -4

SR
SW2-4 SW3-3 430

SET SW3-4 SET +

BO PW
PIS5 PI1-53

GB

PW

GO

GU

GR

GS

GK

GP

PW

FUEL TANK
BT2AL

KN
EM2-9

PG
EM3-6

WU
EM3-3

SP SG
EM3-4 EM3-1 SC3-3

680

SG
SW1 -3

CASSETTE

SG
SW2-3 SW3-1 430

CANCEL SW3-2 RESUME

BO
SWS1 PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39 PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43 EM26

O I I I

EM10-2 EM10-3 EM10-4 EM10-11

UG ULG UN PG SR WU SG WU YW SLG SG RY KN SP W WU UB LGK LGO LGW LGU LGY LGR LGS LGP BO BY BW BU BP BG BN BS
PI1-30 PI1-32

GW

GO

GU

GR

GS

GK

SC3-12 FCS48

SW1 -6

GB

GP

BO

BO

CASSETTE

BO
SW2-6

PW PW

PW
EMS22

NW WP

83 55
E

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES STEERING WHEEL

UB

EM27 -8

EM27 -7

EM27 -12

EM27 EM27 -11 -10

EM29 -8

EM29 -11

EM29 -7

EM29 EM29 -12 -10

BK
FC3BL

I I I

EM11-1 EM11-4 EM11-5

CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

IGNITION COIL RELAY IGNITION MODULE 1


1A 2B 3B 4A EM29 -9 1B 2A 3A 4B

IGNITION MODULE 2

I I I I O

EM12-5 EM12-6 EM12-8 EM12-9 EM12-10

EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 -9 -1 -2 -3 -6 -5

EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 -1 -2 -5 -3 -6

O O O O O O O O O O O O O

EM13-1 EM13-3 EM13-15 EM13-16 EM13-22 EM13-23 EM13-24 EM13-25 EM13-26 EM13-31 EM13-32 EM13-33 EM13-34

EM1-13 EM2-12

LGW

LGO

LGU

LGR

LGS

LGK

LGP

LGY

EM1-3

RLG

EM2-14 EM2-6

UG ULG UN UB RLG

AC13-9 AC12-19 AC12-12 AC12-14 AC12-13

UG ULG UN UB RLG

AC4-7 AC3-1 AC4-9 AC4-17 AC1-1

I O O I I

EMS31

NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits.
EM2AR (EM1AR) EMS26 EM17

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE


3

RLG RY

NLG WP

79 57
E

O O O O O O O O

EM15-4 EM15-5 EM15-6 EM15-7 EM15-15 EM15-16 EM15-17 EM15-18

OG
LF9-2

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY


WU
LF9-9 LF9-8

W
LF40-6

46
E

RLG
PI1-13

RLG
PI36-1

PI1-33

PI1-34

PI1-35

PI1-36

PI1-37

PI1-38

OY
LF9-5 LF9-3

NG

72

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE


EM5

WU
LF40-7

WU
LF9-7

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH

78 39
II

NY WK

BR
PI2-5

BR
PIS2

B
LF9-1

P UB UB
LF3-6 LF57-5

B
EMS31

UB WU
LF57-1

230 BAR

BK
LF57-2

BK

LF2AR

WU

WU
LF40-9

20 BAR

BG

BW

BO

BU

BR

BN

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BS

BY

BP

FUEL INJECTION RELAY NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 04.1.

EM2AR (EM1AR)

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE


OG NLG
LF12-1 LF12-2

YW
LF40-11

YW
LF57-3

YW

12 BAR

BK
LF57-4

BK
LFS25

BK
LF2BL

PI7-2

-1

PI8-2

-1

PI9-2

-1

PI10-2

-1

PI11-2

-1

PI12-2

-1

PI13-2

-1

PI14-2

-1

71

RH RADIATOR FAN
OY
LF13-2

REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH

B
LF13-1 LF2AL

1A

2A

3A

4A

1B

2B

3B

4B

LH RADIATOR FAN

FUEL INJECTORS

NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: AJ26 NAS Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997


ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN
58
E

AJ26 ROW Engine Management, Part 1


HO2S MAFS
B
IATS EMS43

AJ26 ROW Engine Management, Part 1

Fig. 04.3

HO2S
B

CMPS

CKPS
A

KS

KS
B

ECTS

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVES


A B

EVAPP VALVE

CATALYST THERMOCOUPLES
A B

WY
EM64-2 EM64-1

B
EM2AL (EMIAL)

W W W W R R S S
PI35 -5 -2 -1 -4 -3

W B U B
-1

W B U B
PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2 EM58 -2 -1

41
E

WR
EM10-1

PI4 -2

B+

14

BG

WU

WU

WP

II

B+ EM10-5

UP

38 76 42
E

BY GY WU

WK NO
EM10-9

PI15 -1

-2 PI17 -1

-3

-2 PI26 -1

-2 PI27 -1

-2

EM21 -3

-4 -1

-2

EM23 -3

-4 -1

-2

EM56 -2

-1

-4

-3

II

BG

RG

UY

PN

RY

WP

BRD

BRD

BRD PU

B BRD

BY BY

WR
EM14-3

B+

47
E

PIS10

BRD

BRD PS

WP

B+

48
E

49
E

52
E EM52 EM52 -5 -2 EM52 EM52 -1 -6 EM52 -7

BRAKE SWITCH (LHD)


6
II

O O

EM10-20 EM10-21 EM10-22 EM10-23

B BRD

BRD

BRD

AC26-4

AC26-1

EMS2 O EM11-8 EM11-9 EM11-10 EM11-11 EM11-12 EM11-13 EM11-14 I I EM11-15 EM11-16

7
II

WO
AC24-4

GB
AC24-1

US

ACS16

I I I O I

BRAKE SWITCH (RHD)

US
AC13-3

US

US

US

FCS35

EM1-8 EM10-10

UW UY G U BG BY BG R K YU YG YN YR UP GY G R N U BY BY BP

EMS1

BG
PI1-6

BRD

BY BY GY

BG

UP

BG
PIS1

UY

BG BG

RY

RG

WO

GB

US

BG UW B BK

53
E -31 -57 PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI1 -5

54
E PI1-16 PI1-27

PI1 -56 -54 -52

EM52 EM52 -8 -3

B
EMS31

UR
EM2-16

CATALYST SWITCHING MODULE

B
EMS3 EM2AR (EM1AR)

UR

08.1

OU
FC19 EM2-13

OU
EM10-14

I EM12-1 EM12-2 EM12-3 EM12-4 I EM12-12 EM12-13 EM12-14 EM12-15 EM12-16 D EM10-13 O I EM10-15 I O O EM10-16 O D EM10-17 O O C EM10-25 I I C+ EM10-26 I I C EM10-27 I I C+ EM10-28 I EM14-4 EM14-5 EM14-6 EM14-7 EM14-8 EM14-9 EM14-10 EM14-11 EM14-12 EM13-11 EM13-12 EM13-13 EM13-17 EM13-18 EM13-19 EM13-20 EM13-27 EM13-28 EM13-29 EM12-17 EM12-18 EM12-19 EM12-22

UW
PI1-8 PI1-9 PI1-10 PI1-7 PI1-14

UW
PIS9

NOTE: Exhaust temperature warning Japan only.

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH


O
EM10-6

NOT USED

O.K. TO START

03.1 19.1 19.1 05.1 01.1 03.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1

I I

SERIAL COMMUNICATION SERIAL COMMUNICATION PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) EMS CONTROL RELAY (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE CAN

K
EM10-12

EM24-2 EM22-2 EM24-1 EM22-1 EMS8

O G PK Y G Y G Y

NOT USED

CAN CAN

CAN

PW RW PY N S Y B BG P O BK R R B B B B G G PS PU PN RG RY B B B

BRD

BRD

NOTE: Vacuum Switching Valves Cruise Control equipped vehicles.


44 45
E

EMS9

PI1 -50 -49

-51

-12

PI1 -3 -4

-1

K BRD

U BRD UW BG

UW

ECM PROGRAMMING

19.1 03.1

P
EM11-3

O O

WR

BY

WR

BG

WG
EXHAUST TEMPERATURE WARNING INDICATOR (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

R
EMS19 PI2-7

R
PI33-1 PI42 -5 PI42 -3 PI42 -1 PI42 -4 PI42 -2 PI6 -3 -4 -1 -2 EL2-2 EL3-2

ENGINE CRANK

GO
EM11-6

I I I

VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES


3

ECM PROGRAMMING

19.1

W
EM13-2

I O

GY
EM16 EM14-1 5

B+

G
EMS18 PI2-6

G
PI33-2

80 56
E

NG WP

GY
EMS20

GY
EM14-2

B+

O O

EM15-1 EM15-2 EM15-3 EM15-8 EM15-9 EM15-11 EM15-12 EM15-22

THROTTLE MOTOR

O EM13-14

O O O

RW

PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS


PW RW PY

PY

PW

TPS

B
ELS1

GR

PEDAL POSITION

MECHANICAL GUARD

EL2-1

EL3-1

EL4 -1

-2

B
EMS31

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY

I I

B
EL1-5

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

EL1-4

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (CONTINUED Fig. 04.4)

BK

EMS38 EM1BR (EM2BR)

EMS37 EM1AL (EM2AL)

EMS36 EM1AR (EM2AR)

EL1-2 EL1-3

B
NOTE: ELS1 LHD Coupe and RHD Convertible only.
EM2AR (EM1AR)

NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles. Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: AJ26 ROW Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

AJ26 ROW Engine Management, Part 2


CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH

AJ26 ROW Engine Management, Part 2

Fig. 04.4

TRUNK FUSE BOX


3 5 #7 20A

IGNITION COILS
1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B

1 28
II

NY
BT11-1

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH (LHD)


PG PG
ACS14 AC26-2

DIMMER OVERRIDE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

10.2

RLG SP
FC63 -10 FC63 -7 FC63 -9 ON / OFF FC63 -8 560 560

KN
BT11-10

WU
AC26-3

WU
ACS22 AC13-16

WU
FCS71

WU

WG

12
II PI18-2 -1 PI23-2 -1 PI24-2 -1 PI21-2 -1 PI22-2 -1 PI19-2 -1 PI20-2 -1 PI25-2 -1

FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4)

BT2-6

PG
AC24-2

WU
AC24-3

GW

PW

PW

PW

PW

PW

PW

PW

NY
BT55-2

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH (RHD)


KN
CASSETTE

FUEL PUMP
B B
BT55-1

680

SR
RH1-11 AC13-15 EM3-2 SC3-4

SR
SW1 -4

SR
SW2-4 SW3-3 430

SET SW3-4 SET +

BO PW
PIS5 PI1-53

GB

PW

GO

GU

GR

GS

GK

GP

PW

FUEL TANK
BT2AL

KN
EM2-9

PG
EM3-6

WU
EM3-3

SP
CASSETTE

680

SG
EM3-4 EM3-1 SC3-3 O I I I EM10-2 EM10-3 EM10-4 EM10-11

SG
SW1 -3

SG
SW2-3 SW3-1 430

CANCEL SW3-2 RESUME

BO
SWS1 PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39 PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43 EM26

UG ULG UN PG SR WU SG WU YW SLG SG RY KN SP W WU UB LGK LGO LGW LGU LGY LGR LGS LGP BO BY BW BU BP BG BN BS
PI1-30 PI1-32

CASSETTE

GW

GO

GU

GR

GS

GK

SC3-12 FCS48

SW1 -6

GB

GP

BO

BO

BO
SW2-6

PW PW

PW
EMS22

NW WP

83 55
E

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES STEERING WHEEL

UB

EM27 -8

EM27 -7

EM27 -12

EM27 EM27 -11 -10

EM29 -8

EM29 -11

EM29 -7

EM29 EM29 -12 -10

BK
FC3BL

I I I

EM11-1 EM11-4 EM11-5

CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

IGNITION COIL RELAY IGNITION MODULE 1


1A 2B 3B 4A EM29 -9 1B 2A 3A 4B

I I I I O

EM12-5 EM12-6 EM12-8 EM12-9 EM12-10

EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 -9 -1 -2 -3 -6 -5

EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 -1 -2 -5 -3 -6

IGNITION MODULE 2

O O O O O O O O O O O O O

EM13-1 EM13-3 EM13-15 EM13-16 EM13-22 EM13-23 EM13-24 EM13-25 EM13-26 EM13-31 EM13-32 EM13-33 EM13-34

EM1-13 EM2-12

LGW

LGO

LGU

LGR

LGS

LGK

LGP

LGY

EM1-3

RLG

EM2-14 EM2-6

UG ULG UN UB RLG

AC13-9 AC12-19 AC12-12 AC12-14 AC12-13

UG ULG UN UB RLG

AC4-7 AC3-1 AC4-9 AC4-17 AC1-1

I O O I I

EMS31

NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits.
EM2AR (EM1AR) EMS26 EM17

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE


3

RLG RY

NLG WP

79 57
E

O O O O O O O O

EM15-4 EM15-5 EM15-6 EM15-7 EM15-15 EM15-16 EM15-17 EM15-18

OG
LF9-2

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY


WU
LF9-9 LF9-8

W
LF40-6

46
E

RLG
PI1-13

RLG
PI36-1

PI1-33

PI1-34

PI1-35

PI1-36

PI1-37

PI1-38

OY
LF9-5 LF9-3

NG

72

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE


EM5

WU
LF40-7

WU
LF9-7

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH

78 39
II

NY WK

BR
PI2-5

BR
PIS2

B
LF9-1

P UB UB
LF3-6 LF57-5

B
EMS31

UB WU
LF57-1

230 BAR

BK
LF57-2

BK

LF2AR

WU

WU
LF40-9

20 BAR

BG

BW

BO

BU

BR

BN

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

BS

BY

BP

FUEL INJECTION RELAY NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 04.1.

EM2AR (EM1AR)

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE


OG NLG
LF12-1 LF12-2

YW
LF40-11

YW
LF57-3

YW

12 BAR

BK
LF57-4

BK
LFS25

BK
LF2BL

PI7-2

-1

PI8-2

-1

PI9-2

-1

PI10-2

-1

PI11-2

-1

PI12-2

-1

PI13-2

-1

PI14-2

-1

71

RH RADIATOR FAN
OY
LF13-2 LF13-1 LF2AL

REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH

1A

2A

3A

4A

1B

2B

3B

4B

LH RADIATOR FAN

FUEL INJECTORS

NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: AJ26 ROW Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

AJ26 Automatic Transmission

AJ26 Automatic Transmission

Fig. 05.1

NOTE: Gear Selector Module CAN Listen only node for gear selector position indicators. TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH
SOLENOID VALVES OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR

TRANSMISSION
TURBINE SPEED SENSOR FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR PRESSURE REGULATORS

GEAR SELECTOR MODULE


P, N
P 330 330 C 330 + C 330 C 330 + C 330 330 FC88 -9 FC88 -8 FC88 -4 FC88 -3

L1

L2

L3

L4

B+

WR
FC88 -1

19
II

1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3

G Y G Y

19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1

CAN

CAN CAN CAN

EM46 -6

EM46 -5

EM46 EM46 -13 -14

EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 -16 -2 -3 -7 -11 -15

EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 -12 -8 -9 -4

EM46 -1

EM46 -10

RB

G
4

BU

UY

RU OG

OU

OR

OK

OB

RY

YB

YP

YU

R
EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 -E -A -8 -C -D EM47 EM47 -J -K 3

BK
FC88 -6 FCS47

BK

BY 77 29
II

RB

WR

NO
EM7-26

B+

O O

EM7-1 EM7-2

OU RS OK OG B RB W RP US
EMS25

FC3BR

WB
EM7-54

B+ O B+ EM7-55 O I C EM7-82 I I C+ EM7-83 I C EM7-85 I I C+ EM7-86 EM7-12 EM7-13 EM7-14 EM7-15 EM7-16 EM7-4 EM7-5 EM7-6 EM7-8 EM7-9

43
E

30
II

WB G Y G Y

04.1

04.3

PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

CAN CAN CAN CAN

19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1

BY
EM1-18

BY US
EM1-17 FC83-1

US

US

BY
FC83-3

BY
FCS62

N
BRD U BS BU UY BRD

D4 SWITCH
AC12-11

BY

EM7-18

EM7-21 I I EM7-22 EM7-23

KICKDOWN SWITCH (LHD)


BS BY
AC27-1 AC27-2 ACS12

BY

O O O

EM7-28 EM7-29 EM7-30

BY OR YB YU YP B S Y

BS
EM1-16

BS
AC12-15

BS

ACS11

BS
O O I EM7-32 EM7-33 EM7-34 AC25-1

BY
AC25-2

KICKDOWN SWITCH (RHD)

I I

EM7-36 EM7-37

EM7-42

G
R RG

RS
EM3-11

RS
FC35 -7

560 560 FC35 -8 FC35 -10 FC35 -9 10 10

WR RLG

20
II

I I

EM7-44 EM7-45

MODE STATE

10.2

DIMMER OVERRIDE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

RP
O O O EM7-51 EM7-52 EM7-53

RP
EM3-13

OB RY RU RG

RG
EM3-14 FC35 -2 FC35 -1

BK
FCS47

BK

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

EMS43

B
EM2AL (EM1AL)

MODE SWITCH

FC3BR

NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Gear Shift Interlock

Gear Shift Interlock

Fig. 05.2

BRAKE SWITCH (LHD) 6


II

WO
AC26-4

GB
AC26-1

US
ACS16

US
AC13-3

US
FCS35

US
EM1-8

US
EM10-10

7
II

WO
AC24-4

GB
AC24-1

US Y
EM1-6 EM10-28

C + C
EM10-27

BRAKE SWITCH (RHD)

G
EM1-7

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

Y
FC88-4

C + C
FC88-3

G Y
FC88-9

C + C
FC88-8

GEAR SELECTOR MODULE

Y
FC25-24

C + C
FC25-47

S
FC25-20

U
FCS11

U S
FCS12

19.1 19.1

SCP

S
FC25-19

SCP

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

15 19

NB
FC14-80

B+ (LOGIC)

NY
FC14-104

B+ (SOLENOIDS)

S
FC14-84

U S
FC14-85

5
II

WO
FC14-15

I I
FC14-32

S O
FC14-48

17
I

WN

OG

OG
FC86 -1 FC86 -2

B
FCS46

GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK CONTROL

GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID

FC2BR (FC4BR)

O
FC14-51

RW
SC1-1

RW

B
SC1-2

B
FCS49

BK
FCS47

BK
FC87-3

BK NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH

SB
FC87-1

SB
FC14-58

I I
FC14-103 LOGIC

POWER

B BK
FC14-65

KEYLOCK SOLENOID COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

FC4BR (FC2BR)

FC3BR

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

FC3AS

NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control

Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control

Fig. 06.1

BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR

74 35
II

NR
LF37-9

B+ B+
LF37-20

O
LF37-1

UO
LF40-1

UO
EM37-2 EM37-1

WU NY
LF37-25

UB
LF37-13 LF40-2

UB S
LF42-2 FR1-2

73

B+
I

S
LF37-3

CAN

19.1 19.1

Y
LF37-5

C +
LF37-4

G
LF42-1

G
FR1-1

RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

CAN

G
LF37-15 NOT USED LF37-11 NOT USED LF37-10

C C + C
LF37-6

Y
LF60-5

Y
RH1-16

Y
BT2-11

Y
BT73-1

Y
RR1-1

BRAKE SWITCH (LHD)

ADAPTIVE DAMPING OVERRIDE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

11.5

UP
LF37-19

I
LF37-7

O
LF60-4

O
RH1-15

O
BT2-10

O
BT73-2

O
RR1-2

RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

6
II

WO
AC26-4

GB
AC26-1

US
ACS16

US
AC13-3

US
FCS35

US
LF60-1

US
LF37-2

I
LF37-17

W
LF41-2

W
FL1-2

7
II

WO
AC24-4

GB
AC24-1

US
LF37-18

R
LF41-1

R
FL1-1

LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

BRAKE SWITCH (RHD)

P
LF37-21 LF60-2

P
RH1-17

P
BT2-12

P
BT72-2

P
RL1-2

16

NR
FC55-9 STABILITY / TRACTION STATE FC55-11

RY
LF60-6

RY
LF37-16

U
LF37-22 LF60-3

U
RH1-18

U
BT2-13

U
BT72-1

U
RL1-1

LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

B
LF37-8

B
FCS49

B
FC55-16 FC55-12

R
LF60-7

R
LF37-14

I I

B
LF37-24

FC4BR (FC2BR)

STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE

LF3AS

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997


COMPRESSOR LOCK SENSOR

Climate Control, Part 1


ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY
IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR ASPIRATOR MOTOR

Climate Control, Part 1

Fig. 07.1

AMBIENT DIFFERENTIAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL SENSOR POTENTIOMETER


VENT SERVO

VENT ASSEMBLY
DEFROST SERVO

SOLAR SENSOR
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY


HEATER MATRIX TEMPERATURE SENSOR COOL AIR BYPASS SERVO FOOT WELL SERVO


B
PI37 -1

BW
LF29 -2

B
PI37 -2

OY
LF29 -1

SB
PI1 -55

BW
PI1 -2

BW
FC12 -1

UB
FC12 -2

LGW
FC12 -3

B
FC12 -4

BW
LF60 -11

OY
LF60 -10

BW
FC48 -2

P
FC48 -1

OU
FC48 -3

BW
FC44 -2

RG
FC44 -3

PR
FC44 -5

SR
FC44 -4

OR
FC44 -6

RY
FC44 -8

RU
FC44 -7

P
FC44 -9

P
FC52 -1

O
FC52 -2

KU
AC7 -1

UG
AC7 -10

BW
AC7 -2

SU
AC7 -3

UO
AC7 -5

GU
AC7 -4

UY UW
AC7 -6 AC7 -8

UR
AC7 -7

P
AC7 -9

NOTES: When the ignition switched ground input is interrupted during engine cranking, the A/CCM does not drive high power consuming components. The A/C Isolate Relay remains energized by the A/CCM for 30 seconds after the ignition is switched OFF to provide power for the A/CCM to park the servos. The ignition switched power supply to AC3-10 selects compressor lock sensing.

SB

BW

BW

UB

LGW

B
FCS46

BW

OY

BW

OU

BW

RG

PR

SR

OR

RY

RU

OP

KU

UG

BW

SU

UO

GU

UY UW

UR

EM1 -11

EM1 -12

AC15 -9

AC12 -18

B
FC2BR (FC4BR)

AC15 -5

AC15 -18

AC15 -12

AC15 -14

AC15 -13

AC15 -15

AC15 -17

AC15 -16

AC15 -4

SB
AC15 -6

BW

UB

LGW

OY

OU

RG

PR

SR

OR

RY

RU

OP

P
FCS34 FCS33 AC15-10

7
II

WP WP WN NY

WP
AC3-10

B+ O B+ AC4-1 O O I AC4-3 O O B+ AC4-5 O O O AC1-6 AC1-7 AC1-8 AC1-9 AC1-12 AC1-13 AC1-19 AC1-20 AC1-21 AC1-22 AC1-25 AC1-26

8
II

WP WN NY

18
I

41

FC24

4 5

42 B

NY B
FCS49

GY
AC13-12

GY
AC4-2

B+

O O

GW
AC15-8

GW
AC4-15

RY PR PY RB UW UO RU SR Y NR UR GU BW OP RG YW SU OU OR YG UY S SG SB OY UG SY SR UB KU WU P WR B B LGW BW BK
AC15-11

I FC4BR (FC2BR)

AC2-1 AC2-2 AC2-3 AC2-5 AC2-9 AC2-10 AC2-11 AC2-13

AIR CONDITIONING ISOLATE RELAY

I I I I I

BW

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) ENGINE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.1 08.1 08.1

SG
AC12-10

SG
AC2-6

I I

PY
AC12-8

PY
AC4-6

I O I AC4-16 D I I AC3-2 AC3-3 AC3-4 AC3-5 AC3-6 AC3-7 AC3-8 AC3-11 AC3-12

OU
AC12-9

OU

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

19.1 19.1

K
AC4-10

I D

ACS4

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

O
AC4-21

O I I

ACS21

O O O I O O O I

AC4-4 AC4-8 AC4-12 AC4-13 AC4-14 AC4-18 AC4-19 AC4-20

AC12-6

AC12 -2

AC12 -3

AC12 -4

AC12 -1

P BW
10.2

YG

PY

P BW YW

RB

NR

AC12-5

B
AC12-7

WR WU

SR

SY

SG

RK

RLG

10.2

DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING AC5 -1 AC5 -2 AC5 -6 AC5 -12 AC5 -7 AC6 -1 AC6 -2 AC6 -6 AC6 -12 AC6 -7

FC43 -7

FC43 -5

FC43 -6

FC43 -2

FC43 -3

FC43 -4

FC43 -1

FC43 -8

FC43 -9

P BW

YG

PY

P BW YW

RB

NR

B WR WU AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

SR

SY

SG

R RLG

I
FC3CS

I
B+

I
B+

I
START

D
DATA

D
DATA

I
CLOCK

I
DIMMER OVERRIDE

I
LOCATE ILLUMINATION

FRESH / RECIRCULATION SERVO

FRESH / RECIRCULATION SERVO

CONTROL PANEL

LH BLOWER AIR INTAKE

RH BLOWER AIR INTAKE

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Climate Control, Part 2

Climate Control, Part 2

Fig. 07.2

EM45

82

NP PS

GK
EM48-1 EM48-2

B 16
II

WR

71

NLG
LF12-2

OG
LF12-1

OG
LF9-2

RH RADIATOR FAN
B
LF13-1

W
LF40-6

W
LF9-9 LF9-8

WU

46
E

NOTE: Radiator cooling and Air Conditioning Compressor circuits are duplicated here for clarity. Refer to Figures 04.2 and 04.4.

RH WINDSHIELD HEATER RH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY


EM44

EM1BL (EM1BS)

OY
LF13-2

OY
LF9-5 LF9-3

NG

72
EM17 EMS24 3

81 RLG RY
5

NG PS

GS
EM49-1 EM49-2

B 17
II

LF2AL

LH RADIATOR FAN

WU
LF40-7

WU
LF9-7

WR

NLG WP

79 59
E

LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
PS

B
LF9-1

EM2BS (EM2BL)

LH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY


FC28

LF2AR

O I I

EM10-2 EM10-3 EM10-4

UG ULG UN WU YW RY W WU
EM2 -12 EM1 -13 EM1 -3

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE


RLG RLG
PI1-13 PI36-1 EMS26

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY

EM2-4

NS LGR
AC15-19

RN
AC13-4

RN
ACS1

RN
DD1-5

RN
DD8-9

B
DD8-11 DDS1

B
DD1-1

B
FC4AL (FC2AL)

WP

6
II

DRIVER MIRROR
RN
DP1-5

B PS

I I O

EM12-5 EM12-6 EM12-10

O O

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH


AC13-8 3

DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY

RN
DP8-9

B
DP8-11 DPS1

B
DP1-1

B
FC2AL (FC4AL)

PASSENGER MIRROR
BT13-10

EM13-15 EM13-16

P UB
LF3-6

1
230 BAR

5 #17 25A BT13-3

UY
BT58-3

UY
RH17 RH18

ULG UG

UN UB
LF57-5

28 BK
LF57-2

2 BT10-8

LGP

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE


AC12 -19 AC13 -9 AC12 -12

UB WU
LF57-1

BK

II

HEATED BACKLIGHT
RH2S

WU
LF40-9

WU YW
LF40-11 LF57-3

20 BAR

HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY (#2)

YW

YW

12 BAR

BK
LF57-4

BK
LFS25

TRUNK FUSE BOX


BK LGP
AC13-10 RH2-7

LGP
BT2-1

I O O O O O O O

AC1-1 AC1-2 AC1-3 AC1-4 AC1-5 AC1-16 AC1-17 AC1-18

RLG U UY PS LGR LGN RW LGP

RLG
AC12-13 EM2-6

RLG

REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH

LF2BL RHD

24
AC20

LHD

48

NU UY

UW
AC6-5

UW 10
II

WP

UB
AC12-14 AC12-17 EM2-14 AC12-16

RH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY

US
AC6-13

U
4

U
I O I O AC2-7 AC2-8 AC2-15 AC2-16

RW

B
AC6-8

B
2

US GO UK GP ULG UG UN UB
EM2-5 LF60-18 RHD

GO
AC6-10 FC2AL

G
3

RH BLOWER MOTOR
48 24 NW LGN
8 AC20 10

AC3-1

I O I

AC4-7 AC4-9 AC4-17

U U
EM43-2

LHD

UR
AC5-5

UR 9
II

B
EM43-1

B
EMS31

P
EM41-2

Y
EM41-1

YW
LF3-1

YW
LF7-2 #15 10A

4 40
II

WP

RW

2 LF5-5

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

HEATER VALVE

HEATER PUMP
HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1)

LH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY

UK
AC5-13

U
4

NOTE: A/CCM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 07.1.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

B
AC5-8

B
2

GP
EM2AR (EM1AR) FC4AL AC5-10

G
3

LH BLOWER MOTOR NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
6
II

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Instrument Packs

Instrument Packs

Fig. 08.1

29 13
II

NR
FC25-25

B+ B+
ILLUMINATION
FC25-3

RN
FC79-17

B+
ILLUMINATION SUPPLY

O
FC25-28

RO
FC79-8

WG
FC25-2

B+
BATTERY VOLTAGE

O
FC26-1

RK
FC79-11

I I
FC79-18

DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING

10.2 10.2

RO
FC25-27

I I
FC26-21

ILLUMINATION SUPPLY OIL PRESSURE DIMMER OVERRIDE BATTERY VOLTAGE

BATTERY CHARGE WARNING OIL PRESSURE WARNING BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE

O
FC26-2

OW RG
FC26-8 FC79-13

RLG

O O
FC26-9

I I
FC79-12

SCP

19.1 19.1

S
FC25-19

BATTERY VOLTAGE

RS RB
FC26-11 FC79-15

S +
BATTERY VOLTAGE

O O
FC26-12

I I
FC79-14

SCP

U
FC25-20

S
BATTERY VOLTAGE

RU OB
FC26-10 FC79-20

CAN

19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1

Y
FC25-24

C + C
FC25-47

OIL PRESSURE

O O
FC26-15

I I
FC79-19

CAN

G Y
FC25-23

OIL PRESSURE

OU OS
FC26-17 FC79-9

CAN

C + C
FC25-48

OIL PRESSURE

O O
FC26-18

I I
FC79-10

CAN

OIL PRESSURE

OG

A/CCM

07.1 07.1 07.1 11.1 11.5 16.1

PY
FC26-3

O O
FC26-4

ENGINE SPEED ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE VEHICLE SPEED

A/CCM

SG OU
FC26-5

A/CCM POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE (CIRCUITS CONTINUED) RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT

O O
FC26-6

BK
FCS48

BK
FC79-16

UB ON
FC26-7

VEHICLE SPEED
FC3BL

MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK

VEHICLE SPEED

16.2

16.3

UW
FC26-20

VEHICLE SPEED TRIP SELECT

I
FC25-13

UY
FC27-7

ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE GENERATOR AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE CATALYST SWITCHING MODULE

11.5 03.1 17.1 04.3

SO
FC25-6

I I
FC26-22

ADAPTIVE DAMPING WARNING CHARGE WARNING AIRBAG WARNING RESET

A/B (TRIP SELECT)

SW YW
FC26-16

I
FC25-36

O
FC27-9

I I
FC26-24

BR
FC25-33 FC27-2

000 (RESET)

UR
EM2-16

UR

EXHAUST OVER-TEMPERATURE WARNING

MESSAGE

I
FC25-35

Y
FC27-8

CLEAR

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

RW
F 80 BT7 BT2-18

RW
RH1-14

RW
FC26-14

IMPERIAL; METRIC; U.S.A.

I
FC25-14

R
FC27-1

MI / KM

900

E BT8

TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK


BW
BT2-17

BW
RH1-13

BW
FC26-13

FUEL LEVEL GAUGE

TRIP CYCLE

I
FC25-10

SU
SC2-5

SU

BK
SCS1

BK

BK
SC2-9 FCS48

BK

P OS
CLOSES WITH PRESSURE
PI40-1 PI1-48

OS
EM2-8

OS
FC26-19

TRIP CYCLE SWITCH


I
OIL PRESSURE (ON / OFF)
FC3BL

COLUMN SWITCH GEAR

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH


I
FC25-1

BK
FCS48

BK B
FCS49

BK
EMS38

BK
EM55-1 EM55-2

OP
EM1-19

OP
FC26-23

LOW COOLANT WARNING

I
FC25-26

EM1BR (EM2BR)

COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

FC4BR (FC2BR)

FC3BL

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Audible Warnings

Audible Warnings

Fig. 08.2

15 19 1 SCP SOURCES: DIRECTION INDICATORS; HAZARD WARNING; SIDELAMPS Fig. 09.1, Fig. 09.2 VALET SWITCH; TRUNK RELEASE Fig. 13.1 MEMORY Fig. 12.1 CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT Fig. 15.2 KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR SWITCH Fig. 13.1 NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH Fig. 05.2 SEAT BELT SWITCH Fig. 12.1
SCP

NB
FC14-80

B+

NY
FC14-104

B+

RW
FC14-41

I I
FC14-15

5
II

WO WN
FC14-32

17
I

AUDIBLE WARNING 1 AUDIBLE WARNING 2

O
FC14-82

GR
SC1-10

GR
SC7-1

O
FC14-83

GB
SC1-11

GB
SC7-2

19.1 19.1

U
FC14-84

SCP

S
FC14-85

SPEAKER
S +

AUDIBLE WARNING CONTROL

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR AUDIBLE WARNINGS: DIRECTION INDICATORS HAZARD WARNING SIDELAMPS ON VALET MODE WARNING GEAR SELECTOR IN PARK MEMORY CHIME CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT (CONVERTIBLE VEHICLES) KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR AJAR (NAS VEHICLES ONLY) SEAT BELT DISCONNECTED (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)

B
FC14-103

I I
FC14-65

POWER

BK

LOGIC

FC3AS

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Exterior Lighting Front


UB
#21 10A LF5-4

Exterior Lighting Front

Fig. 09.1

NOTE: Crank input used with Daytime Running Lamps.


SCP SCP

19.1 19.1

U S 15

4 4

5 #19 10A LF7-10

UW UG
LF5-7

UY NB
FC14-80

MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3)


B+

#8 10A

LF6-8

S
FC25-20

U
FCS11

51 1 5
II

NG
FC14-79

4
B+

5 #6 10A LF6-4

UK US
LF6-9

S
FC25-19

S
FCS12

RW
FC14-41

4
I I

OB
DIP BEAM RELAY (#5)
LF8-3

LIGHTING INDICATORS

WO
FC14-15

4
S

5 #17 15A LF8-10

OW OG
LF5-8

U
FC14-84

40
II

OB
LF32-1

B
LF32-2

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

S
FC14-85

S +

FRONT FOG RELAY (#2)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX


16 NR
FC55-9

LH FRONT FOG LAMP


UB

OG
FRONT FOG STATE
FC55-18

O
FC14-20

OG
FCS37

OG
LF1-7

LF31-3

O
FC14-68

US
LF1-5

MAIN

UY
LF31-2

B
LF31-4

REAR FOG STATE

FC55-20

UG
FC14-45 LF1-6

OR
FRONT FOG
FC55-17

OR
FC14-38

I O

DIP

RK
FC14-53 LF1-10

RK
LF31-1

BK
FCS47

BK
FC55-2

SIDELAMP REAR FOG


FC55-19

GY
FC14-2 LF1-2

GY
LF31-5 DI

B
LF31-6

PY
HAZARD
FC55-1

PY
FC14-59

B
FCS49

B
FC55-16 FC55-3

PW
HAZARD STATE

PW
FC14-96

LH FRONT LAMP UNIT


O
FC14-54

RB
LF1-9

RB
LF11-1

B
LF11-2

FC3BR

FC4BR (FC2BR)

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

LIGHTING CONTROL
O
FC14-27

LH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)


GO
LF1-3

GO
LF4-1

B
LF4-2

LFS9

U
HEADLAMP FLASH
SC2-2

U
FC14-30

B
LF2BR

LH SIDE DI REPEATER (ROW)

UB
HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM
SC2-6

UB

UB
FC14-14

OW YG YG
SC2-7

B
LF22-2

YG
FC14-88

I I
FC14-61

LF22-1

BK
FCS48

BK
SC2-9

BK
SCS1

BK KG
DIRECTION INDICATOR

KG
SC2-8

KG

RH FRONT FOG LAMP


UW

FC3BL

UY
SC2-4

UY

UY
FC14-42

LF21-3

MAIN

DIP SIDE OFF

UK RY
SCS2

B
LF21-4

RY
SC2-3

RY
FCS9

RY
FC14-16

I O

LF21-2

DIP

RY
FC14-1 LF1-11

RY
LF21-1

LIGHTING STALK COLUMN SWITCH GEAR


DIMMER MODULE SIDE LAMPS ON

SIDELAMP

O
FC14-3

GK
LF1-1

GK
LF21-5 DI

B
LF21-6

10.2

RY

RH FRONT LAMP UNIT


O
FC14-28

RW
LF1-8

RW
LF10-1

B
LF10-2

LFS8

NOTE: DI bulb failure BPM internal function. Daytime Running Lamps BPM programmed function.

B
FC14-103

B
LF1AL

I I
FC14-65

POWER LOGIC

RH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)


O
FC14-81

BK

GR
LF1-4

GR
LF40-8

GR
EL1-6

GR
EL5-1

B
EL5-2 ELS1

B
EL1-5

B
EMS31

FC3AS

RH SIDE DI REPEATER (ROW) BODY PROCESSOR MODULE NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
NOTE: ELS1 Cruise Control vehicles only.

EM2AR (EM1AR)

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Exterior Lighting Rear


NOTE: BTS5 Adaptive damping only.

Exterior Lighting Rear

Fig. 09.2

US
BT11-5

11.5

ADAPTIVE DAMPING

BRAKE SWITCH (LHD)


US
AC26-1

UG
#8 5A BT11-8

GB

WO
AC26-4

6
II

54
SCP SCP

NK U S
FCS12 FCS11

NK
BT40-6

B+ (REVERSE LAMPS)

1 OG
BT40-7

5 #6 5A BT11-4

UP US
BT11-9 BTS5

19.1 19.1

U
RH12-15

U
BT1-10

U
BT40-16

S O S +
BT40-8

US
BT1-9

US
RH12-1

US
FCS35

US
AC13-3

US

US
ACS16 AC24-1

GB

WO
AC24-4

7
II

S
RH12-16

S
BT1-11

YW
BT40-5

STOP LAMP RELAY (#5)


#19 5A

RK
BT12-10

BRAKE SWITCH (RHD)

LIGHTING CONTROL
+

1 R 1

5 #21 5A BT10-4

RY RS
BT10-7

S S

S
FC25-19

BK
BT40-13 BTS21

I I
BT40-14

I
BT41-1

RW UO
BT27-1

B
BT27-2

CAN

19.1 19.1

Y
FC25-24

C +

U
FC25-20

BK

TAIL LAMP RELAY (#3)

BT11-7

CAN

G
FC25-47

BK
BT1AR

5 #15 10A BT12-2

OB OG
BT10-5 BTS3

LH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)


OB
BT31-7

REVERSE GEAR LIGHTING INDICATORS

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

28
II

REAR FOG RELAY (#1)

FOG

YW
BTS9 BT31-6

TRUNK FUSE BOX


U
FC14-84

REVERSE

RO

B
BT31-1

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

S S +
FC14-85

BT31-2

TAIL

S 15 19 51 NB
FC14-80

R
B+ (LOGIC) B+ (LIGHTING) BT18-25

BULB FAILURE SENSING


BT18-16

UB
BT31-3

RY GY RK
BT18-17 BT31-4

STOP

NY
FC14-104

27
II

WG
BT18-24

B+

DI

NG
FC14-79

B+ (LIGHTING) BT18-14

UP

LH TAIL LAMP UNIT


UO RU RO
BL4-1

NOTE: Crank input activates general bulb failure output.

1 5
II

RW
FC14-41

I
BT18-15

B
BL4-2 BLS1

WO
FC14-15

16

NR
FC55-16

LIGHTING CONTROL
FRONT FOG STATE
FC55-18

LH TAIL; SIDE MARKER LAMPS

BT18-21

RW
BT18-23 BTS40

LH NUMBER PLATE LAMP


BL1-1 BLS2

RU OY OY
FC14-44

RU
BB1-2 BL1-2

RU

RH TAIL; NUMBER PLATE LAMPS

BT18-18

RG
BT18-22

REAR FOG STATE

FC55-20

RU UB
BL5-1

B
BL5-2

BB1-1

LH STOP LAMP FRONT FOG


FC55-17 BT18-19

BK OP OP
FC14-12

BK
BTS21 BT18-26

BK
FCS47

BK
FC55-2

RH STOP LAMP
BT18-20

UW

RH NUMBER PLATE LAMP


BTS23

REAR FOG

FC55-19

GK
BT30-4 DI BT1AR

B
BT3S

FC3BR (FC1BR)

HAZARD

FC55-1

LAMP CONTROL MODULE


RS
RH2-16 BT2-9

UW
BT30-5

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

O
FC14-95

RS GY
FC14-50 RH2-3

STOP

RG
BT30-6

B
BT30-7

GY
BT1-2

TAIL

UY
DIP

UY
SC2-4

UY
FC14-42

O
FC14-76

GK
RH2-1

GK
BT1-1

YW
BT30-2

REVERSE

BK

BK
FCS48 SC2-9

BK
SCS1

BK

SIDE OFF

RY
SCS2

RY

RY
SC2-3 FCS9

RY
FC14-16

OB UG
CONV. BB1-3

UG
BL1-3

UG
BL8-1 (CONV.) RH8-2 (COUPE)

B
BL8-2 (CONV.) RH8-1 (COUPE) CONV. COUPE

B
BLS1

BT30-1

FOG

FC3BL (FC1BL)

LIGHTING STALK COLUMN SWITCH GEAR

B
FC14-103

I I
FC14-65

UG
POWER
COUPE BT1-17

UG

RH TAIL LAMP UNIT


BL1-1

B
RHS2

BK

DIMMER MODULE SIDE LAMPS ON

10.2

RY

LOGIC

B B
BB1-1 RH1S

RW
BT26-1

B
BT26-2 BTS17

RH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)

BT2AR

FC3AS

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP

BTS23

B
BT3S

NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
6
II

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Headlamp Leveling

Headlamp Leveling

Fig. 09.3

34
II

WR
FC55-5 0 1 2 3 203 187 FC55-6

32
II

WR
LF34-1

GS
LF60-15

GS
LFS6

GS
LF34-2

SERVO AMPLIFIER

LH HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR

BK
FC55-2 FCS47

BK

LEVELING SWITCH
FC3BR LF34-3

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

B
LFS9

B
LF2BR

33
II

WR
LF24-1

GS
LF24-2

SERVO AMPLIFIER

RH HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR

LF24-3

B
LFS8

B
LF1AL

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: Headlamp Leveling Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Interior Lighting

Interior Lighting

Fig. 10.1

15 19

NB
FC14-80

B+ (LOGIC) B+ (LIGHTING) FC14-104

NY RW
FC14-41

NW
FC31-2 FC31-1

B
FCS50 (LHD) FCS46 (RHD)

B
FC4BL (FC4BR)

NOTE: Crank input is used to switch off interior lamps during engine cranking.

1 5
II

I I
FC14-15

WO WN
FC14-32

LH FOOTWELL LAMP
FADE 1 O

NW
FC14-24 FCS1

NW
FC32-2 FC32-1

B
FCS46 (LHD) FCS50 (RHD)

B
FC2BR (FC2BL)

17
I

BK
FCS48

BK
FC4-5 FC4-4

UR
FC14-67

RH FOOTWELL LAMP
I

NW
RH2-5

NW
RH3-2 RH3-1

B
RHS2

B
RH1S

FC3BL

IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)


U
FCS11 FC14-84

REAR INTERIOR LAMP (COUPE ONLY)


S S +
FC14-85

SCP SCP

19.1 19.1

U S
FCS12

PW
BT56-2 BT56-1

RY

LH TRUNK LAMP
PW
RH2-6

S 25 N
DD10-1 B+ AC14 -9

INTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROL


PW
FC14-101 FCS36

PW
BT1-5

PW
BTS25

PW
BT59-2 BT59-1

RY
BTS26

RY
BT29-1 BT29

RY
BT29-2 BTS6

RY
BT46-2

BK
BT46-1

BK
BTS21 BT1AR

RH TRUNK LAMP
PW
FC33 FC34

TRUNK SWITCH
B
FCS46 FC2BR (FC4BR)

AC14 -8

S
LOCK

ILLUMINATION O ENABLE

OY
DD3-10 DD11-12

I
S

GLOVE BOX LAMP


U
DD10-9 + S DD10-16 DD1-6

38

NW
DD3-12

U
ACS5

UNLOCK
DD3-11

OU
DD11-4

S
DD1-3

S
ACS6

PW
RF1-10

PW

RFS2

PW
RF8-1 RF8-3

BK

KEY BARREL

DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES


BK
DD3-7 DD3-6

LH VANITY LAMP
GY
DD11-20

O
DD10-14

GW PW
RF7-1 RF7-3

BK

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH


BK
DD1-2

DOOR LAMP CONTROL


BK
I
DD10-8

RH VANITY LAMP
BK
DDS7

LOGIC POWER LH MAP LAMP SWITCH

B
DD1-21

B
DD10-17

FC4AR (FC2AR)

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE


FADE 2 O
FC14-74

PW
RF10-5

RW
RF1-12

RW
RF10-4

LH MAP LAMP

BK 49 N
DP10-1 + S DP10-16 B+ S DP10-9

BK
RFS1 RF1-3

BK
FC3BR

U
DP1-6

U S
DP1-3

POWER

I
FC14-103

B
RH MAP LAMP

RF10-1

LOGIC I
FC14-65

BK
RH MAP LAMP SWITCH

BK
DP3-7 DP3-6

GY
DP11-20

I O

GW
DP10-14

PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH


BK
DP1-2

DOOR LAMP CONTROL


BK
I
DP10-8

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

FC3AS

ROOF CONSOLE
GW
DD14-2

BK
DPS7

LOGIC

B
DD14-1 DDS1

B
DD1-1

B
FC4AL (FC2AL)

B
DP1-21

B
DP10-17

POWER

DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP


GW
DP14-2 DP14-1

FC2AR (FC4AR)

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

B
DPS1

B
DP1-1

B
FC2AL (FC4AL)

PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP

NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Dimmer-Controlled Lighting
MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK
ILLUMINATION SUPPLY

Dimmer-Controlled Lighting

Fig. 10.2

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK


ILLUMINATION SUPPLY ILLUMINATION SUPPLY ILLUMINATION SUPPLY

RADIO

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL


LOCATE ILLUMINATION LH SEAT HEATER

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK


LOCATE ILLUMINATION HAZARD RH SEAT HEATER FOG LAMPS TRACTION HEADLAMP LEVELING

DIMMER OVERRIDE

DIMMER OVERRIDE

DIMMER OVERRIDE

FC79 -16

FC79 -8

FC25 -28

FC25 -27

FC26 -21

FC25 -26

IC10 -3

IC10 -4

BK
FCS48

RO

RO

RLG

B
FCS49

RU
IC1 -6

RLG BRD
IC1 -5 CE2

RG

FC55 -10

DIMMER OVERRIDE
FC55 -4

FC55 -16

B
FCS49 FC43 -9 FC43 -8 FC43 -7

BK
FC3BL

B
FC4BR (FC2BR)

RLG

RK

B
FC4BR (FC2BR)

RU

RLG

RLG

RK B
07.1
A/CCM (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

RLG
SC11-2

RLG
SC3-8

RLG
FCS4

RLG
FC35-10

DIMMER OVERRIDE

RU 52 53 15
I

BK
FC35-5 FC35-1 FCS47

BK

NP
FC23-10

B+

O
FC23-1

RO
FCS72

NP
FC23-11

B+

O
FC23-2

RO

LOCATE ILLUMINATION
FC3BR

WN
FC23-3

I O

MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION)


RU RU
FCS73 FC62-9 FC62-7

B
LOCATE ILLUMINATION

UO
SC11-4

UO
SC3-9

UO
FC23-12

O I
FC23-5

FC23-7

Y
SC11-5

Y
SC3-10

Y G
SC3-11 FC23-6

G
SC11-6

G RY
SC11-3

CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH


RK
FC59 FC42-1

B
FCS49

RY
DIMMER OVERRIDE

O
FC23-8

RK
FCS3

LOCATE ILLUMINATION

B
FC4BR (FC2BR)

CIGAR LIGHTER DIMMER CONTROL


RU UY
SC2-4 FC63-5 FC63-1

B
LOCATE ILLUMINATION

DIP

RLG RY
SCS2

BK
FCS48

BK
SC2-9

BK

BK
SCS1

SIDE OFF

RY
SC2-3

RY
FCS9

RY
FC23-4

FC63-10

DIMMER OVERRIDE

CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH


I

FC3BL

LIGHTING STALK COLUMN SWITCH GEAR


FC2BR (FC4BR)

B
FCS46 FC23-9

RK
FC27-3

B
FC27-4

BPM SIDE LAMPS ON

14.1

09.2

09.1

RY

LOCATE ILLUMINATION

DIMMER MODULE
RK B
DD17-4

TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK


B
FC41-4 FC41-2 FCS50

RK
DD17-5

LOCATE ILLUMINATION

LOCATE ILLUMINATION

TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH


RK
FC88-5

FC4BL (FC2BL)

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK


B
DD1-1 FC4AL (FC2AL)

B
FC88-10

B
DDS1

B
DD5-1 DD5-9

RK
DDS5

RK
DD1-9

RK
ACS7

RK
AC15-7

RK
LOCATE ILLUMINATION

LOCATE ILLUMINATION

GEAR SELECTOR MODULE


RK
FC67-9

DRIVER DOOR MEMORY SWITCH PACK


B
DP1-1

B
FC67-5

B
DPS1

B
DP17-3 DP17-4

RK
DP1-9

RK RK
FC77-6

LOCATE ILLUMINATION

VALET SWITCH
B
FC77-5 FCS2

LOCATE ILLUMINATION
FC2AL (FC4AL)

PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.

LOCATE ILLUMINATION

VOICE RECOGNITION ACTIVATION SWITCH (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)

FC2CS (FC4CS)

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Power Assisted Steering

Power Assisted Steering

Fig. 11.1

11
II

WP
FC16-6

B+

O
FC16-2

R
EM2-7

R
LL1-1

R
LL2-1

VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.1

UB
FC16-4

O
FC16-5

S
EM2-1

S
LL1-2

S
LL2-2

B
FC16-8 FCS49

POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONVERTER

FC4BR (FC2BR)

POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE

LHD

11
II

WP
FC16-6

B+

O
FC16-2

R
EM2-7

R
EM18-1

VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.1

UB
FC16-4

O
FC16-5

S
EM2-1

S
EM18-2

B
FC16-8 FCS49

POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONVERTER

FC4BR (FC2BR)

POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE

RHD

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Steering Column Movement

Steering Column Movement

Fig. 11.2

15 43 1 5
II

NB
FC14-80

STEERING COLUMN MOTORS


B+ (LOGIC)

NY
FC14-102

TILT
B+ (COLUMN MOTORS)

REACH

RW
FC14-41

I I
FC14-15

WO WN
FC14-32

17
I

I S
FC14-84

SCP

19.1 19.1

U S
FCS12

FCS11

U S
FC14-85

WU WG

R WU WG

SCP

S +
FC60 -2 FC60 -5 FC60 -3 FC60 -1 FC60 -6 FC61 -3 FC61 -6 FC61 -4 FC61 -1 FC61 -8

BK
FCS48

BK
FC4-5 FC4-4

UR
FC14-67

WU BG
FC14-90

YK

PN

BR WU

PU

PG

BS

FC3BL

IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)

O O
FC14-40

WU
FCS17

BK
FCS47

BK
FC87-3

BK

SB
FC87-1

SB
FC14-58

I
FC14-93

YK PN
FC14-99

FC3BR

NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH
STEERING COLUMN MOVEMENT CONTROL
270

O O
FC14-100

BR BW
FC14-91

O I

PU
FC14-66

100

UP

PG
FC14-78

21
SC3-5

NP
SC9-1

470 820

DOWN
SC9-3

SK
SC3-6

SK
FC14-87

I O

BS
FC14-52

FORE

AFT

COLUMN MOTOR POWER

I
FC14-25

B
FCS46

COLUMN JOY STICK


BK
FCS48

I
FC14-103

B BK
FC14-65 FC2BR (FC4BR)

BK
SC2-9

BK

BK
SCS1 SC9-7

YB

YB
SC3-7 FC14-11

LOGIC

BK

BK

AUTO TILT SWITCH

SC9-5

FC3BL

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

FC3AS

FCS48

BK 25
CAN

N
DD10-1

B+

19.1 19.1

Y
FC25-24

C + C
FC25-47

S
FC25-20

U S
FC25-19

U
AC14-8

U
ACS5

U
DD1-8

U
DD10-9

S S +
DD10-16

NOTE: External ground early production vehicles ( VIN 003300).

FC3BL

CAN

S
AC14-9

S
ACS6

S
DD1-3

VEHICLE SPEED

35

NW
DD5-5

MEMORY 1
DD5-7

UP
DD11-21

I I
DD11-6

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK NOTE: Memory circuit Driver Memory Seat vehicles only.

MEMORY SET
DD5-10

KS UN
DD5-6 DD11-22

MEMORY 2

I I
DD11-2

UG
SET MEMORY STATUS
DD5-8

DRIVER DOOR MEMORY SWITCH PACK


BK
DD3-7 DD3-6

MIRROR CONTROL
GY
DD11-20

BK
DD1-2

BK
DDS7

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH

BK
DD10-8

I I
DD10-17

LOGIC

B
DD1-21 FC4AR (FC2AR)

POWER

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Mirror Movement

Mirror Movement

Fig. 11.3

U 15 1 5
II

NB
FC14-80

19.1 19.1

SCP

B+

S
I

RW
FC14-41

SCP

WO
FC14-15

I I
FC14-32

S
FC14-84

U
FCS11

U
FC25-20

S S +
FC25-19

C
FC25-24

Y G
FC25-47

19.1 19.1

CAN

17
I

WN SB

+ S FC14-85

S
FCS12

CAN

BK
FCS47

BK
FC87-3

BK

SB
FC87-1

I
FC14-58

LOGIC

I
FC14-65

BK
AC14 -9 AC14 -8

REVERSE GEAR DRIVER DOOR MIRROR MOTORS


FC3AS

FC3BR

NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


N
DD10-1

PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR MOTORS


VERTICAL HORIZONTAL

VEHICLE SPEED

VERTICAL

HORIZONTAL

S 25 BK
DD1-2 B+

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK


I
DD11-20

BK
DDS7

BK
DD3-7 DD3-6

GY

FC4AR (FC2AR)

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH


NW
DD5-5

S
DD10-9

U
DD1-8

U
ACS5

S
DD10-16

S
DD1-3

S
ACS6

WU WG
DD8 -2 DD8 -6

K
DD8 -8

N
DD8 -3

U
DD8 -5

G
DD8 -10

Y
DD8 -4

WU WG
DP8 -2 DP8 -6

K
DP8 -8

N
DP8 -3

U
DP8 -5

G
DP8 -10

Y
DP8 -4

35

MEMORY 1
DD5-7

UP
DD11-21

I I
DD11-6

MEMORY SET
DD5-10

KS UN
DD5-6 DD11-22

WU
O
DD10-20

BK

PK

PN

PU

PG

BY

WU

BK

PK

PN

PU

PG

BY

NOTE: Memory circuit Driver Memory Seat vehicles only.

MEMORY 2

I I
DD11-2

WU PK
DD10-22

UG
SET MEMORY STATUS
DD5-8

I O

PN
DD10-4

DRIVER DOOR MEMORY SWITCH PACK

MIRROR CONTROL

I
DD10-21

PU PG
DD10-3

36

NW
DD17-10

DIRECTION UP
DD17-2

OB
DD11-1

I O I
DD11-17

BY
DD10-2

LH VERTICAL
DD17-11

OR YO
DD17-12 DD11-10

DOWN

LH HORIZONTAL FOLD BACK

LEFT RH VERTICAL

DD17-1

SN
DD17-13 DD11-3

I I
DD11-9

LOGIC POWER

I
DD10-8

BK
DDS7

BK
DD1-2

BK B
DD1-21 FC4AR (FC2AR)

BK
DD1-2 FC4AR (FC2AR)

BK
DDS7

BK
DD17-20

RIGHT

RH HORIZONTAL
DD17-14

YN

B
DD10-17

MIRROR JOY STICK DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE


U
DP10-9 + DP1-8

S S
DP10-16

U S
DP1-3

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE FOLD-BACK MIRRORS

11.4

WG

S WU
DP10-20

49

N
DP10-1

B+

O I
DP10-22

PK PN
DP10-4

MIRROR O CONTROL
O

PU
DP10-21

I
DP10-3

PG BY
DP10-2

O I
DP10-8

LOGIC POWER

BK
DPS7

BK
DP1-2

BK B
DP1-21 FC2AR (FC4AR)

B
DP10-17

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Mirror Electrochromic Tint; Fold-Back Mirrors

Mirror Electrochromic Tint; Fold-Back Mirrors

Fig. 11.4

U 36 NW
DD17-10

19.1 19.1

SCP

DIRECTION UP LH VERTICAL LH HORIZONTAL FOLD BACK LEFT


DD17-1

25

N
DD10-1

B+

S DD10-9 + S DD10-16

U
DD1-8

U
ACS5

U S
ACS6

SCP

S
DD1-3

PB
DD1-20

PB
DD8-12

PB

DOWN

MIRROR CONTROL
WG
DD11-15

MIRROR TINT

I I
DD10-8

AC14 -9

AC14 -8

R
AC16-4

R
DD1-6

R
DDS3

R
DD8-1

RH VERTICAL

BK

BK
DD1-2

BK

DDS7

RIGHT

RH HORIZONTAL
FC4AR (FC2AR)

SR
AC16-6

SR
DD1-14

SR
DD8-7

S
SLIP MECHANISM

MIRROR JOYSTICK
DD17-20

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

BK
DDS7

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK


7 NK
SD5-5 + S B+ S SD5-10

DRIVER DOOR MIRROR (ELECTROCHROMIC)


SLIP MECHANISM

U
SD1-3

U S
SD1-8 FCS12

FCS11 FCS7

SR
AC13-20

SR
DP1-14

SR
DP8-7

BK
DD1-2

NOTE: Refer to Fig. 11.3 for mirror movement.

S
SD5-9

BK
FC4AR (FC2AR)

MIRROR CONTROL
O

R
SD3-4 SD1-7

R
FCS6

R
AC13-18

R
DP1-6

R
DPS3

R
DP8-1

I
SD5-2

B
SDS3

B
SD1-1

B
ACS9 FC6L (FC5L)

PB
DP1-20

PB
DP8-12

PB

MIRROR TINT

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE


U
SP5-10 + S SP5-9 SP1-3

PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR (ELECTROCHROMIC)

U S
SP1-8

30

NK
SP5-5

B+

MIRROR CONTROL
O
SP3-4

15
II

WR
RF2-1

B+

R
SP1-7

SR B
SPS3 SP1-1

PB
AC13-19

PB
RF1-14

PB
RF2-4

MIRROR TINT OUTPUT SIDE LAMPS ON (EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES) CONVERTIBLE TOP DOWN (EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES) REVERSE GEAR SELECTED

I
SP5-2

B LGY

YU
RF1-11

YU
RF2-5

LGY
RH2-18 RF1-9

LGY
RF2-6

PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE


NK
BT40-6 + S BT40-8

FC5S (FC6S)

YW
BT1-19

YW
RH2-17

YW
RF1-2

YW
RF2-2

BK 54
B+ S BT40-16

BK
RF1-3 RFS1

BK
RF2-3

U
BT1-10

U
RH12-15

U S
RH12-16 FC3BR

S
BT1-11

INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR (ELECTROCHROMIC)


YW
09.2
REVERSE LAMPS

O
BT40-5

YW
BTS9

LIGHTING I CONTROL
I

BK
BT40-13

YW
BTS21

09.2

BK
BT40-14

BK

LGY
RHS6 RH29-2

LGY

B
RH29-1

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE


Y
FC25-24

BT1AR

RHS2 (COUPE) RH1S

YU
NOTE: RHS6 Early production vehicles (VIN 003300) only.
SC2-1

CONVERTIBLE TOP DOWN SWITCH

CAN CAN

19.1 19.1

C + C
FC25-47

S FC25-20 + S FC25-19

U S

YU

UY

LGY

15.2

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE CONVERTIBLE TOP DOWN

REVERSE GEAR
DIP

UY
SCS4

UY
SC2-4

BK

BK
FCS48 SC2-9

BK

BK
SCS1

SIDE OFF

RY
SCS2

RY
SC2-3

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK


FC3BL

NOTES: Convertible Top down circuit to Electrochromic Rear View Mirror deleted for volume production vehicles (VIN 003300 ). Side Lamps circuit to Electrochromic Rear View Mirror deleted for volume production vehicles (VIN 003300 ). Lighting Stalk Switch configuration as shown early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) only. NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.

LIGHTING STALK COLUMN SWITCH GEAR

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Suspension Adaptive Damping

Suspension Adaptive Damping

Fig. 11.5

59 26
II

NS
BT69-27

B+

O
BT69-30

OB
BT3-8

OB
RH12-13

OB
LF1-19

OB
LF43-A

WR
BT69-11

B+

O
BT69-31

OW
BT3-9

OW
RH12-14

OW
LF1-18

OW
LF43-B

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

19.1 19.1

O
BT69-10

D D
BT69-28

LH FRONT DAMPER SOLENOID


O
BT69-14

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

OG
BT3-10

OG
RH12-11

OG
LF60-19

OG
LF44-A

O
BT69-33

OY
BT3-11

OY
RH12-12

OY
LF60-20

OY
LF44-B

RH FRONT DAMPER SOLENOID


MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FAULT WARNING (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) ABS / TRACTION CONTROL MODULE OVERRIDE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.1 08.1 06.1

SO
RH12-2

SO
BT3-14

SO
BT69-1

O O I
BT69-24 BT69-13

OR
BT72-3

OR
RL2-A

ON
RH1-19

ON
BT1-4

ON UP
BT1-3 BT69-2

O I
BT69-32

OK
BT72-4

OK
RL2-B

UP
LF1-13

UP
RH2-12

UP

LH REAR DAMPER SOLENOID


O

OP
BT69-15 BT73-3

OP
RR2-A

BRAKE SWITCH (LHD) 6


II

O
BT69-34

OU
BT73-4

OU
RR2-B

WO
AC26-4

GB
AC26-1

US
ACS16

RH REAR DAMPER SOLENOID US


AC13-3

US
FCS35

US
RH12-1

US
BT1-9

US
BTS5

US
BT69-26

7
II

WO
AC24-4

GB
AC24-1

US
I
BT69-20

BRAKE SWITCH (RHD)

PB
BT3-7

PB
RH12-6

PB
EM3-12

PB
EM59-1

LATERAL ACCELERATION GROUND

UW
EM3-10

UW
EM59-2

U
EM3-9

U
EM59-3

B+

LATERAL ACCELEROMETER (FRONT)

I
BT69-21

UB
BT3-5

UB
RH12-7

UB
FC7-1

VERTICAL ACCELERATION GROUND FC7-2

O
BT69-3

UW
BTS28

UW
BT3-13

UW
RH12-8

UW
FCS84

UW U
FCS83 FC7-3

O
BT69-25

U
BTS27

U
BT3-12

U
RH12-9

B+

FRONT VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER

I
BT69-22

RB

RB
BT52-1

VERTICAL ACCELERATION GROUND

UW B
BT69-18

BT52-2

U
BT52-3

B+

BT2BL

ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE

REAR VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: Adaptive Damping Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997


15 1 5
II

Drivers Seat Memory


NB
FC14-80 B+

Drivers Seat Memory

Fig. 12.1
U S Y G
19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1
SCP SCP

S
FC14-84

U S
FC14-85 FCS12

FCS11

RW
FC14-41

I I
FC14-15

+ S

WO WN
FC14-32

CAN

17
I

I O
FC14-69 (LHD) FC14-17 (RHD)

CAN

16

NR
FC55-9

OK (LHD) OS (RHD)
SEAT HEATER STATE
FC55-8 (LHD) FC55-15 (RHD) FC55-7 (LHD) FC55-14 (RHD)

POWER LOGIC

I
FC14-103

B BK
FC14-65

ON (LHD) OU (RHD)

I
FC14-86 (LHD) FC14-35 (RHD)

OK
SD19-1

R
THERMOSTAT HEATER

B
SD19-3

R
SD17-1 SD17-3

BK

BK
FC55-2

HEATER

FCS47

FC3AS

SEAT HEATER SWITCH


FC3BR

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


N
DD10-1

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION


U U
DD1-8 ACS5

DRIVER SQUAB

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK


35 NW
DD5-5

25

B+

S
DD10-9

U
AC14-8

U S
AC14-9

OR
SD14-3

MEMORY 1
DD5-7

UP
DD11-21

I I
DD11-6

S
DD10-16

S
DD1-3

S
ACS6

SOLENOID VALVE

MEMORY SET
DD5-10

KS UN
DD5-6 DD11-22

OB
SD14-1

B
SD14-2 SDS3

B
SD1-1

MEMORY 2

I I
DD11-2

S
FC25-20

U
PRESSURE SWITCH

UG
SET MEMORY STATUS
DD5-8

+ +

S
FC25-19

FC6L (FC5L)

DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DRIVER SEAT MOTORS


SQUAB RECLINE FORE / AFT SEAT FORE / AFT SEAT RAISE / LOWER

BK
DD1-2

BK

BK
DDS7 DD10-8

I I

LOGIC

DRIVER DOOR MEMORY SWITCH PACK


FC4AR (FC2AR)

B
DD1-21

B
DD10-17

VEHICLE SPEED

C
FC25-24

POWER

C
FC25-47

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE


U
SD5-10 +

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK


U
SD1-3

S S
SD5-9

7 22 N
SD20-2 SD20-1

NK
SD5-5

B+

S
SD1-8

S
SD8 -5 SD8 -6 SD8 -2 SD8 -1 SD8 -3 SD7 -5 SD7 -6 SD7 -2 SD7 -1 SD7 -3 SD9 -5 SD9 -6 SD9 -2 SD9 -1 SD9 -3

G
SD5-8

SEAT BELT FASTENED

O
SD3-3

OK OR
SD3-6

SEAT BELT SWITCH


O
INFLATE

WG

W WY

PS

PO

WB WU WO

KS

KO

WN WP WR

US

UO

GN
SD11-3 SD3-13

I I
SD3-14

O
SD3-5

OB WG
SD4-1

23

N
SD11-9

LUMBAR DEFLATE

GP
SD11-11

O O
SD4-5

SEAT FRONT

RAISE
SD11-12

KY KW
SD11-14

W WY
SD4-11

LOWER RAISE SEAT REAR LOWER


SD11-5 SD11-4

KY
SDS5

KY
SD3-12

I I
SD3-11

O
SD3-1

PS PO
SD3-2

KW
SDS4

KW GY

O O
SD4-18

FORE RECLINE AFT


SD11-8 SD11-7

I
SD3-16

WB WU
SD4-2

GW
SD3-15

I I
SD3-9

O I
SD4-12

FORE SEAT AFT


SD11-13 SD11-6

UY UW
SD3-10

WO KS
SD3-7

O O
SD3-8

B
SD11-1

KO WN
SD4-6

DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK


FC6L (FC5L)

B
SD1-1

B
SDS3

B
SD5-2

POWER

O
SD4-14

WP WR
SD4-10

I O
SD5-3

B
SD1-6

B
SD5-1

DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION

US UO
SD5-4

FC6R (FC5R)

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE


NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) SD4-3.

NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: Memory Seat Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997


15 5
II

Drivers Seat Non Memory


NB
FC14-80 B+

Drivers Seat Non Memory

Fig. 12.2
U

S
FC14-84

U
FCS11

WO
FC14-15

19.1 19.1

SCP

I
+

S
FC14-85

S
FCS12

17
I

WN
FC14-32

SCP

16

NR
FC55-9

OK (LHD) OS (RHD)
SEAT HEATER STATE
FC55-8 (LHD) FC55-15 (RHD) FC55-7 (LHD) FC55-14 (RHD)

O
FC14-69 (LHD) FC14-17 (RHD)

OK
SD19-1

R
THERMOSTAT HEATER

B
SD19-3

R
SD17-1 SD17-3

ON (LHD) OU (RHD)

I
FC14-86 (LHD) FC14-35 (RHD)

HEATER

BK

BK
FC55-2

FCS47

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION SEAT HEATER SWITCH


B
FC14-103

DRIVER SQUAB

I I
FC14-65

POWER

FC3BR

BK

LOGIC

OR
SD14-3

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK


FC3AS

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

SOLENOID VALVE

OB
SD14-1

B
SD14-2 SDS3

B
SD1-1

PRESSURE SWITCH

FC6L (FC5L)

DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

DRIVER SEAT MOTORS


SQUAB RECLINE FORE / AFT SEAT FORE / AFT SEAT RAISE / LOWER

S
SD5-10

U
SD1-3

U S
SD1-8 SD8 -1 SD8 -3 SD7 -1 SD7 -3 SD9 -1 SD9 -3

7 22 N
SD20-2 SD20-1

NK
SD5-5

B+ +

S
SD5-9

S OK
SD3-3

G
SD5-8

SEAT BELT FASTENED

O O
SD3-6

SEAT BELT SWITCH


INFLATE

OR OB
SD3-5

PS

PO

KS

KO

US

UO

GN
SD11-3 SD3-13

I I
SD3-14

23

N
SD11-9

LUMBAR DEFLATE

GP
SD11-11

RAISE SEAT FRONT LOWER


SD11-14 SD11-12

KY KW KY
SD11-4 SDS5

RAISE SEAT REAR LOWER


SD11-5

KY
SD3-12

I I
SD3-11

O
SD3-1

PS PO
SD3-2

KW
SDS4

KW GY

FORE RECLINE AFT


SD11-8 SD11-7

I
SD3-16

GW
SD3-15

I I
SD3-9

FORE SEAT AFT


SD11-13 SD11-6

UY UW
SD3-10

O
SD3-7

KS KO
SD3-8

B
SD11-1

DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK


FC6L (FC5L)

B
SD1-1

B
SDS3

B
SD5-2

POWER

B
SD1-6

B
SD5-1

DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION

O
SD5-3

US UO
SD5-4

FC6R (FC5R)

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE


NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) SD4-3.

NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: Non Memory Seat Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Passengers Seat 3-Way Movement

Passengers Seat 3-Way Movement

Fig. 12.3

15 5
II

NB
FC14-80

B+ S

U
FC14-84 FCS11

U S
FCS12

WO
FC14-15

19.1 19.1

SCP

I
+ S

S
FC14-85

17
I

WN
FC14-32

SCP

16

NR
FC55-9

OS (LHD) OK (RHD)
SEAT HEATER STATE
FC55-15 (LHD) FC55-8 (RHD) FC55-14 (LHD) FC55-7 (RHD)

O
FC14-17 (LHD) FC14-69 (RHD)

OK
SP19-1

R
THERMOSTAT HEATER

B
SP19-3

R
SP17-1 SP17-3

OU (LHD) ON (RHD)

I
FC14-35 (LHD) FC14-86 (RHD)

HEATER

BK

BK
FC55-2

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION SEAT HEATER SWITCH


B
FC14-103

PASSENGER SQUAB

FCS47

I I
FC14-65

POWER

FC3BR

BK

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK


FC3AS

LOGIC

OR
SP14-3

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

SOLENOID VALVE

OB
SP14-1

B
SP14-2 SPS3

B
SP1-1

PRESSURE SWITCH

FC5S (FC6S)

PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS


SQUAB RECLINE FORE / AFT SEAT FORE / AFT SEAT RAISE / LOWER

U
SP5-10 SP1-3

U S
SP1-8 SP8 -1 SP8 -3 SP7 -1 SP7 -3 SP9 -1 SP9 -3

44

SEAT BELT SWITCH WIRING


SP20-2 SP20-1

30

NK
SP5-5

B+ + S

S
SP5-9

G
SP5-8

NOT USED

O
SP3-3

OK OR
SP3-6

O
INFLATE

PS

PO

KS

KO

US

UO

GN
SP11-3 SP3-13

I I
SP3-14

O
SP3-5

OB

45

N
SP11-9

LUMBAR DEFLATE

GP
SP11-11

RAISE SEAT FRONT LOWER


SP11-14 SP11-12

KY KW KY
SP11-4 SPS5

RAISE SEAT REAR LOWER


SP11-5

KY
SP3-12

I I
SP3-11

O
SP3-1

PS PO
SP3-2

KW
SPS4

KW GY

FORE RECLINE AFT


SP11-8 SP11-7

I
SP3-16

GW
SP3-15

I I
SP3-9

FORE SEAT AFT


SP11-13 SP11-6

UY UW
SP3-10

O
SP3-7

KS KO
SP3-8

B
SP11-1

PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK


FC5S (FC6S)

B
SP1-1

B
SPS3

B
SP5-2

POWER

NOT CONNECTED
SP1-6

B
SP5-1

DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION

O
SP5-3

US UO
SP5-4

NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) SP4-3.

PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: 3-Way Movement Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Passengers Seat 2-Way Movement

Passengers Seat 2-Way Movement

Fig. 12.4

15 5
II

NB
FC14-80

B+ S

U
FC14-84 FCS11

U S
FCS12

WO
FC14-15

19.1 19.1

SCP SCP

I
+ S

S
FC14-85

17
I

WN
FC14-32

16

NR
FC55-9

OS (LHD) OK (RHD)
SEAT HEATER STATE
FC55-15 (LHD) FC55-8 (RHD) FC55-14 (LHD) FC55-7 (RHD)

O
FC14-17 (LHD) FC14-69 (RHD)

OK
SP19-1

R
THERMOSTAT HEATER

B
SP19-3

R
SP17-1 SP17-3

OU (LHD) ON (RHD)

I
FC14-35 (LHD) FC14-86 (RHD)

HEATER

BK

BK
FC55-2

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION SEAT HEATER SWITCH


B
FC14-103

PASSENGER SQUAB

FCS47

I I
FC14-65

POWER

FC3BR

BK

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK


FC3AS

LOGIC

OR
SP14-3

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

SOLENOID VALVE

OB
SP14-1

B
SP14-2 SPS3

B
SP1-1

PRESSURE SWITCH

FC5S (FC6S)

PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS


SQUAB RECLINE FORE / AFT SEAT FORE / AFT

U
SP5-10 SP1-3

U S
SP1-8 SP8 -1 SP8 -3 SP7 -1 SP7 -3

44

SEAT BELT SWITCH WIRING


SP20-2 SP20-1

30

NK
SP5-5

B+ + S

S
SP5-9

G
SP5-8

O
SP3-3

OK OR
SP3-6

O
INFLATE

PS

PO

KS

KO

GN
SP11-3 SP3-13

I I
SP3-14

O
SP3-5

OB

45

N
SP11-9

LUMBAR DEFLATE

GP
SP11-11

SP11-12

SP11-14

O
SP11-4 SP3-1

PS PO
SP3-2

O
SP11-5

FORE RECLINE AFT


SP11-8 SP11-7

GY
SP3-16

I I
SP3-15

GW UY
SP11-6 SP3-9

FORE SEAT AFT


SP11-13

I I
SP3-10

UW B
SP11-1

O
SP3-7

KS KO
SP3-8

PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK


FC5S (FC6S)

B
SP1-1

B
SPS3

B
SP5-2

POWER

NOT CONNECTED
SP1-6

B
SP5-1

DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION

NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) SP4-3.

PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: 2-Way Movement Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Central Door Locking

Central Door Locking

Fig. 13.1

U 15 1 5 NB
FC14-80 B+

19.1 19.1

SCP SCP

S
I

RW
FC14-41

WO
FC14-15

KEY FOB ANTENNA (CONVERTIBLE)

KEY FOB ANTENNA (COUPE)

I I
FC14-33

NOTE: Ignition switched ground via Inertia Switch activates emergency unlock.

II

8
II

RG

63

NY
BT40-15

B+

BK
FCS48

BK
FC4-5 FC4-4

UR
FC14-67

S
FC14-84

U
FCS11

U
RH12-15

U
BT1-10

U
BT40-16

S S +
BT40-8

FC3BL

IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)

S
FC14-85

S
FCS12

S
RH12-16

S
BT1-11

NOTE: Early production convertible vehicles ( VIN 003300) antenna shield grounded to RH3S.
I
RH20-1

RH7 -1

RH7 -2

LOCK CONTROL
SB
FC87-1 FC14-58

T B BRD
RHS3

BK
FC87-3

BK

SB

BK
BTS21

BK
BT46-1

RY
BT46-2 BTS6

RY
BT41-5

I I

RH20-2

NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH
SO
TRUNK
FCS47 FC41-10 FC14-5

T
RH20-1

AC14 -9

AC14 -8

BT1AR

TRUNK SWITCH
I

BRD
RH20-2

YR
BT41-19 BT2-7

BK
FC41-3

SW
FUEL FILL
FC41-6 FC14-31

I
BT41-7

YP
BT2-16

BK
FC3BR

TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH

O
BT40-1

OR
BT43-2 BT43-1

B
FCS50

B
FC67-5 FC67-4

SP
FC14-55

I O I
FC14-103

BK SR
FC14-71 BTS21 BT40-13

I I
BT40-14

TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID


O
BT40-2

VALET SWITCH
FC4BL (FC2BL)

POWER LOGIC

BK

OB
BT6-2 BT6-1

B
BTS20

BK
FC14-65 FC3AS

BK
BT1AR

YP

YR

FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID

B
BT1AL

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


N
DD10-1

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE


RH12-18 RH12-17

25 37 NW
DD3-13 DD3-5

B+

S
DD10-9

U
DD1-8

U
ACS5

LGU
DD11-5

S
DD10-16

S
DD1-3

S
ACS6

YR (LHD) YP (RHD)
AC13-6 (LHD) AC13-17 (RHD)

LOCK STATUS

YR
DD1-16

Y
DD3-9 DD3-8

BK
DDS7

EXTERIOR HANDLE LOCK

OY
DD3-10 DD11-12

I I
DD11-4

O
DD10-5

SY SG
DD1-19

SY
DD3-3

38

NW
DD3-12

BK
DD1-2

UNLOCK
DD3-11

OU BK
DD3-7 DD3-6

SG
DD3-2

KEY BARREL

GY
DD11-20

O
DD10-6

SU

SU
DD3-1

BK

DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES


BK
DD1-2

BK
DDS7

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH

DOOR LOCK CONTROL


I
DD10-8

BK B

DRIVER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR


B 31 32 NR NR
FC2BR (FC4BR) FCS46

FC4AR (FC2AR)

LOGIC

9 10

FC24 8

B
DD1-21 FC4AR (FC2AR)

I
DD10-17

POWER

SG
AC15-1

SG
ACS2

SR

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE


N
DP10-1

49 33 NW
DP3-13 DP3-5

B+

S
DP10-9

U
DP1-8

U S
DP1-3

DOOR LOCKING RELAY


YP (LHD) YR (RHD)
AC13-17 (LHD) AC13-6 (RHD)

LGU
DP11-5

S
DP10-16

LOCK STATUS

EXTERIOR HANDLE

PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH


BK
DP1-2

BK
DP3-7 DP3-6

GY
DP11-20

DOOR LOCK CONTROL


I O

YP
DP1-16

Y
DP3-9 DP3-8

BK
DPS7

SY
DP10-5

SY
DP3-3

BK
DP1-2

BK
DPS7

PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH


BK B
I
DP10-8

SG
LOGIC
DP1-19

SG
DP3-2

O I
POWER
DP10-6

SU

SU
DP3-1

BK
FC2AR (FC4AR)

B
DP1-21 FC2AR (FC4AR)

DP10-17

PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Wash / Wipe System

Wash / Wipe System

Fig. 14.1

4 4

5 #7 30A LF6-1

YR
LF25-2 LF25-1

2 LF6-10

YS POWER WASH PUMP

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX 15 19 5


II

NB
FC14-80

B+

O
FC14-18

YS
LF1-17

YS YW
LF1-15 LF27-3 FLUID LEVEL

NY
FC14-104

B+

I
FC14-6

YW YG
FC14-26 LF1-16

WO
FC14-15

YG
LF27-2 LF27-1

B
LFS7

B WASH / WIPE CONTROL WO


SC1-9

WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR

LF1AR

2
II

WO
WASH

LGR
SC1-8

LGR
FC14-37

I I
FC14-34 LF48 4 5

LGK
FAST WIPE SC1-6

LGK LGO
SC1-5 FC14-94

B NU BLG
LFS18

KG
I

LGO
SLOW WIPE

10

9
I

NU

FLICK WIPE

LGU
SC1-7

LGU
FC14-9

B WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY


LF3BS

INTERMITTENT WIPE

O
FC14-43

BLG
LF60-16

BLG

560

LF49

4 5

KG
1.3 DELAY 2.7 5.1 11 51

U R WLG

11

NU

WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY


O
FC14-19

WLG
LF60-17

WLG
FAST

BW BR
EM51-1 (LHD) EM51-5 (RHD) EM51-2 (LHD) EM51-4 (RHD)

R
LF3-4

R U
LF3-3

WASH / WIPE STALK UY


SC2-4 DIP

B
LFS18

B
LF3-5

B
EM51-4 (LHD) EM51-2 (RHD)

SLOW

NLG
LF3BS PARK SWITCH EM51-3

RY
LF3-2

RY

BK

BK
FCS48 SC2-9

BK

BK

SIDE OFF

RY
SCS2

RY
SC2-3

RY
FCS9

RY
FC14-16

SCS1

WIPER MOTOR
I
FC14-60

FC3BL

LIGHTING STALK COLUMN SWITCH GEAR

RY
LF1-14

RY

DIMMER MODULE SIDE LAMPS ON

10.2

RY

POWER

I
FC14-103

B BK
FC14-65

LOGIC

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

FC3AS

NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Window Lifts

Window Lifts

Fig. 15.1
S

19.1 19.1

SCP SCP

CONVERTIBLE TOP CONTROL NOTE: BPM Convertible Top control Convertible vehicles only.

S
FC14-84

U S
FC14-85 FCS12

FCS11

U
FC25-20

S S +
FC25-19

REMOTE WINDOW CONTROL

S U

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK


TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

01.1

NO

26

NO
BT2-8

NO
RH2-8

NO

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


U U
BT1-10 BT40-16

S S +
BT40-8

DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX

01.2

NO
FCS81

NO

NO
DD1-22

25

N
DD10-1

B+

RH12-15

AC16-1 (LHD) AC15-20 (RHD)

S
BT1-11

WINDOW LIFT CONTROL


BO
LH WINDOW UP
DD17-16 DD10-18

RH12-16

AC14 -9

AC14 -8

REMOTE WINDOW CLOSE

S
I

U
ACS5

36

NW
DD17-10

BG
LH WINDOW DOWN
DD17-17 DD10-10

S
DD10-9

U
DD1-8

U S
DD1-3 ACS6

BR
RH WINDOW UP
DD17-6 DD10-19

+ S DD10-16

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

PB
DD10-11 DD16-2

BP
RH WINDOW DOWN
DD17-7 DD11-7

I O

PO
DD10-13 DD16-5 DD16-4

BK
DDS7

BK
DD1-2

BK

BK
DD1-2 FC4AR (FC2AR)

BK
DDS7

BK
DD17-20

I
DD10-12

PW
DD16-6

MOVEMENT SENSOR

FC4AR (FC2AR)

WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

O
DD10-15

OU
DD16-1

O
DD10-7

OB
DD16-3

LOCK

OY
DD3-10 DD11-12

I I
DD11-4

38

NW
DD3-12

DRIVER WINDOW LIFT

UNLOCK
DD3-11

OU BK
DD1-2

KEY BARREL

BK
DDS7

BK
DD10-8

I I
DD10-17

LOGIC

DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES


TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

B
DD1-21 FC4AR (FC2AR)

POWER
FC14-63

SW
FC62-6

SR

01.1

NY

50

NY
BT2-2

NY
RH2-13

NY

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE


NY
FCS82

FC14-10

FC62-1

LGR
FC14-89 RF1-4

PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX

01.2

NY

NY
DP1-22

49

N
DP10-1

B+ FC14-62

LGU
RF1-5

AC15-20 (LHD) AC16-1 (RHD)

S
DP10-9

U
DP1-8

U
FC14-36

LGW
RF1-6

S
DP10-16

S
DP1-3

S
FC14-98

GB
RH2-11

BO 34 NW
DP17-1

I
DP10-18

LOCAL WINDOW UP

DP17-2

I
DP10-11

PB
DP16-2 FC14-77

GP
RH2-15

BG
LOCAL WINDOW DOWN
DP17-7 DP10-10

OLG
O
DP10-13

PO
DP16-5 DP16-4

BK
DPS7

BK
DP1-2

BK

BK
DP1-2 FC2AR (FC4AR)

BK
DPS7

BK
DP17-8

WINDOW LIFT CONTROL WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK
BK
DP1-2

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

RF1-13

RH2-2

I
DP10-12

PW
DP16-6

MOVEMENT SENSOR

FC2AR (FC4AR)

NOTE: Coupe vehicles only Convertible Top fascia harness wiring not used.

OU
DP10-15 DP16-1

BK
DPS7

BK
DP10-8

I I
DP10-17

LOGIC

O
POWER
DP10-7

OB
DP16-3

B
DP1-21 FC2AR (FC4AR)

PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Convertible Top

Convertible Top

Fig. 15.2

S
DD10-9

U
DD1-8

U
ACS5

U
AC14-8

U S
AC14-9

FCS11

U
FCS12

19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1

SCP

S
DD10-16

S
DD1-3

S
ACS6

S Y G

SCP CAN

WINDOW LIFT CONTROL

B 68 NR NK

4 5

BT74 3

GW
BT4-4

GW
RH5-3

O
RH33-2

CAN

55

GB

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE


15

NB
FC14-80

B+

Y
FC25-24

C + C
FC25-47 BTS37

S
DP10-9

U
DP1-8

U S
DP1-3

5
II

WO
FC14-15

I I
FC14-33

G
S
FC14-84

LH QUARTER UP RELAY
B
4 5 BT75 3

LH QUARTER LIGHT LIFT


RH33-1

S
DP10-16

8
II

RG WN
FC14-32

U S
FC14-85

U
FC25-20

S S +
FC25-19

69

NR NK B

GR
BT4-5

GR
RH5-1

WINDOW LIFT CONTROL


BK BK
FCS47 FC3BR FC62-10

17
UP
FC62-1 I

I I
FC14-10

SR SW
DOWN
FC62-6 FC14-63

VEHICLE SPEED

56

GP

BT1BR

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

I O
FC14-98

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK


GB
RH2-11

LH QUARTER DOWN RELAY


GB
BT4-3

GB
BTS33

CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH


LGR
RF4-2 RF1-4

B 64 LGR
FC14-89

4 5

BT76 3

NU NK

GY
BT4-7

GY
RH6-3

O
RH34-2

57

GB

TOP CLOSED SWITCH


BK
RF1-3

CONVERTIBLE TOP CONTROL


LGU LGU
RF1-5 FC14-62

BK
RFS1

BK
RF4-1 RF4-3

RH QUARTER UP RELAY
BTS35

RH QUARTER LIGHT LIFT


RH34-1

4 5

BT77 3

FC3BR

TOP LATCH CLOSED SWITCH


OLG
RF1-13

65 58

NU NK B

GU
BT4-8

GU
RH6-1

GP
BTS34

OLG
RF4-5 RF4-4

LGW
RF1-6

LGW
FC14-36

I I
FC14-103

BT1BL

TOP READY-TO-LATCH SWITCH


OLG
RH2-2 FC3AS

B BK
FC14-65

POWER

O I
LOGIC
FC14-77

GP
RH2-15

GP
BT4-6

RH QUARTER DOWN RELAY

GP

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


66 U
BT40-16 + BT1-10

B NO B

4 5

BT16 3

B
BT15-2

LGO
RH29-3

S S
BT40-8

U
RH12-15

U S
RH12-16

UG

TOP RAISED SWITCH


B
RHS2

54 LGY
RH29-2

NK
BT40-6

B+

S
BT1-11

S UG

B
RH29-1

LGY
BT4-1

LGY
BT41-3

TOP UP RELAY
B
4 5 BT17 3

CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP

O
BT40-3

RH1S

TOP DOWN SWITCH

BTS18

CONVERTIBLE TOP CONTROL

67

NO
BTS20

W
BT15-1

B B
BT2CS

UO

B
BT1AL

TOP DOWN RELAY

O
BT40-10

UO

O
BT40-4

GW
BT53-2 BT53-1

BK
BT40-13 BTS21

I I
BT40-14

LATCH CONTROL VALVE


O
BT40-9

BK

GR
BT54-2 BT54-1

B
BTS20

BK
BT1AR

B
BT1AL

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

MAIN CONTROL VALVE

NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: Convertible Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Standard In-Car Entertainment Convertible

Standard In-Car Entertainment Convertible

Fig. 16.1

RADIO ANTENNA
46 47 22
I

NP
IC10-1

PASSENGER DOOR FULL RANGE

B+

IC13

IC12

NP
IC10-10

B+

WY
IC10-11

60
B+

NG
BT19-3

NOT USED

NOT USED
DP19 -1 DP19 -2 RH24 -1 RH24 -2

B
O

B
BTS20 BT1AL FC38 -1 FC38 -2

LGB
IC10-5 IC2-14

LGB
RH1-7

LGB
BT1-20

LGB
BT19-4

BT19-6

CAN CAN

19.1 19.1

Y
FC25-24

C + C
FC25-47

NOT USED

ANTENNA MOTOR
OP
IC1-12

OP OG OP
FCS67 AC14-13

DP18 -1

DP18 -2

OP
DP1-17

P G
DP1-23

VEHICLE O SPEED

UW
FC26-20 IC1-11

UW
IC10-12

I
IC1-13

OG
FCS68

OG
AC14-14

OG SK
AC14-4 DP1-11

SK

SK
IC1-1

K O
DP1-12

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK


DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING DIMMER OVERRIDE RADIO TELEPHONE RADIO TELEPHONE

IC10-18

SO RU
IC10-3 IC10-17 IC1-2

SO
AC14-3

SO

10.2 10.2 16.4 16.4 16.4

RU RLG PO PK PR

KG
IC1-3 RH1-1

KG BW
RH1-2

RLG
IC10-4

BW
IC1-4

PO
IC10-14

PK
IC10-15

RADIO TELEPHONE

PR
IC10-16 IC10-20

KW
IC1-16

KW
RH1-20

KW
RH26-1

BG
IC10-19 IC1-17

BG
RH1-12

BG
RH26-2

PASSENGER SIDE REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE

CASSETTE

PY
MODE
SW4-1 3.3 SW2-2 SW1-2

PY
SC3-2

PY
IC2-8

PY
IC10-2

KB
IC10-9 IC1-18

KB
RH1-5

KB
RH27-1

SEEK
6.8

BY
IC10-8 IC1-19

BY
RH1-6

BY
RH27-2

DRIVE SIDE REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE

VOLUME +
20

VOLUME -

CASSETTE

BS BO BO
SC3-12 FCS48 IC1-8

BS
RH1-4

BO
SW4-2

BO
SW2-6 SW1-6

BK

IC1-7

RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES

SWS1

KP
RH1-3 FC3BL IC10-6

KP PO
AC14-1 DD1-12

PO
IC1-9

PO PK
IC1-10 AC14-2

O K
DD1-11

STEERING WHEEL

PK
IC10-7

PK
FCS28

CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
IC8 IC7

UG
IC1-14

UG
AC14-12

UG
DD1-23

G P
DD1-17

UP
IC1-15

FCS27

UP
AC14-11

UP

BRD

CD AUTO-CHANGER

UP
FC39 -1

UG
FC39 -2

DD18 -1

DD18 -2 DD19 -1 DD19 -2 RH25 -1 RH25 -2

NOT USED

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT

CE2

NOT USED

NOT USED

DRIVER DOOR FULL RANGE

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: Convertible Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Standard In-Car Entertainment Coupe

Standard In-Car Entertainment Coupe

Fig. 16.2

RADIO ANTENNA
NP
IC10-1

PASSENGER DOOR FULL RANGE


B+ IC13 IC12

PASSENGER SIDE REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE

46 47 22
I

NP
IC10-10

B+

WY
IC10-11

60
B+

NG
BT19-3

NOT USED

B
O

B
BTS20 BT1AL FC38 -1 FC38 -2 DP19 -1 DP19 -2 RH24 -1 RH24 -2

LGB
IC10-5 IC2-14

LGB
RH1-7

LGB
BT1-20

LGB
BT19-4

BT19-6

CAN

19.1 19.1

Y
FC25-24

C + C
FC25-47

NOT USED

CAN

ANTENNA MOTOR
OP
IC1-12

OP OG OP
FCS67 AC14-13

DP18 -1

DP18 -2

OP
DP1-17

P G
DP1-23

VEHICLE O SPEED

UW
FC26-20 IC1-11

UW
IC10-12

I
IC1-13

OG
FCS68

OG
AC14-14

OG SK
AC14-4 DP1-11

SK

SK
IC1-1

K O
DP1-12

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK


DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING DIMMER OVERRIDE RADIO TELEPHONE RADIO TELEPHONE

IC10-18

SO RU
IC10-3 IC10-17 IC1-2

SO
AC14-3

SO

10.2 10.2 16.4 16.4 16.4

RU RLG PO PK PR

KG
IC10-20 IC1-3

KG
RH1-1

KG BW
RH1-2

RLG
IC10-4

BW
IC10-19 IC1-4

BW

PO
IC10-14

PK
IC10-15

RADIO TELEPHONE

PR
IC10-16 IC1-16

KW
RH1-20

KW
RH26-1

BG
IC1-17 RH1-12

BG
RH26-2

NOT USED

PY
MODE
SW4-1 3.3

CASSETTE
SW2-2 SW1-2

PY
SC3-2

PY
IC2-8

PY
IC10-2

KB
IC1-18 RH1-5

KB
RH27-1

SEEK
6.8

BY
IC1-19 RH1-6

BY
RH27-2

NOT USED

VOLUME +
20

VOLUME -

CASSETTE

BS BO BO
SC3-12 FCS48 IC10-9

BS
IC1-7 RH1-4

BS KP
RH1-3

BO
SW4-2

BO
SW2-6 SW1-6

BK

IC10-8

RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES

SWS1

KP
IC1-8 FC3BL IC10-6

KP PO
IC1-9 AC14-1

PO PK

PO
DD1-12

O K
DD1-11

STEERING WHEEL CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

PK
IC1-10 AC14-2

PK
FCS28

IC10-7

UG
IC1-14

UG
AC14-12

UG
DD1-23

G P
DD1-17

UP
IC8 IC7 IC1-15

FCS27

UP
AC14-11

UP

BRD

CD AUTO-CHANGER

UP
FC39 -1

UG
FC39 -2

DD18 -1

DD18 -2 DD19 -1 DD19 -2 RH25 -1 RH25 -2

NOT USED

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT

CE2

NOT USED

DRIVER DOOR FULL RANGE

DRIVER SIDE REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: Coupe Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Premium In-Car Entertainment

Premium In-Car Entertainment

Fig. 16.3

RADIO ANTENNA
46 47 22
I

NP
IC10-1

B+

IC13

IC12

PASSENGER SIDE SQUAWKER (FASCIA)

PASSENGER DOOR TWEETER

PASSENGER DOOR MID-BASS

PASSENGER SIDE REAR QUARTER MID-RANGE

NP
IC10-10

B+

WY
IC10-11

60
B+

NG
BT19-3

B
O
IC10-5

B
BTS20 BT1AL FC38 -1 FC38 -2 DP19 -1 DP19 -2 RH24 -1 RH24 -2

LGB
ICS2

LGB
IC2-14

LGB
RH1-7

LGB
BT1-20

LGB
BT19-4

BT19-6

CAN

19.1 19.1

Y
FC25-24

C + C
FC25-47

ANTENNA MOTOR
OP OP
IC1-12

R
DP18 -1

B
DP18 -2

CAN

OP OG OP
FCS67 AC14-13

OP
DP1-17

P G
DP1-23

VEHICLE SPEED

O
FC26-20

UW
IC1-11

UW
IC10-12

61
I

NG
IC17-5

B+

IC18-6

OG
B+ IC18-16 IC1-13

OG
FCS68

OG
AC14-14

OG SK
AC14-4 DP1-11

62

NG
IC17-12

SK
IC18-14 IC1-1

SK SO
IC1-2 AC14-3

K O
DP1-12

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK


DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING DIMMER OVERRIDE

LGB RU
IC10-3 IC18-1

I
IC18-13

SO KG
IC18-11 IC1-3

SO

10.2 10.2 16.4 16.4 16.4

RU RLG PO PK PR

KG
RH1-1

KG BW
RH1-2

RLG
IC10-4

B
IC14-1 IC17-2

I
IC18-3

BW
IC1-4

BW

RADIO TELEPHONE RADIO TELEPHONE

PO
IC10-14

Y
IC14-2 IC17-7

PK
IC10-15

G
IC14-3 IC17-3

PASSENGER SIDE REAR SUB-WOOFER (CONVERTIBLE)


KW
IC18-7 IC1-16

RADIO TELEPHONE

PR
IC10-16

U
IC14-4 IC17-6

I I
IC17-1 IC18-17

KW
RH1-20

KW
RH26-1 RH26-1

R
CASSETTE
IC14-5

BG
IC1-17

BG
RH1-12

BG
RH26-2 RH26-2

PY
MODE
SW4-1 3.3 SW2-2 SW1-2

PY
SC3-2

PY
IC2-8

PY
IC10-2

BRD KB
IC18-8 IC1-18

KB
RH1-5

KB
RH27-1 RH27-1

SEEK

6.8 IC18-18

BY
IC1-19

BY
RH1-6

BY
RH27-2 RH27-2

VOLUME +

20

VOLUME -

CASSETTE

BO
SW4-2

BO
SW2-6 SW1-6

BO
SC3-12

BO
FCS48

BK

IC8

IC7

DRIVER SIDE REAR SUB-WOOFER (CONVERTIBLE)


BS BS
IC1-7 RH1-4

REAR SUB-WOOFER (COUPE)

RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES

SWS1

BS KP
RH1-3

CD AUTO-CHANGER STEERING WHEEL


FC3BL

IC18-2

KP
IC18-10 IC1-8

KP PO
IC1-9 AC14-1

BRD

PO
IC18-4

PO
DD1-12

O K
DD1-11

CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

PK

PK
IC1-10 AC14-2

PK
FCS28

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT

CE2

IC18-12

UG
IC18-15 IC1-14

UG UP
IC1-15 FCS27

UG
AC14-12

UG
DD1-23

G P
DD1-17

UP
IC18-5

UP
AC14-11

UP

B
IC17-4 IC4-4

B B
IC4-3

UP
FC39 -1

UG
FC39 -2

DD18 -1

DD18 -2

B
IC17-11

DD19 -1

DD19 -2

RH25 -1

RH25 -2

POWER AMPLIFIER
BT1CS

DRIVER SIDE SQUAWKER (FASCIA)

DRIVER DOOR TWEETER

DRIVER DOOR MID-BASS

DRIVER SIDE REAR QUARTER MID-RANGE

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: Premium ICE Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Radio Telephone

Radio Telephone

Fig. 16.4

TELEPHONE ANTENNA

39 40 21
I

NP
RT2-10

B+

NP
RT2-3

B+

WG
RT2-2

B+

RT7

O
RT5-5

PO
RT20-3

PO
IC2-1

PO
IC10-14

I I
IC10-15

O
RT5-10

PK PR
RT5-11 RT8-2 RT8-2 RT8-1 RT9-1

PK
RT20-2

PK
IC2-2

PK PR
IC2-3 IC10-16

W
RT6-1

W
RT4-11 RT4-10

U
RT3-1

U
RT5-8

PR
RT20-1

PR

BRD
RT6-2

BRD
RT4-12 RT4-6

W
RT3-2

B
RT5-13

R
RT4-2 RT3-3

RW
RT5-7

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT


NOTE: RT8 and RT9 are the same connector with two designations.

BRD
RT5-1

Y
RT4-3 RT3-4

R
RT5-4

O
RT4-4 RT3-5

0
RT5-3

N
RT4-5 RT3-6

Y
RT2-8

G
RT4-1 RT3-7

W
RT5-12

W
RT4-9 RT3-10

K
RT5-14

P
RT4-7 RT3-8

G BRD BO BRD
RT5-6 RT2-6

W
RT4-8 RT3-9

S
RT2-1

HANDSET

G
RF9-1 RF1-17

G
RT20-5

G
RT2-11

BRD
RF9-2 RF1-18

BRD
RT20-6

BRD
RT2-12

MICROPHONE

B
FC77--5 FC77-4

U
RT20-7

U
RT2-7

VOICE RECOGNITION ACTIVATION SWITCH (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)


FCS2

B
RT2-4

B
RT20-8

B
RTS3

B
RT2-9

B
FC2CS (FC4CS)

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Airbag System

Airbag System

Fig. 17.1

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

19.1

R
FC29-6

24
I

WK
FC29-7

B+

25
I

WK
FC30-6

NOTE: This symbol represents a shorting bar used to short terminals together when the connector is separated.

B+

13

RW
FC30-7

O
FUSE BLOW

FC30-3

KN
SW10-3 SW11-3 CASSETTE

SO

FUSE BLOW SWITCH CAUTION: Do not substitute another fuse value for the Airbag System 10A Battery fuse. RW
FC30-8

DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG


O
FC30-2

RP
SW10-1 CASSETTE SW11-1

14

STEERING WHEEL SAFING SENSOR


O
FC30-5

RG
FC74-1

RG

12

RW
DEPLOYMENT POWER ENERGY RESERVE

PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG


O
FC30-4

RW
FC40-1

KP
FC74-3

KP

RS
FC40-2 FC30-11

YW
FC40-4

BK
FC40-3

AIRBAG INTERROGATION CONNECTOR YW


FCS64

I
FC29-12

ON
LF2-4

ON
LF51-1

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK AIRBAG FAILURE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.1

YW

FC29-5

I D I
FC29-9 FC30-10

KU
LF2-5

KU
LF51-2

OP
LF2-6

OP
LF51-4

RH IMPACT SENSOR

BK
FC29-4

I I
FC29-11

YU
LF2-1

YU
LF50-1

FCS45

BK
FC30-12

I
FC30-9

KG
LF2-2

KG
LF50-2

OW
FC29-8 LF2-3

OW
LF50-4

LH IMPACT SENSOR

BK
FC1S

AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE

WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPLACE THE AIRBAG SYSTEM 10A BATTERY FUSE UNLESS THE AIRBAG SYSTEM HAS BEEN DE-ACTIVATED. WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO MEASURE THE RESISTANCE THROUGH THE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY. DOING SO MAY TRIGGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND POSSIBLY RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY.

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Ancillaries

Ancillaries

Fig. 18.1

15
HP1

NB
FC14-80

B+ #11 10A LF7-1

YB B

YB
LF14

CASSETTE

B
LFS8 LF15

GU
SW2-1 SW1-1

GU
SC3-1

GU
FC14-4

4 4

5 #13 10A LF7-5

YW GS
LF6-6

LF1AL

GU
HP2 HP3

CASSETTE

RH HORN

BK
SW2-5 SW1-5

BK
SCS1

BK
SC2-9

BK
FCS48

BK

HORN CONTROL
FC3BL

HORN SWITCHES STEERING WHEEL

HORN RELAY (#6)

YW
LF16

23
I

WU
FC42-2 FC42-1

B
FCS49

O
FC14-70

GS

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX


LF60-14 LF2BR

B
LFS9

B
LF17

CIGAR LIGHTER

CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

I
FC14-103

FC4BR (FC2BR)

POWER LOGIC

BK
FC14-65

LH HORN
I

FC3AS

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

HORNS

CIGAR LIGHTER

27 PN
#11 10A 3 5 #13 BT12-5 BT2BR BT2BS BT12-1 BTS38

NLG
BT25-1

PN
BT25-3

B 1 1
BT25-2

TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR

17

NR
RF10-2 RF11-1

1 BT11-6

WN

14
I

ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY (#6)

NOTE: BT2BR Adaptive Damping vehicles only.

TRUNK FUSE BOX


28 PN
BT58-1

BK NLG
FC51-1

BK

RFS1

RF10-1

RF11-2

PN
RH14-1

PN
FC51-3

B
FC51-2 FC2BL (FC4BL)

FASCIA ACCESSORY CONNECTOR

RF1-3

BK
FC3BR (FC1BR)

GARAGE DOOR OPENER ROOF CONSOLE

ACCESSORY CONNECTORS

GARAGE DOOR OPENER

NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

Networks; Serial Data Links

Networks; Serial Data Links

Fig. 19.1

NOT USED
LF37-11

C + C

+ C LF37-5 C LF37-15

Y
EM7-83

C + C
EM7-82

+ C EM7-86 C EM7-85

Y
EM10-26

C + C
EM10-25

+ C EM10-28 C EM10-27

Y
EM1-6

Y
FC88-4

C + C
FC88-3

+ C FC88-9 C FC88-8

Y
FC25-24

20
C +

NP
FC53-16

B+

18
C
II

WR
FC53-9

B+

NOT USED
LF37-10

G
EM1-7

G
FC25-47

19
I

WN
FC53-8

4
II

WO
FC53-1

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

GEAR SELECTOR MODULE


+ C FC25-23 C FC25-48

Y G

Y
FC53-6

C + C
FC53-14

CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN)


U
FC25-20

S S +
FC25-19

S
S FC14-84 + S FC14-85

U S

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK


U
FC53-10

S S +
FC53-2

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


U
BT40-16 + S BT40-8 BT1-10

U
RH12-15

U
FCS11

U
SP1-3

U
SP5-10

S S +
SP5-9

NOTE: FCCP Flash Communication Control Port; VFP Voltage, Flash Programming

S
BT1-11

S
RH12-16

S
FCS12

S
SP1-8

FCCP D EM11-3 VFP D EM13-2

P
EM1-5

P
FC53-12

D D
FC53-13

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE


U
DP10-9 + S DP10-16 DP1-8

PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE


U S
DP1-3 ACS5

W
EM1-20

U
AC14-8 ACS6

U S
AC14-9

U
SD1-3

U
SD5-10

S S +
SD5-9

S
SD1-8

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE


R
FC29-6 FC53-3

SERIAL OUTPUT

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE


U
DD10-9 + S DD10-16 DD1-8

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE


U S
DD1-3

STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)

AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

K
FC53-15

D D
FC53-7

O BK
FC53-4

D
BT69-28

K
BT1-12

K
RH12-4

K O
RH12-5

FCS15 FCS48 FCS16

BK
FC53-5

D
BT69-10

O
BT1-13

O
FC22-6

D
FC3BL

DATA LINK CONNECTOR

ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE


K
EM10-12 EM1-1

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE


K O
EM1-2

NOTE: Serial Data Link: K wire serial input O wire serial output O wire only Bi-directional Serial Communication

D D
EM10-13

K
AC14-5

K
AC4-10

D D
AC4-21

O
AC14-6

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

SERIAL DATA LINK

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

NOTE: Early production vehicles ( VIN 003300) have connector pin numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.

1 1
II

6 Fig. 01.1 5
E

7 54

53 84

Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3

6
II

40
II

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5 19


I

Input Signal Ground (SG)

Output CAN (Network)

Fig. 02.1
C S

Serial and Encoded Communications SCP Network

41
E

58
E

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

COMPONENTS Component BAERY DELAYTIMER VRANSIT HARNESSi MlNl DlODE -TRANSIT iLTZi lSOLATlON
FUSE BOXDRIVER SIDE

Connector I Type / Color BT66,EYELET BT67, EYELET LT3,II-WAY RELAY, BROWN LT2,DlOOE
Rx, 10-WAY u T A FSE6OX, NATURAL FC6.i ID-WAY U.S.A. FUSEBDXIELACK FC90, EYELET FC92, EYELET LF5 i 10.WL\Y LF6,10-WAY LF7 i ?&WAY LB, 10.WAY LF70, EYELET u T.A. .T.A U.T.A. U T.A FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, WHITE BLACK GREEN BLUE

Location I Access TRUNK, RIGHT WNDSIDE TRUNK, ADJACENT BATTERY TO TRUNK, ADJACENT BAERY TO
FASCIA, DRIVER SIDE

FUSE BOX-ENGINE

COMPARTMENT

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,

LEFT FRON7

FUSE BOX-

ENGlNE

MANAGEMENT

EM19,IO-WAYUTA EM20, IOwiAY EM70, EYELET FC20,10-WAY FC21, IO-WAY FCW, EYELET FC93 /EYELET

U.T.A.

FSEBOX,WHiTE FVSEBOX, BLACK NAWRAL BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

CONTROL

MODULE

ENCLOSURE

FUSE BOX

PASSENGER

SIDE

.T.A FUSEBOX, .T A. FUSEBOX:

FASCIA,

PASSENGER

SIDE

FUSE BOX-TRUNK

BTlO, ,&WAY U.T.A. BT,, , 10.WAY u T.A. BT12, ,O~WAY U.T.A. ETIS, IO~WAY .T A. BT64, EYELET MODULE Bml, BT61, BT62, BTS3, EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET

FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX,

NATURAL BLACK GREEN BLUE

TRNK,ELECTRICALCARRIER

HlGH POWER PROTECTION

TRUNKiADJACENiTO

BATTERY

TRANSIT

,SOLATlON

DEVICE

8744, P-WAY ECONOSEAL BT65, EYELET BT66, EYELET LT,, LUCAR BTZS, SWAY

//I HC, BLACK

TRUNKiADJACENTTO

6AERY

TRNKACCESSORY

CONNECTOR

AMP SERIES 250 PIN,

BLACK

TRUNK,

ADJACENT

TO BATTERY

RELAYS Relay
AUXILIARY GNlTlON IGNlTlON lGNlTlON POSITIVE RELAY RELAY RELAY RELAY POSITIVE POSITIVE POSlTiVE RELAY EMS CONTROL

Color / Stripe
BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN

Connector
BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS

/ Color

Location
PASSENGER ENGINE ENGINE TRUNK

I Access
SIDE FUSE BOX FUSE BOX FUSE BOX

MANAGEMENT COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector 8149 BT79


BT80 EM71 FC91 LF71 ST1 LUCAR EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET

CONNECTORS Location
TRANSMlSSlON ENGINE TRANSMISSION TRANSM,SSlON TRANSMlSSlON ENGINE

Type I Color

/ Access
BAnERY TUNNEL FALSE BVLKHEAD. RIGHT HAND SIDE TUNNEL TUNNEL TUNNEL BVLKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE

TRNK,ADJACENTTO COMPARTMENT,

COMPARTMENTiFALSE

GROUNDS Ground ET68


BTZBR BTlES

Location / Type BATTERY GROUND STUD


EYELET EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND (SINGLE) ITRUNK, LEG /TRUNK, REAR RIGHT REAR RIGHT

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

COMPONENTS Component
FUSE BOX - DRIVER SIDE

Connector

/ Type / Color
FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, NATURAL BLACK

Location
FASClA,

/ Access

FC5, IO-WAY U.T.A. FCS, IO-WAY U.T.A. Fl-Qn / FFl___, FT _, _, FC92, EYELET SIDE FCX, IO-WAY FC21,10-WAY FC90, EYELET FC93, EYELET U.T.A. .TA

DRIVER SIDE

FUSE BOX-

PASSENGER

FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX,

NATURAL BLACK

FASCIA,

PASSENGER

SIDE

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
AC12 AC73 AC14 AC15 AC16 BT2 BT58 DDI DP1 IC2 LF, RF1 RH14 RH2 RT20 SD1 SPI

CONNECTORS Location
070 /WHITE 070, 070, 070, 070, YELLOW SLATE SLATE YELLOW FASCIA FASCIA FASCIA FASCIA

Type / Color
ZO~WAY MULTILOCK PO-WAY MULTILOCK 14~WAY MULTILOCK 20.WAY l%WAY b-WAY 2%WAY X-WAY 14WAY IB-WAY 20-WPIY 14.WAY *-WAY B-WAY MULTILOCK MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL AMP - FORD, AMP FORD, MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULlLOCK MULTlLOCK B-WAY MULTILOCK

I Access
MOUNTiNG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND RIGHT SIDE HAND SIDE SIDE SIDE CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR RIGHT RIGHT HAND HAND MOUNTING MOUNTING MOUNTING MOVNTlNG REAR WHEEL REAR WHEEL K POST TRIM GLOVE BOX MOUNTING MOUNTING BRACKET,A BRACKET,,4 POST TRlM POST TRlM BRACKET, BRACKET BRACKET, ARCH ARCH POST TRIM

TOP CONNECTOR BOTTOM BOTOM BOTTOM

t RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND

070 iYELLOW 111HC, BLACK BLACK BLACK 070, 070, 070, 070: 070, cm, WHITE SLATE YELLOW WHITE SLATE YELLOW

LEFT HAND TRUNKIABOVE TRUNK/ABOVE PASSENGER BELOW RIGHT LEFT HAND HAND

A POST CONNECTOR

BRACKET,

4, POST TRIM

DRIVER SIDE A POST MOUNTING SIDE K POST, CONSOLE CENTER

BRACKET,A

?O~WAY MULTILOCK ?~WAY ECONOSEAL

A POST CONNECTOR N POST CONNECTOR CONSOLE CONSOLE CONSOLE SEAT

111HC, BLACK

REAR OF CENTER REAR OF CENTER REAR OF CENTER BELOW BELOW PASSENGER

ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY

070 iYELLOW

DRIVER SEAT

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

COMPONENTS Component
FUSE BOX - ENGlNE COMPARTMENT

Connector
LF5,10-WAY LF6, ,&WAY LF,, ,&WAY LB, IO-WAY LF70, EYELET EP.419, ,&WAY EM20,,0-WA EM70, EYELET BTlO, IO~WAY ET,, , 10.WAY BT,2,10-WAY BTi3, IO-WAY BTS&, EYELET

/ Type / Color
U.T.A. U.T.A. .T A. U.T.A. FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, WHITE BLACK GREEN BLUE WHITE BLACK NATURAL BLACK GREEN BLUE

Location
ENGlNE

I Access
LEFT FRONT

COMPARTMENT,

FUSE BOX-ENGINE

MANAGEMENT

U.T.A. FUSEBOX, .T A. FUSEBOX, U.T.A. U.T.A. .T A. U.T.A. FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT/CONTROL

MODULE

ENCLOSURE

FUSE BOX-TRUNK

TRUNK,

ELECTRICAL

CARRIER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector IC4

CONNECTORS Location
070 /WHITE TRUNK,

Type / Color
G-WAY MULTILOCK

/ Access
ASSEMBLY

LEFT OF ANTENNA

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

COMPONENTS Component
FUSE BOXDRIVER SIDE

Connector

/ Type I Color
NATURAL BLACK

Location
FASCIA,

I Access

FC5, IO-WAY .T A. FUSEBOX, FC6,,0-WAY .T A FUSEBOX, FC90, EYELET FCSZ, EYELET LF5, LF6, LF,, LFB, LF70, FCX, RX,, FC90, FC93, IO-WAY IO-WA, 10.WAY ,&WAY EYELET 10.WAY ,O-WAY EYELET EYELET .T.A .T.A U.T.A. U.T.A. U.T.A. U.T.A. FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX,

DRIVER SIDE

FUSE BOX-ENGINE

COMPARTMENT

WHITE BLACK /GREEN BLUE NATURAL BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT FRONT

FUSE BOX-

PASSENGER

SlDE

FASCIA

i PASSENGER

SIDE

FUSE BOX-TRUNK

BTlO, IO-WAY ET,, , IO-WAY ET,2,10-WAY BT13, ,&WAY 8764, EYELET

U.T.A. U T.A. U.T.A. .T A.

FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX FUSEBOX,

NATURAL BLACK 1 GREEN BLUE

TRUNK

i ELECTRICAL

CARRlER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector AC15 EM2 icz


LF40 LF60 PI2 RF1 RT20 IO-WAY 11.WAY 11-WAY II-WAY 20.WAY 18.WAY 14.WAY

CONNECTORS Location
070, 070, SLATE WHITE FASClA ENGiNE BELOW ENGlNE ENGINE RlGHT 6OOM CENTER 070,YELLOW 111LC, BLACK 070 /WHITE 111LC, BLACK 070 /YELLOW 070, SLATE

Type I Color
MULTiLOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL MULTILOCK MULTLDCK MULTILOCK

/ Access
CONNECTOR CONSOLE MOUNTING BOX ENCLOSURE BRACKETIA BRACKET, POSTTRIM A POSTTRIM ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION MOVNTING MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND SIDE ENCLOSURE

COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO GLOVE COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, HAND CONSOLE LEFT HAND BRACKET

LEFT HANDN

POST CONNECTOR A POST CONNECTOR

13 WAY ECONOSEAL

REAR OF CENTER

ASSEMBLY

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

COMPONENTS Component
FUSE BOXENGINE MANAGEMENT

Connector
EMIS, EM20, EM70, ,&WAY IO-WAY EYELET

I Type I Color
U.T.A. U.T.A. FUSEBOX FUSEBOX, iWHiTE BLACK

Location
ENGINE

I Access
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

COMPARTMENT,

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
ELI LF40 PI1

CONNECTORS Location
111LC, BLACK 111LC, BLACK BLACK ENGINE ENGlNE ENGINE

Type I Color
B-WAY ECONOSEAL IS-WAY ST-WAY ECONOSEAL SUMITOMO,

I Access
RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND BRACKET ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT,

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

COMPONENTS Component
lGNlT,ON INERTIA SWITCH SWITCH iKEY~,N SWITCHi

Connector
FC4 (FLYLEAD), FL%, J-WAY

/ Type / Color
B-WAY MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL 070 /WHITE 111LC, BLACK

Location
STEERING ADJACENTTO

/ Access
COLUMN LEFT HAND FASCIA FUSE BOX

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector AC13


BT, LF60 RH2 Z&WAY

CONNECTORS Location
070 !YELLOW 070, 070: WHITE WHITE 070 !WHITE FASCIA TRUNK/ABOVE LEFT HAND REAR OF CENTER

Type I Color
MULTILOCK ZO~WAIY MULTILOCK ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 2%WAY MULTILOCK

/ Access
CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND CONSOLE MOUNTING REAR WHEEL MOUNTlNG ASSEMBLY BRACKET, ARCH BRACKETiA POST TRIM RIGHT HAND SIDE

BOTTOM

A POST CONNECTOR

GROUNDS Ground
FClBL

Location

/ Type
LEG, LEFT HAND fl POST

EYELET IPAIR, - LEFT HAND

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE Active


ENCODED GROUND COMMUNlCATlONS ICRANKING

ENGINE CONTROL c7 D
D /

COMPONENTS Inactive EComponent BATTERY


BODY PROCESSOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE MODULE

Pin
EM,&17 EM,&6 EM,,-6

Description
SECURlrYACKNOWLEDGE OKTO ENGINE START-ENCODEDCOMMUNICATIONS CRANK

Connector
BTBS, BT67, EYELET EYELET FC14,104-WAY EMlO,28~WAY EM,, , IB~WAY EM12,22-WAY EM13,34-WAY AN,, EYELET ANZ, EYELET ST? 1 , EYELET MODULE BTSO, BT61 , BT62, BT63 : FCZ, EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET

I Type I Color
AMP EEEC, SLATE

Location
TRUNK, PASSENGER ENGlNE

/ Access
SIDE BRACKET MODULE ENCLOSURE SIDE FASCIA:AIRBAG

RIGHT HAND

KEY TRANSPONDER V D
D D

MODULE
BREAKAGE,

(OPTIONAL) Active
OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION1 HlGH POWER PROTECTION

MULTiLOCK 040 iSLATE MLTILOCK040,SLATE MULTILOCK 040, SLATE MLTlLOCK040,SLATE

COMPARTMENT/CONTROL

Pin
FC22-9 X22-16 FC22-17

Description
GLASS OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATIONi iENCODED COMMUNICATION1

Inactive

GENERATOR

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT

/ RlGHT

FRONT

TRNK,ADJACENTTO

BATTERY

SECURlTYACKNOWLEDGE

,GNiTlON NEUTRAL

SWITCH SWITCH

IKEY-IN

SWITCH)

FC4 (FLYLEAD), 20.WAY FC89 ,FLYLEADl, PI50 /SWAY ST?, EYELET ST3 i EYELET STIO, EYELET AN3 (FLYLEAD,,

B-WAY MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK SUMlTOMO 040, 0902, S-WAY MULTILOCK

070, GREEN 070,

WHITE SLATE

STEERING ADJACENTTO

COLUMN PASSENGER ASSEMBLY GENERATOR SIDE FUSE BOX

KEYTRANSPONDER REGULATOR STARTER

MODULE

GEAR SELECTOR ENGlNE ENGINE BLOCK

iGENERATOR MOTOR

BLACK

COMPARTMENT,

SUPPRESSiON

MODULE

Z-WAY

ECONOSEAL

111LC, RED

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

FORWARD

OF GENERATOR

RELAYS Relay
STARTERRELAY

Color / Stripe
BROWN

Connector
EM50, BROWN

I Color

Location
RH BRAKE

I Access
BOOSTER ENCLOSURE RELAYS

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
BT80 EM, EM2 EM3 EMS0 PI, ST1 EYELET l&WAY 19.WAY 1 I-WAY 2-WAY 57WAY EYELET

CONNECTORS Location
ENGINE MVLTILOCK MVLTILOCK MVLTILOCK 070 /WHITE 070 /YELLOW 070, SLATE 111HCI BLACK BLACK ENGINE ENGINE ENGlNE ENGiNE ENGINE ENGlNE

Type I Color

/ Access
FALSE BULKHEAD. RIGHT HAND SIDE RlGHT RGHT RIGHT LEFT INNER BULKHEAD, HAND HAND HAND FENDER ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE HEAT SHiELD SIDE

COMPARTMENT,

COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO COMPARTMENT,AD.V,CENTTO COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, ADJACENTTO BEHIND BRACKET FALSE

ECONOSEAL SUMITOMO,

ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION RIGHT HAND

GROUNDS Ground
BT68 FCSER FCBAS

Location
BATTERY EYELET EYELET

I Type
STUD HAND LEG, LEFT HAND N POST LEFT HAND A POST

GROUND WNGLEI,

(PAIR) - RGHT

CONTROL +

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded communications CAN (Network) SCP Network

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

THIS INFORMATION

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE Active sBBT


GROUND

ENGINE CONTROL

COMPONENTS Inactive 0 BE* B+

Description
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY OKTO START-ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONS BAmERY POWER SUPPLY BRAKE SWITCH SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS PARKING BRAKE SWITCH PARK, NEUTRAL EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTI*TE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE IATS! ECTS I TPS : MECHANICAL GUARD POSlTlON PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUluD

Component
BRAKE SWITCH BRAKE SWITCH CAMSHAFT CRANKSHAFT ENGINE LHD - RHD SENSOR SENSOR FAN SENSOR POSITION

Connector
AC26 iFLYLEADi AC24 ,FLYLEADI PI15 IFLYLEADI, PI17 (FLYLEAD): EM64 j ?-WAY

I Type I Color
(4.WAY i 4-WAY $-WAY MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL 070 WHlTE E J2 i SLATE CONNECTOR/SLATE 070, 070, WHITE WHITE

Location
TOP OF BRAKE TOP OF BRAKE B BANK ENGINE, ENGINE ENGlNE ENGlNE ENGINE

/ Access
PEDAL PEDAL HEAD, REAR CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE TOP HOSE ASSEMBLY ENCLOSURE

POSlTiON

2~WAY ECONOSEAL

111HC! BLACK 111LC, BLACK

CYLINDER

REAR OF BED PLATE COMPARTMENT! COMPARTMENT COMPARTMENT: COMPARTMEYT, I REAR OF ENGINE REAR OF THROTTLE CONTROL MODULE

ECM AND TCM COOLING GROUND (APPLIED) GROUND ~R.D.4.3.2, GROUND ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS GROUND B+ BA iP, N, BGROUND 5" GROUND GROUND EAPORATlE HEATED HEATED KNOCK KNOCK OXYGEN EMISSION EGR VALVES ENGINE CONTROL

COOLANTTEMPERATURE MODULE

P14! 2 WAY ECONOSEAL P,M!B-WAYEGRVALVE EM10!28~WAY EM,, ! l&WAY EM12 22.WAY EM13 3S-WAY

MLTILOCKOSO,SLATE MULTILOCK 040 i SLATE MULTILOCK 040 SLATE MULTILOCK MO! SLATE J2 II BLACK SUMITOMO SMlTDM0 ECONOSEAL 0902 : BLACK 090 A TYPE SLATE 090 A TYPE SLATE 090 II, SLATE 090 I/, SLATE III LC I_BLACK II/ LC, BLACK d-WAY &W*Y : *-w*Y

CONTROL

VALVE

EM%,

2~WAY ECONOSEAL

ENGlNE K BANK B BANK ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE A BANK B BANK BELOW ENGINE ENGINE ENGlNE 1 ! BLUE 1 i BROWN BLACK BLACK BEHIND BEHlND BEHIND ENGINE ENGINE

COMPARTMENT, CATALYTIC CATALYTIC EE, EE! UNDER UNDER

LEFT HAND CONVERTER CONVERTER INT*.KE INTAKE MANIFOLD MANIFOLD

BULKHEAD

EXTENSION

OXYGEN OXYGEN SENSOR-A SENSOR

SENSOR-A SENSOR-B - B

PSTRE*IM UPSTREAM

EM21 (FLYLEAD)! EM23 (FLYLEAD), PII26 !FLYLEADI PI27 (FLYLEADI PI%, EM22 ,FLYLEAD), EM24 (FLYLEAD): FC19 i LUCAR

CAN CAN CAN CAN

NETWORK NETWORK NETWORK NETWORK

, P~WAY ECONOSEAL ?~WAY SUMITOMO P-WAY SUMITOMD 0902, CLIP! BLACK BLBCK 75090 i BL*CK

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SENSOR-A SENSOR-B DOWNSTREAM DOWNSTREAM GUARD SENSORS OXYGEN PARKING THROLE THROTTLE VACUUM VACUUM VACUUM VARIABLE ARlABLE

B-WAY YAZAKI

COMPARTMENT CATALYTlC CATALYTIC PARKING

i REARWARD CONVERTER CONVERTER LEVER

OF AIR CLEANER

ECM PROGRAMMlNG ENGINE CRANK MECHANlCAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE ECT FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK IATS, ECTS, TPS, MECHANlCAL GUARD POSITION PEDAL POSlTlON COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANICAL GUARD POSlTlON FEEDBACK MECHANICAL GUARD POSlT,ON i PEDAL POSITION PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK EGR STEPPER MOTORSIWINDING EGR STEPPER MOTOR S2 WINDING EGR STEPPER MOTOR S3WiNDlNG EGR STEPPER MOTOR S4WlNDlNG IATS FEEDBACK MAFS FEEDBACK UPSTREAM B BANK H02S UPSTREAM A BANK H02S DOWNSTREAM B BANK 02s DOWNSTREAM X BANK 025 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND MAFS REFERENCE GROUND 025 /HOE COMMON SHiELD SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY

GROUND 5

(CRANKING,

BBA 5
WlTH TEMPERATURE)

BRAKE SWITCH AND MECHANICAL SENSOR VALVE VALVE VALVE - 1 2 - 3 VALVE-A VALVE B MOTOR POSITION SWlTCHlNG SWiTCHlNG SWlTCHlNG VALVE VALVE

RIGHT ANGLE TWIN

BRAKE

PEDAL POSITION

P142, b-WAY YAZAKI P133,2-w*Y PI6 ,CWAY EM, EL4, Z-W*Iy SUMITOMO

COMPARTMENT,THROLEASSEMBLY COMPARTMENT,THRDLEASSEMBLY COMPARTMENTiTHROTTLE RIGHT RlGHT RIGHT HAND WHEEL HANDWHEELARCH HANDWHEEL*RCH BANK BANK ASSEMBLY ARCH LINER LINER LINER CYLINDER CYLINDER HEAD, HEAD, FRONT FRONT

0.41 V 0 195F iDECREASiNG OS=IDLE:475=WOT 0.5 = IDLE, 4.75 V = WOT GROUND 0.5 = IDLE: 4.75 = WOT

EL2 i P~WAY SUMITOMO SUMITOMO Z-WAY YAZAKI

090 DC INHlBlT 090 DC INHlBlT POWER TlMER: POWER TIMER,

090 ! SLATE

/ TPS SHIFLD

GROUND
0.5 = IDLE: 4.75 V = WOT 0 5 = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT GROUND B+

TIMING TIMING

SOLENOID SOLENOID

P131, ?-WAY AMP JUNIOR P132, ?-WAY AMP JUNIOR

COMPARTMENT!K COMPARTMENT,B

0 0

EM12-2 EM12-3

GROUND GROUND GROUND


0.98 V @ 10C. DECRE*SiNG 1.2 @ IDLE. INCREASING 0.1 - 0.9 @ lDLE WMNGI 0 1 - 0.9 @ IDLE KW,INGl 0.1 0.9 @ IDLE WWNGI 0 1 - 0.9 @ iDLE WWNGI GROUND GROUND GROUND WITH TEMPERATURE WITH RPM INCREASE

EL
B+ B+

RELAYS Relay
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY

Color / Stripe
BROWN

Connector
EM16 I BROWN

/ Color

Location
CONTROL

/ Access
MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
GROUND GROUND GROUND B+
B+ B+ B+

CONNECTORS Location
070, 070, YELLOW WHITE FASCIA ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE 111LC, BL*CK 070,YELLOW BLACK l/l LC, BLACK

0 SG

EM,Z-19 EM12-22

Connector AC13
ELI EM, EM2 PI, Pi2

Type I Color
Z-WAY MULTILOCK B-WAY ECONOSEAL 2O~WA.Y MtiLTlLOCK 78.WAY 57.WAY 1%WAY MVLTILOCK SUMlTOMO, ECONOSEAL

I Access
CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT TO RIGHT HAND HAND RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE SIDE

BOTTOM

COMPARTMENT,RIGHTHANDENCLOSRE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO COMPARTMENTiADJACENT COMPARTMENT, BRACKET COMPARTMENT/BRACKET

ECM PROGRAMMiNG VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #3ACT,ATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE %1 ACTIVATE VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE #2 ACTiVATE THROLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTlVATE B BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK A BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK CKPS SlGNAL CMPS SIGNAL CMPS, CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHlELD CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL GROUND THROiTLE THROLE IGNITION MOTOR POWER SUPPLY MOTOR POWER SUPPLY SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY MOTOR MOTOR POWER POWER SUPPLY SUPPLY

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND


0 KHZ = NO 0 KHZ = NO 5 Q 1000 5 Hz @ IDLE GROUND 5 @ 1000 GROUND B+ B+ KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHZ = KNOCK KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHZ = KNOCK RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 HZ

ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

GROUNDS
GROUND

RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz

Ground
EMlAL EM,.% EMlBR EM2AL EM?AR EM?BR

Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET ,P*,RI iP*lRi iPAIR

I Type
LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, ENGINE ENGlNE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT. COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT. COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT. RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE - RlGHT HAND HAND

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND (PAIR) - RIGHT

GROUND
THROTTLE THROTTLE

B+ GROUND B+

LEFT HAND - RIGHT HAND

ENCLOSURE

(PAIR, - RIGHT HAND

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND


THROLE THROTTLE 0 0 EM151 EM15-2 EM15-3 EM15-8 EM15-9 MOTOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND B BANK N BANK

GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND
B+

CONTROL +

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

0
0 0

EM15-22

UPSTREAM B BANK H02S HEATER UPSTREAM A BANK H02S HEATER EAP VALVE ACTIVATE VARIABLE VALVE T,M,NG SOLENOID *RlABLE VALVE TlMlNG SOLENOID GROUND GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND
GROUND (VALVE OPEN)

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

MESSAGES.

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

THIS INFORMATION

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE Active


SPEED CLUTCH CLUTCH BATTERY REQUEST REOUEST POWER SUPPLY 5 B, Es+ GROUND iAPPLIED =t-,B0 ,000 RPM = 45 HZ; 2000 RPM = 90 Hi B+ GROUND B+ BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH SWTCH ON /OFF SWITCHES MODULE LHD - RHD SWITCH (STEER ING WHEEL, BRAKE CANCEL

ENGINE CONTROL 1 Pin


A,CCM A,CCM CRUISE 1 I I EM,,-, EMII~4 EMiE CRUISE CRUISE CRUISE

COMPONENTS Inactive Component


AIR CONDITIONING AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH CONTROL MODULE

Description
ENGINE A.CCM COMPRESSOR COMPRESSOR CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL

Connector
PI36 iFLYLEADi/ *Cl i 26.WAY AC2: 16.WAY AC31 12~WAY AC4,22~WAY AC%, 4.WAY ACZ4,4-WAY FC63 1 10.WAY SW3 (FLYLEAD), EM,O,Z%WAY EM,, , 19~WAY EM12,22-WAY EM13,34-WAY PI,, P,,2,

/ Type I Color
&WAY MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK SUMITOMO 47, 47: 47: 47, 070, SLATE SLATE SLATE SLATE WHlTE AND WHiTE 090 A-TYPE, BLACK

Location
ENGINE A,C NIT/RIGHT

/ Access
A,C COMPRESSOR SIDE HAND

COMPARTMENT,

BRAKE SET-/~

CANCEL

070 : WHITE

TOP OF BRAKE TOP OF BRAKE REARWARD CENTER ENGINE

PEDAL PEDAL WHEEL CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

7 3 =C+), 8.8 B+ 7 3 = RESUME. GROUND GROUND RESUME H,GH PRESSURE HIGH PRESSURE FEEDBACK FEEDBACK REL*.Y ACTIVATE

ON REQUEST CANCEL, SWITCH SWTCH 2 SWlTCHlNG 2 SWiTCHlNG COMPRESSOR

GROUND
9.9 = CANCEL B+

CRUISE CONTROL CRUISE CONTROL ENGINE CONTROL

AMP ML KEY B , WHITE S-WAY EPC ! BLACK MULTILOCK MULTiLOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK 040 I SLATE 040, SLATE 040 1 SLATE 040,SLATE POWERTIMER!BLACK POWER TIMER POWER TIMER, POWER TiMER, POWER TIMER POWER TIMER, POWER TiMER, DL090, NATURAL NATVRAL BLACK BLUE I BLACK BLACK BLACK i BLACK BLACK BLACK

OF GE*.R SELECTOR

OF STEERING COMPARTMENT,

4 WAY REFRIGERANT 4 WAY REFRIGERANT IGNITION IGNITION MODULE MODULE

@ 20 BAR (290 PSli 0 12 BAR 1174 PSI) FUEL INJECTOR FUEL INJECTOR B+ Et B+ BBi B+ FUEL INJECTOR-W FUEL INJECTOR FUEL INJECTOR FUEL INJECTOR FUEL INJECTOR FUEL PUMP FUSE BOX-TRUNK 28 -3A -38 - 48 - ?A - 1B

23 HZ @ IDLE 15 1 23 Hr @ IDLE 15 , GROUND GROUND

Pi,,P-WAYAMPdUNlOR : Z~WAY AMP JUNIOR Z~WAY AMP JUNlOR AMP JUNIOR P,B I Z-WAY AMP JNlDR PI9 i *-WAY

,NTAKE ,NTAKE ,NTAKE INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE TRUNK,

MANlFOLD, MANlFOLD, M*NIFOLD MANIFOLD, MANIFOLD, MANIFOLD, MANiFOLD, MANIFOLD! ELECTRIC*L

FUEL RAlL FUEL RAIL / FUEL RAIL FUEL RAIL FUEL RAIL FUEL RAIL FUEL RAIL FUEL RAIL CARRIER

AIR CONDiTlONlNG FUEL PUMP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CRUISE

RELAYACT,*TE ON STATUS LED

CONTROL (HIGHI MODULE MODULE MODULE MODULE MODULE MODULE MODULE MODULE

Pi13 I Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR P,,O,?-WAY*MPJNlOR P114,2-WAYAMPJUNIOR ET55,4-WAY SUMlTOMO

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND 5 Hr @ IDLE 5 HZ @ iDLE 5 Hz @ IDLE 5 Hz @ IDLE 5 Hz @ IDLE 5 Hz Q IDLE 5 tir @ IDLE 5 Hi @ IDLE

SERIES (LOWI SPEED FAN ACTIVATE P*.RALLEL IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION lGNlTiON IGNITION lGNlTlON IGNITION IGNITION INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR SPEED FAN ACT,ATE 1 SWITCHING 2 SWITCHING 2 SWlTCHlNG 1 SWlTCHlNG 2 SWlTCHlNG 1 SWITCHING 1 SWITCHING 1 SWITCHING COIL RELAY ACTIVATE

FUEL INJECTOR-4A

POWERTIMER,BLACK

TRNK,TOPOFFELTANK

BTIO: 10.WAY T.A FUSEBOX, BT,, , IO-WAY U T.A FVSEBOX, BT,Z,10-WAYT.A.FSEBOX,GREEN BT13,10-WAY .T A. FUSEBOX, BTSd, EYELET ,A 1B P,,B ,2-WAY P122,2-WAY P,23,2-WAY 38 4A - 1 - 2 RELAY MODULE YAL*KI YAZAKI 090X, 090X, 090X, 090x, 090X, 090x, 090X, BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK

,GNlTlON ,GNlTlON ,GNlTlON IGNITION IGNITION ,GNlTlON IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION RADIATOR RADIATOR RADIATOR

COILCOILCOIL-h+ COIL-ZB

ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGlNE ENGINE ENGiNE ENGINE BLACK BLACK ENGINE ENGlNE ENGINE ADJACENT ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE

COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMP*.RTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, TO LEFT HAND COMPARTMENT! COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT,

CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT BULKHEAD. BULKHEAD, HORN FRONT FRONT REARWARD

COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND

PI19 : ?-WAY YAZAK, P120, ?-WAY YAZAKI P124, Z-WAY YAZAKI Pi21 i %WAY YAZAKI P125, P-WAY YAZAK, EM-U, IZ-WAY EM29,12~WAY LF13, LF12, PRESSURE SWITCH Z-WAY

YAZVAKI 090x,

COlL - 3A COlL COIL

38 ACTIVATE 28 ACTIVATE 4K 1x ACTIVATE *CT,ATE

4BACTlATE 3A ACTlVATE 2R ACTlVATE 1B ACTIVATE

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

B+
B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+

COMPARTMENT,CAMSHAFTCDER SlDE SIDE

COIL - 48 MODULE MODULE

KiNWON IGNITION BLACK REINSHAGEN

POWER MODULE, POWER METRI MODULE, 930,

FAN CONTROL FAN - LH FAN RH 4-WAY

LF9, B-WAY TRW,

BLACK BLACK 111LC, BLACK

Z-WAY REINSHAGEN

METRl630,

REFFUGERANT

LF57 (FLYLEAD)

, B-WAY ECONOSEAL

OF RADIATOR

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE i-1 Pin Description 1 AC%, COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS
0 AC-1 AC4-7 0 I AC4-9 AC4-17 AIR CONDITIONING LOAD INHIBIT CLUTCH ON REQUEST SWTCH 4 WAY PRESSURE ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL

RELAYS Active
B+ ,ONi B+ 0 B*

Inactive 0
0 s+ 0
B+ ,OT OF ACTIVE RANGE)

Relay
AIR CONDITIONING FUEL INJECTION FUEL PUMP lGNlTlON COMPRESSOR RELAY CLUTCH RELAY RELAY (#41

Color / Stripe
BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN

Connector
BUS EMS, BUS EM26, BROWN BROWN

/ Color

Location
LH BRAKE CONTROL TRUNK CONTROL

/ Access
BOOSTER MODULE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE RELAYS RELAYS RELAYS

FUSE BOX MODULE

COIL RELAY

COMPRESSOR REFRIGERANT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector AC12


AC13 AC13 BT2 EM1 EM2 EM3 LF3 LFlO PI, PI2 RHI SC3 SW, SW2

CONNECTORS Location
070,WHITE 070 /YELLOW 070 /YELLOW 070 /YELLOW 070, 070, WHITE SLATE 070,YELLOW 111LC, WHITE II/ LC, BLACK BLACK 111LC, BLACK 070, 040, SLATE BLACK O?O,SLATE FASCIA FASCIA FASCIA ENGlNE ENGINE ENGINE ENGlNE ENGINE ENGlNE ENGINE BOOM BOOM

Type I Color
ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 20.WAY 20.WAY 18.WAY Z&WAY ,&WAY 11.WAY 13WAY 11.WAY 57.WAY IS-WAY PO-WA, 12.WAY 12.WAY MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK MULTiLOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL SUMITOMO, ECONOSEAL MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK WHITE

I Access
MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND RIGHT SIDE SIDE SIDE HAND CONNECTOR CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND MOUNTING MOUNTING REAR WHEEL BRACKET, BRACKET, ARCH HAND HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE RIGHT HAND

TOP CONNECTOR

TRNK,ABOE

COMPARTMENT,

ADJACENT

TO RiGHi RlGHT ENCLOSURE

COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND

RIGHT HAND

COMPARTMENT/LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMiSSlON COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

BEHIND GLOVE BOX RlGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERiNG INSIDE CENTER STEERING COLUMN OF STEERING WHEEL

COLUMN

COWL

G~WAY JST,

GROUNDS Ground
BT2AL EMlAR EM2AR FCBBL LFlAL LFlBL

Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET

/ Type
HAND HAND HAND HAND LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, TRUNK, ENGINE ENGINE LEFT HAND ENGINE ENGINE RIGHT REAR COMP*.RTMENT. COMPARTMENT. N POST FORWARD FORWARD OF LEFT HAND OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH HOOD CATCH COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE LEFT HAND

,PA,R) -LEFT (PAIRi -RIGHT (PAIRI - RlGHT (PAIR -LEFT

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND (PAIR, - LEFT HAND

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.


ComPOnentS

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

CONTROL +

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE Active BA B+


*+ GROUND

ENGINE CONTROL

COMPONENTS Inactive 0 B+
B+ B+

Description

GROUND WPPLIEDI GROUND tR.D.4.3.21 GROUND ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONS GROVND

B+ ST IP. Nl B+ GROUND 5" GROUND GROUND

Component BRAKE SWITCHLHD BRAKE SWITCHRHD CATALYST SWlTCHlNG MODULE CATALYSSTHERMOCOUPLES CAMSHAFT POSlTlON SENSOR CRANKSHAFT POSlTlON SENSOR ECM ANDTCM COOLING FAN ENGlNE COOLANTTEMPERATURE SENSOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

Location / Access TOP BRAKE OF PEDAL TOP BRAKE OF PEDN

EAPORAT,E HEATED HEATED KNOCK KNOCK MASS PARKING THROrrLE THROLE VACUUM VACUUM

EMlSSlON SENSOR SENSOR -A -B

CONTROL -A

VALVE

ENGlNE A BANK B BANK ENGINE ENGlNE ENGlNE BELOW ENGINE ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT! CATALYTIC CAT*LYTIC EE I UNDER EE, UNDER COMPARTMENT, PARKING BRAKE

LEFT HAND CONVERTER CONVERTER INTAKE INTAKE MANliOLD MANIFOLD

BULKHEAD

EXTENSION

OXYGEN OXYGEN SENSOR SENSOR

PSTREAM

CAN CAN CAN CAN

NETWORK NETWORK NETWORK NETWORK St GROUND 5 Bt St 5 WITH TEMPERATUREi

- B UPSTREAM

AIR FLOW SENSOR BRAKE SMTCH AND MECHANICAL SENSOR VALVE VALVE VALVE - 1 - 2 - 3 VALVE VALVE -A - B GUARD SENSORS MOTOR POSITION SWITCHING SWTCHING SWITCHING VALVE VALVE

REARWARD LEVER

OF AIR CLEANER

ECM PROGRAMMlNG ENGINE CRANK MECHANlCAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSlTlON, TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE ECT FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK IpiTS, ECTS, TPS, MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSTION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANlCAL GUARD POSlTlON FEEDBACK MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSlTlON ,TPS PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED IATS FEEDBACK MAFS FEEDBACK 8 BANK H02S K BANK HOZS NOT USED NOT USED MAE REFERENCE GROVND MAFS REFERENCE GROUND H02S COMMON SHIELD ECM PROGRAMMlNG CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS LED VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE $0 ACTIVATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #1 ACT,ATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACT,ATE THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE B BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK K BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL CMPS / CKPS / KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHIELD CKPS SlGNAL CMPS SIGNAL GROUND IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG IGNITION MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG IGNITION MODULE 1 SWliCHlNG lGNlTlON MODULE 7 SWITCHING THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND GROUND THROLE THROLE MOTOR MOTOR POWER SVPPL, POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND B BANK PI BANK

iCRANKiNG,

PEDAL POSTION

COMPARTMENT,THRO~LE*ssEMsLY COMPARTMENT,THROLE RlGHT RlGHT RIGHT HAND HAND HAND WHEEL WHEEL WHEEL ASSEMBLY ARCH LINER ARCH LINER ARCH LINER CYLlNDER CYLINDER HEAD. HEAD, FRONT FRONT BANK

ENGINECOMPARTMENT,THROTTLEASSEMBLY BEHlND BEHlND BEHlND ENGlNE ENGlNE

0.41 @ 195F (DECREASING 0.5 = IDLE: 4.75 = WOT 0.5 = IDLE: 4.75 = WOT GROUND 0.5 = IDLE: 4.75 = WOT GROUND 0 5 = IDLE; 4.75 = WOT 0.5 v = IDLE. 4 75 = WOT

GROUND

VACUUM ARlABLE ARlABLE

TlMlNG TlMlNG

SOLENOID SOLENOID

COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENTIS

N BANK

SHIELD

GROUND

RELAYS Relay
THROTTLE 0.98 0 ,o=c. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATRE 1.2 @IDLE. ,NCREASlNG WITH RPM INCREASE 0.1 - 0.9 @ IDLE ISWING) 0.1 -0 9 @IDLE WMNGi MOTOR POWER RELAY

Color / Stripe
BROWN

Connector
EM,G,BROWN

/ Color

Location
CONTROL

/ Access
MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
GROUND GROUND GROUND AC13 EL1 EM1 EM2 PI, PI2 20.WAY

CONNECTORS Location
070, 070, 070, YELLOW WHITE YELLOW FASClA ENGlNE ENGINE ENGlNE ENGlNE ENGlNE 111LC, BLACK

Type / Color
MULTILOCK B-WAY ECONOSEAL 2O~WAY MULTILOCK 1%WAY 57.WAY ,B~WAY MULTILOCK SMiTOM0, ECONOSEAL

I Access
CONNECTOR MOUNTING HAND BRACKET, ENCLOSURE RIGHT RIGHT HAND HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE RIGHT HAND SIDE RIGHT

GROUND GROUND GROUND

BOTTOM

COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT,

ADjACENTTO BRACKET BRACKET

COMPARTMENTIADJ~CENTTO

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz 5 @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 5 Hz @ IDLE GROUND 5 v @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 GROUND 5 HZ @ !DLE 5 Hz @ lDLE

BLACK 111LC, BLACK

ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSiON

= KNOCK = KNOCK RPM = 90 Hz GROUND RPM = 90 HZ GROUND

GROUNDS Ground
EMlAL EMIAR EMlBR EM2AL EM&w EMZBR

Location
EYELET (PAIR) EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET

/ Type
LEFT HAND HAND HAND HAND HAND LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, ENGINE ENGiNE ENGiNE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT. COMPARTMENT. RIGHT RIGHT RiGHT HAND HAND HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE

(PAlR) - RIGHT (PAIR) - RlGHT IPAIR) (PAIR) - RlGHT

LEFT HAND

LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

EYELET (PAIR) - RiGHT

B+ B+ B+ GROVND B+ B+ GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND St B+ St GROUND GROUND GROUND

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

UPSTREAM B BANK H02S HEATER UPSTREAM A BANK H02S HEATER EAP VALVE ACTIVATE VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID ARIAWE VALVE TIMING SOLENOiD GROUND GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

(VALVE

OPEN,

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX The following I 0 SG symbols

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK values for Control Module Pin Out data: B+ V Hz

MESSAGES.

are used to represent D C S

Input output Signal Ground

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS Active


CLUTCH cunm BATTERY REQUEST POWER SUPPLY

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 7 Pin Description


A,CCM ACCM .wcM ENGINE SPEED COMPRESSOR COMPRESSOR

Inactive
St
GROUND B-

Component
AIR CONDlTlDNlNG AlR CONDlTlDNlNG COMPRESSOR CONTROL CLUTCH MODULE

Connector
PI36 (FLYLEAD) AC,, AC2! AC3i AC4 : ACZSi P&24,4 WHEEL) 26.WAY 16.WAY 1%WAY 22.WAY 4-WAY

/ Type / Color
1 I-WAY MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK SUMITOMO 47, SLATE 47, SLATE 47 iSLATE 47! SLATE 070 /WHITE OX! WHITE 090 &TYPE, BLACK

Location
ENGINE A/C NIT,

/ Access
COMPRESSOR SIDE RIGHT HAND

COMPARTMENT/A/C

BRAKE SWITCH EM,,-, I I EM11~4 EM,,-5 EM12-5 1 I / 0 EM1ZS EM,*-8 EM12-9 EM12~10 CRUISE CRUISE CRUISE 4WAY IGNITIOK lGNlTlON COUTROL CONTROL CONTROL REFRIGERANT MODULE MODULE SET isON REOUEST CANCEL RESUME HIGH PRESSURE HIGH PRESSURE FEEDBACK FEEDBACK RELAY AcTIVATE 7 3 = RESUME. 8 8 = CANCEL B-

BRAKE CANCEL BRAKE CANCEL

SWITCH SWITCH

- LHD RHD (STEERING

TOP OF BRAKE TOP OF BRAKE REARWARD CENTER ENGINE

PEDAL PEDAL WHEEL CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

WAY MULTILOCK

GROUND

CRUISE CRUISE EKGINE

CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL

ON OFF SWITCH SWITCHES MODULE

FC63 i 10~WAY AMP ML KEY B I WHITE SW3 (KYLEAD), EM?0 / Z-WAY EMll : 16.WAY EM12 22~WAY EM13 i34-WAY PI,, Pill Z-WAY EPC i BLACK AND WHITE MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK 040 i SLATE 040, SLATE 040 SLATE 040 SLATE POWER TIMER / BLACK POWERTiMER,BLACK POWERTlMERiBLAcK POWER TIMER/BLACK POWERTIMER, BLACK POWERTIMER,BLACK POWERTIMER,BLAcK POWERTIMER,BLACK DL090, NATURAL FSEBOX,NATURAL FUSEBOX, BLACK FUSEBOX, GREEN FUSEBOWBLUE

OF GEAR SELECTOR

OF STEERING COMPARTMENT/

SWITCH SWITCH 2 SWlTCHlNG 2 WATCHING

4 WAY REFRIGERANT

FUEL INJECTOR FUEL INJECTORFUEL INJECTOR-W FVEL INJECTORFUEL INJECTOR-3A FUEL INJECTOR-% FUEL INJECTOR-W FUEL INJECTOR FUEL PUMP FUSE BOX-TRUNK

- ,A 1B 28

Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR ,2-WAYAMPJUNIOR

INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE TRUNK

MANIFOLD/FUEL MANIFOLD/FUEL MANIFOLD, MANIFOLD, MANIFOLD MANlFOLD, MANlFOLD, MANIFOLD, i ELECTRICAL

RAIL RAIL FUEL RAIL FUEL RAIL

AIR CONDITIONING FUEL PUMP CRUISE SERIES IGNlTlON IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR INJECTOR iNJECTOR PARALLEL

COMPRESSOR

BGROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND 5 Hi @ IDLE 5 HI Q IDLE 5 HZ Q IDLE 5 HZ @ IDLE 5 Hz @ IDLE 5 Hi @ IDLE 5 Hi @ IDLE 5 Hz @ IDLE GROUND GROUND GROUND GROVND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

P18,Z~WAYAMPJNlOR PI12 P-WAYAMPJUNIOR P19i2-WAYAMP2NlOR PI13iZ-WAAMPJNIOR PItO, - 48 ST%, P-WAYAMPJUNIOR b-WAY SUMiTOMO .TA U.T.A. U.T.A. U.T.A. P1,4,2-WAYAMPJUNIOR BTi0,10-WAY BTll ,10-WAY BTi2, IO-WAY BTIS, IO-WAY BT64, EYELET 1A 1B

RELAY ACTIVATE ON STATUS SPEED LED SPEED FAN ACT,ATE FAN ACTlVPiTE

CONTROL ,LOW, (HIGH) MODULE MODULE MODULE MODULE MODULE MODULE MODULE MODULE

COIL RELAY ACTIVATE 1 SWITCHING 2 SWlTCHlNG 2 SWlTCHlNG 1 SWITCHlNG 2 SWlTCHlNG 1 SWlTCHlNG 1 SWlTCHlNG 1 SWiTCHlNG

B+ B+ *+ B+ B+

I FUEL RAIL FUEL RAIL FUEL RAIIL FUEL RAIL CARRIER

TRUNK/TOP

OF FUELTANK

,GNlTlON IGNITION IGNITION ,GNiTiON lGNlT,ON lGNlT,ON IGNlTlON IGNITION lGNlT,ON IGNlTlON RADIATOR RADIATOR RADIATOR

COILCOILCOIL-W COIL-E COIL-3 COIL-% COILCOIL MODULE MODULE FAN

Pll8, Z-WAYYAZAKI
P122, P-WAY YAZAKI PI19 i 2~WAY YAZAKI P123, Z-WAY YALAKI P120, Z-WAY YAZAKI P124,P~WAY YAZAK,

090x, BLACK
090x, 090x, 090x, 090x 090x, 090x, 090x, BLACK BLACK BLACK I BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK POWER MODULE, POWER METRI METRI MODULE, 630, 630, BLACK BLACK

ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE

COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT,

CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT BULKHEAD, BULKHEAD. HORN FRONT FRONT REARWARD

COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER RIGHT HAND SIDE SIDE LEFT HAND

ENGINECOMPARTMENT,CAMSHAFTCOER

38 ACTIVATE ZB ACTIVATE 4A ACTIVATE 1X 3 ACTiATE ACTIVATE 48 ACTIVATE 2.4 ACTIVATE 1B ACTiVATE

4A 48 - 1 - 2 RELAY MODULE LH I-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH

PI21 , P-WAY YAZAK, P125, P-WAY YAZAK, EM-J,, EM29,12 LF13, LF12,

12~WAY IGNITION WAY IGNITION BLACK

FAN CONTROL FAN - RH

LF9, B-WAY TRW,

ADJACENTTO BLACK BLACK 111LC, BLACK

Z-WAY REINSHAGEN P-WAY REINSHAGEN

REFRIGERANT

LF57 IFLYLEAD),

B-WAY ECONOSEAL

OF RADlATOR

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL n Pin Description


COMPRESSOR CLUTCH

MODULE
STATUS LOAD SIGNAL

RELAYS Active B+iONi


B+

Inactive 0
0 B+ 0
BA (OUT OF ACTIVE RANGE,

Relay
AIR CONDlTlONlNG FUEL ,NJECTlON FUEL PUMP IGNITION COMPRESSOR RELAY CLUTCH RELAY RELAY WI

Color / Stripe
BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN

Connector
BUS EMS, BUS EM%, BROWN BROWN

I Color

Location
LH BRAKE CONTROL TRUNK CONTROL

I Access
BOOSTER MODULE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE RELAYS RELAYS RELAYS

AIR CONDITIONING LOAD INH181T

ELECTRICAL

FUSE BOX MODULE

COIL RELAY

COMPRESSOR REFRiGERANT

CLUTCH

ON REQUEST SWITCH

4 WAY PRESSURE

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
AC12 AC13 ST2 EM1 EM2 EM3 LF3 LF40 PI, Pi2 RHI SC3 SW, SW2

CONNECTORS Location
&W/WHITE 070 /YELLOW O?O,YELLOW 070, 070, 070, WHITE YELLOW SLATE FASCIA FASCIA ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE BEHIND RIGHT INSIDE CENTER SOmOM

Type / Color
ZO-WAY MULTILOCK ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 18.WAY 1%WAY 1CWAY 13WAY 11.WAY SWAY IWVAY 20.WAY 12.WAY 11.WAY MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL SUMlTOMO, ECONOSEAL MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK WHITE 20~WAY MULTILOCK

/ Access
MOUNTING HAND BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE SIDE CONNECTOR RIGHT MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE

TOP CONNECTOR

TRUNK/ABOVE

REARWHEELARCH RIGHTHAND RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, GLOVE HAND STEERING BOX COLUMN COLUMN COWL LEFT HAND LEFT HAND BRACKET BRACKET

111X/WHITE 111LC, BLACK BLACK II/ LC, BLACK 070, 070, 040, SLATE SLATE BLACK

SIDE OF STEERING WHEEL

G~WAY JST,

OF STEERING

GROUNDS Ground Location


EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET

/ Type
HAND HAND HAND LEG /TRUNK, IEG, LEG, ENGINE ENGINE RIGHT REAR COMPARTMENT. COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ~00~ CATCH LEFT HAND FORWARD FORWARD

(PAIR) -LEFT (PAIR) -RIGHT (PAIR, - RiGHT IPAIR, (PAIR) (PAIR,

LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND

LEG, LEFT HAND A POST LEG i ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT,

0F LEFT HAND OF LEFT HAND

HOOD CATCH

The following

vnbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

CONTROL +I

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE Active


#2 STATUS #4 t, CONTACTS STRATEGY SELECT LED GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND SwlTcH SWITCH u B+ B+ GROUND GROUND 300 Hz @ IDLE i2 5 1 SHIELD GROUND GROUND GROUND SENSOR SENSOR FEEDBACK SHIELD SWITCHES COMMON GROUND 1.31 115@9oc GROUND B+ GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND SWITCH SWITCH I, CONTACTS Bt Bt 1.51 @ 10 MPH il.5 KM,Hl= 1.51 Q 10 MPH 116 KM,!,, SELECT 10 v = SPORT GROUND SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY BL B+ Bt B+ 15 - ,500 15 - ,500 15 - ,500 HZ HZ HZ (MAXIMUM PRESSURE) #5 COMMON 250 Hz. 20 MPH 132 KM/H, = 223 Hz. 20 MPH (32 KM/HI = 500 Hz = 446 HZ GROUND BL BGROUND GROUND = NORMAL SC (NO PRESSURE) L3 CONTACTS (MAXIMUM PRESSURE) A13 GROUND B+ GROUND B+ iN0 B+ Bt BGROUND GROUND GROUND PRESSURE) GROUND GROUND Bt SENSOR WATCH = SPORT 14 CONTACTS iMAXiMUM = LED ON (MAXIMUM (MAXIMUM PRESSURE1 PRESSURE1 PRESSURE) SWITCH

TRANSMISSION Lj
0
0 0 0 / I I I / SG SG I SG I 1 I 0 0 0 0 0 I I I I I I 0 0 0 I I C C C c

CONTROL Description
PRESSURE SPORT PRESSURE PRESSURE GROUND ROTARY ROTAW SPORT TURBINE OUTPUT KICKDOWN

COMPONENTS Inactive
B+ (NO PRESSURE) B+ B+ iNO PRESSURE) B- ,NO PRESSURE, GROUND GROUND GROUND 9 37 = NORMAL

Pin
EM,-, EM,-2 EMT-4 EMX EM,-6 EM7~8 EMX EM,-12 EMT-13 EM714 EM,-15 EM,-16 EM,-18 EM,-21 EM,-22 EM,-23 EM7~26 EM,-28 EM,-29 EM7-30 EM7~32 EM,-33 EM7~34 EM%36 EM,-37 EM,-42 EM7~44 EM,-45 EM,-51 EM,-52 EM,-53 EM,-54 EM7~55 EM,-82 EM,-83 EM,-85 EM,-86

Component
D - 4 SWTCH GEAR SELECTOR KlCKDOWN KlCKDOWN MODULE - LHD - RHD MODULE CONNECTOR SWITCH SWITCH SWlTCH

Connector
FC84 (FLYLEAD) FC88, AC25, EM,, HYBRlD,

/ Type / Color
NELLOW BLACK 111LC, BLACK 111LC, BLACK

Location
FRONT

I Access
ASSEMBLY, PEDAL PEDAL CONTROL SIDE SIDE MODULE ENCLOSURE REAR ASSEMBLY

REGULATOR REGULATOR REGULATOR

GEAR SELECTOR

MODE

OF GEAR SELECTOR

AC27 / Z-WAY ECONOSEAL Z~WAY ECONOSEAL 88.WAY BOSCH FC35,10-WAY EM46 116.WAY EM47 (FLYLEAD,,

BELOW ACCELERATOR BELOW ACCELERATOR REARWARD ENGlNE TRANSMISSION, MPLK, BLACK TRANSMlSSlON COMPARTMENT,

MODE SWITCH TRANSMISSION TRANSMlSSlON TRANSMlSSlON

iTRANSMlSSlONi CONTROL ELECTRICAL ROTARY

AMP ML KEY A! BLACK i BLACK I BLACK REINSHAGEN TRANSMISSION IO-WAY

OF GEAR SELECTOR LEFT HAND , RIGHT HAND

MODE SWITCH

D - 4 SWITCH SPEED SENSOR SPEED SENSOR OUTPUTSPEED

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
AC12 EM1 EM3 20.WAY X-WAY

CONNECTORS Location
070, 070, WHITE SLATE FASCIATOP ENGINE ENGlNE 070,WHITE

Type I Color
MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK

/ Access
CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG ADJACENT BRACKET, TO RlGHT RIGHT HAND HAND SIDE TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE

FLUlO TEMPERATURE FLUID TEMPERATURE TURBINE BATTERY PRESSURE SOLENOID SOLENOiD SOLENOID GROUND ROTARY ROTARY TURBINE OUTPUT SPORT PRESSURE SOLENOID PRESSURE IGNITION IGNITION

COMPARTMENT/ADJACENT COMPARTMENTi

SPEED SENSOR POWER SUPPLY KICK DOWN REGULATOR VALVE VALVE VALVE #1 #3 #2

14~WA.Y MULTlLOCK

ROTARY/D-b,

GROUNDS Ground
EMlAL EMZAL FC3BR

Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET

/ Type
LEG, LEG, LEG, ENGINE ENGINE COMPARTMENT. COMPARTMENT. A POST RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE LEFT HAND

IPAIR) - LEFT HAND (PAIR, - LEFT HAND ,PAIRI - RIGHT HAND

LEFT HAND

SPEED SENSOR SPEED SENSOR MODE SWITCH STRATEGY REGULATOR VALVES SWITCHED SWlTCHED REGULATORS

CONTROL MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

COMMON POWER

POWER SUPPLY

CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK

15 - 1500 Hz

GEAR SELECTOR V I
c C I C C

MODULE Active
POWER SUPPLY B+ 1551500Hz@2.5 lb-1500HZ@2.5 GROUND 15-1500Hz@2.5 15 - ,500 HZ @ 2.5 GROUND

Pin FC88-1
FC88-3 FC88-4 FC88-6 FOX8 FC88-9

Description
IGNITION SWTCHED CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK GROUND CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK

Inactive
GROUND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

MESSAGES.

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

THIS INFORMATION

NOTE: The values listed are approximately comPonents connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE Active


GROUND GROUND SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY GROUND GROUND B, ,GEARSHlFT B- ,KEY CAPTIVEi GROUND SUPPLY ILOGIC) GROUND B+ 2 - 1600 Hz 2-1600HZ SUPPLY BAmERY POWER SUPPLY GROUND Bt GROUND Bt NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH ,R,N.D,4,3,21 FREE) GROUND GROUND GROUND Bt IPARK) GROUND B+ GEAR SELECTOR GEARSHIFT KEYLOCK MAJOR MODULE SOLENOID SWlTCHGEAR, PACK (COLUMN iGEARSHlFT LOCKED) (KEY RELEASED) SOLENOID

BODY PROCESSOR

COMPONENTS Inactive Component


BODY PROCESSOR BRAKE SWITCH BRAKE SWITCH ENGINE CONTROL MODVLE RHD MODULE - LHD

Description
IGNITION IGNITION GEARSHIFT NOT-IN-PARK LOGIC GROUND BATTERY SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK POWER GROUND LIGHTING, MOTORS POWER SUPPLY SWITCHED SWITCHED INTERLOCK

Connector
FC14,104-WAY AC26 (FLYLEAD), AC24 (FLYLEAD,, EM10,28~WAY EM,, , ,$-WAY EM12,22-WAY EM13,34-WAY FC88, FC86, HYBRID,

I Type I Color
AMP EEEC, d-WAY I-WAY SLATE 070, 070, WHITE WHITE MULTILOCK MULTILOCK

Location
PASSENGER TOP OF BRAKE TOP OF BRAKE ENGINE

I Access
SIDE FASCIA, PEDAL PEDAL CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE AIRBAG BRACKET

KEY LOCK SOLENOID

MULTlLOCK040,SLATE MULTILOCK 040, SLATE MULTILOCK OlOiSLATE MULTiLOCK OlOiSLATE BLACK 070 ! WHITE MULTILOCK 070, BLACK BLACK 070, WHITE WHITE ,*-WAY

COMPARTMENT,

FRONT

OF GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY COLUMN

ASSEMBLY

INTERLOCK SOLENOID

Z-WAY MULTILOCK

GEAR SELECTOR STEERING FASCIA GEAR SELECTOR

SC1 (FLYLEAD), FC25,48-WAY FC26,24-WAY FC87 ,FLYLEADi

INSTRUMENT

AMP PC8 SIGNAL, AMP PCB SIGNAL, , S-WAY MULTILOCK

ASSEMBLY

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 77 Pin Description


I C C EM10-10 EM10-28 EM10-27 BRAKE SWITCH CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK

Inactive B+

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
AC13 EM1 *[I-WAY

CONNECTORS Location
070 /YELLOW 070, WHITE FASClA ENGlNE BOOM

Type / Color
MULTlLOCK PO-WAY MULTILOCK

/ Access
CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RlGHT HAND RIGHT HAND SIDE ENCLOSURE

COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO

GEAR SELECTOR MODULE V


C C C C

Pin
RX*-4 FC88-3 FC88-8 FCBB-9

Description
CAN NETWORK CAIN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK

Inactive

GROUNDS Ground
FC2BR FC3AS FC3BR FClBR

Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET

I Type
HAND HAND LEG, LEG, LEG, RlGHT HAND I PO51 LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND K POST LEFT HAND LEFT HAND N POST A POST

EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT (SINGLEI, iPAIR (PAlR) - RIGHT

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK V Pin Description


S S C C FC25-19 FC25-20 FC25~24 FC25-47 SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK

Active
2-1600Hz 2-1600Hr 15 - 1500 HZ 15 - 1500 Hz

Inactive

CONTROL +

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

MESSAGES.

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

NOTE: The values listed are approximately ComPonents connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION CONTROL MODULE


REFERENCE

ABS / TRACTION v Pin

CONTROL Description
BRAKE FLUID BRAKE SWITCH RH FRONT WHEEL RH FRONT WHEEL CAN NETWORK RH REAR WHEEL RH REAR WHEEL GROUND BATTERY NOT USED NOT USED BRAKE FLUID STABILITY, STABILITY, LH FRONT LH FRONT ADAPTIVE IGNITION CAN NETWORK

COMPONENTS Active Bc
GROUND 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 BA @ 10 MPH 11.5 KM,Hl @ REST Hz = 100 Hz; 20 MPH (32 KM,Hi = 200 Hz GROUND B, @ REST @ 10 MPH 116 KM/HI = 100 Hz; 20 MPH 132 KM/H, = 200 Hz

RESERVOlR

LEVEL SWITCH

Inactive B+ B+

Component
ABS,TRACTION BRAKE FLUID BRAKE SWITCH BRAKE SWITCH CONTROLCONTROLMODULE RESERVOIR LHD - RHO SWITCH PACK)

Connector
LF37,25-WAY EM37, AC26 (FLYLEAD,, AC24 (FLYLEAD), FC55 (FLYLEAD),

/ Type I Color
AMP HYBRID, BLACK POWER TlMER MULTILOCK MULTILOCK 070, 070, , BLACK WHITE WHITE

Location
ENGINE ENGINE

I Access
FRONT BRAKE LEFT BOOSTER ENCLOSURE

COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, PEDAL PEDAL SWITCH

Z-WAY AMP dNlOR 4-W*, &WAY IO-WAY

SPEED SENSOR SPEED SENSOR SPEED SENSOR SPEED SENSOR

TOP OF BRAKE TOP OF BRAKE CENTER WHEEL WHEEL WHEEL WHEEL

15 - ,500

STABlLlTY iTRACTION CONTROL iCENTER CONSOLE SWlTCH WHEEL WHEEL WHEEL WHEEL SPEED SENSDR SPEED SENSOR SPEED SENSORSPEED SENSOR-

FORD IDC, BLACK METRl630, METRI METRI 630, 630, BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK

CONSOLE HUB HUB HUB HUB

PACK

- LH FRONT - LH REAR RH FRONT RH REAR

FL1 , Z~WAY REINSHAGEN RL, , Z-WAY FR, , Z-WAY RR,, Z-WAY REINSHAGEN REINSHAGEN RElNSHAGEN

GROUND POWER SUPPLY

METRl630,

RESERVOIR TRACTlON TRACTION

LEVEL SWiTCH SWlTCH SWITCH STATE LED

GROUND GROUND GROUND 2.5 2.5 B+ XV@ GROUND 10 MPH 116 KM/HI = 100 Hi; 20 MPH (32 KM,H, = 200 Hz 2.5 @ REST @ 10 MPH 116 KM,Hi @ REST = 100 Hz; 20 MPH 132 KM,Hl = 200 Hz (MOMENTARY) 15 - 1500 HZ

Bt B+ B+

CONTROL CONTROL

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
AC13 BTZ BT72 BT73 LF40 LF41 LF.42 LF60 RH1 Z-WAY 38.WAY d-WAY I-WAY 13.WAY *-WAY Z-WAY X-WAY

CONNECTORS Location
070, 070, YELLOW YELLOW FASClA BOOM TRUNK,ABOE

Type I Color
MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL MULTILOCK

/ Access
CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND MOUNTlNG REAR WHEEL LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND BRACKET, ARCH SIDE SIDE COMPARTMENT ,A FUSE BOX RIGHT HAND SIDE

WHEEL WHEEL SWlTCHED

SPEED SENSOR SPEED SENSOR OVERRIDE SUPPLY

DAMPENING

II/ LC, BLACK 111LC, BLACK 111LC, BLACK 111LC, BLACK 111LC, BLACK 070, 070, WHITE SLATE

REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY, REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY, ENGINE ENGlNE ENGINE BEHIND COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, GLOVE BOX COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO

GROUND

LH REAR WHEEL LH REAR WHEEL GROUND BAERY

SPEED SENSOR SPEED SENSOR

LEFT HAND ADJACENTTO

ENCLOSURE ENGlNE AIR CLEANER BRACKET POSTTRIM

GROUND B+

POWER SUPPLY

B-

LEFT HAND

X POST CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

PO-WAY MULTlLOCK

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

MESSAGES. GROUNDS Ground


FC2BR FC4BR LFBAS

Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET IPAIR)

I Type
HAND LEG, LEG, RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND N POST A POST OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH RIGHT HAND ENGINE

(PAIR) - RlGHT ISINGLE),

COMPARTMENT,

FORWARD

CONTROL +

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

THIS INFORMATION

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION CONTROL MODULE Active B+ Bt B, Bi B+ Bd B+ BA BT Bd B* ST


0.75 V-LX .35=OPEN 235=OPEN > 3.5 v = OPEN 2.j V @ 90~ C, DECREASING 0.75 V = RED > 3.5 > 3.5 > 3.5 B* ,I.45 = OPEN = OPEN = OPEN Hri 0 @ XC; DECREASING WlTH WITH TEMPERATURE WITH TEMPERATURE 475=BLUE < 1 V = CLOSED < 1 V = CLOSED < 1 v = CLOSED V. ~NCREASNG WITH SOLAR LOAD < 1 V = CLOSED < 1 V = CLOSED < 1 v = CLOSED

AIR CONDITIONING v 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pin ACVE AC,-7 ACM K-9 K-12 K-13 K-19 AC1-20 AC1~21 K-22 K-25 K-26

COMPONENTS Inactive 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Component


AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

Description DEFROST SERVO VENT MOTOR CENTER SERVO VENT MOTOR LHFRESH, REClRCULATlON MOTOR VENT RHFRESH, RECIRCULATION MOTOR VENT FOOTWELL SERVO VENT MOTOR COOL BY-PASS SERVO AIR VENT MOTOR DEFROST SERVO VENT MOTOR CENTER SERVO VENT MOTOR LHFRESH, RECIRCULATION SERVO VENT MOTOR RHFRESH, REClRCULATlON SERVO VENT MOTOR FOOlwELL SERVO MOTOR COOL BYPASS AIR SERVO MOTOR

Connector
AC,, Z-WAY ACZ, 16.WAY Ac3,,2-WAY AC&, 22.WAY RX3 KS FLYLEAD), (FLYLEAD),

/ Type I Color
MULTiLOcK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK I?-WAY 11.WAY 15.WAY &WAY 3.WAY 12.WAY Z-WAY ,*-WAY 47, 47, 47, 47, SLATE SLATE SLATE SLATE 040, BLUE NATURAL NATURAL 090 HYBRID, 090 HYBRID, BLACK 070 /WHITE HW090, 070, 040, 040, BLACK WHITE BLACK BLACK

Location
NC UNlT,

/ Access
RIGHT HAND SIDE

AIR CONDlTlONlNG AIR ,NTAKE AIR INTAKE ASPiRATOR COMPRESSOR DFFERENTIAL EVAPORATOR, SOLAR SENSOR VENT ASSEMBLY

CONTROL

PANEL

MULTILOCK SUMlTOMO SUMITOMO 0902, MULTlLOcK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK

CENTER ADJACENT

CONSOLE BLOWER TO BLOWER RlGHT MOTOR MOTOR ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY

- LH BLOWER - RH BLOWER SENSOR ASSEMBLY LOCK SENSOR CONTROL HEATER POTENTIOMETER MATRIX ASSEMBLY

ADJACENTTO ADJACENTTO DR,ER ENGlNE NC UNIT, A/c UNIT, DR,ER

AC6 (FLYLEAD), LF29 ,FLYLEAD) FC12 (FLYLEAD), PI37 FLYLEAD), Fc48 (FLYLEAD), AC, (FLYLEAD), Fc52 (FLY LEAD,, FC44 (FLYLEAD),

AMBIENTTEMPERATURE

, Z-WAY YAZAKI

HAND

HORN COMPRESSOR

KNEE BOLSTER cOMPARTMENT,A,c LEFT HAND LEFT HAND SIDE SIDE , ADJACENT TO DEFROST VENT

Z~WAY SUMITOMO

0.40, BLACK

SIDE FASUA

NC UNIT/TOP

RELAYS Relay
AIR CONDlTlONlNG ISOLATE RELAY

Color / Stripe
VIOLET

Connector
FC24, VIOLET

I Color

Location
RH FASCIA

/ Access
RELAYS

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
AC12 AC13 AC15 AC15 EM1 ?&WAY 20.WAY *o-WAY 20.WAY 20.WA 57.WAY

CONNECTORS Location
070, 070, 070, 070, WHITE SLATE SLATE WHITE FASCIA FASCIA FASCIA FASClA ENGlNE ENGiNE 070 iYELLOW

Type / Color
MULTILOCK MULTiLOCK MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK SUMITOMO

/ Access
MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND RIGHT SIDE SIDE SIDE SIDE HAND CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR MOUNTING MOUNTING MOVNTlNG MOUNTING BRACKET BRACKET, BRACKET, RIGHTHAND BRACKET i RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE iR POSTTRIM

TOP CONNECTOR BOTTOM BOTTOM BOTTOM x

.43
2.18 2.25 @ 20~ c, DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE

PO-WAY MULTILOCK

070 /WHITE , BLACK

COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT,

ADJACENTTO BRACKET

Bt iMOMENTARY BA 3.25 3.25 B+ Br 0 B+ B+ 5 v @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = so HZ @ oc: @ oc; DECREASING DEcREASlNG WlTH TEMPERATURE WITH TEMPERATURE

0 0

L&O PI1

LEFT HAND

POST CONNECTOR

ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

GROUNDS
0 0 B+ 0 Bt 5 B+ 0 0 0
44 Hz @ 20 MPH I32 KM/H) @ B+

Ground
FC?BR FCBCS FC4BR

Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET

I Type
HAND HAND LEG, LEG, RIGHT HAND R POST R POST LEFT HAND A POST LEFT HAND

(PAIR) - RlGHT (SINGLE), ,PAlRi - RIGHT

0 D 0 0 0

5v B+ 0 0 B+ 22 HZ @ ,o MPH (16 KMIH); BL 0 0

CONTROL t-

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

0 0 0

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

THIS INFORMATION

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS Active Inactive


B+ GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND Q 20 BAR (290 PSI) @ 12 BAR 1174 PS,) BBT B* FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT BLOWER BLOWER ENGINE MOTOR MOTOR CONTROL - LH RH MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 7 Pin Description 0 Eb.410.2 A/Cm4 ENGINE SPEED I EM10~3 AiCCM COMPRESSOR BATTERY CLUTCH POWER SUPPLY I EM10-4 NCCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RE0EST
I I 0 0 0 EM12-5 EM,*-6 EM??-10 EM13-15 EM1316 4 WAY REFRIGERANT 4 WAY REFRIGERANT AIR CONDITIONING SERIES SWITCH SWITCH HIGH PRESSVRE HIGH PRESSURE RELAY ACTIVATE

Component
AIR CONDlTlONlNG AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR CONTROL CLUTCH MODULE

Connector
PI36 (FLYLEAD), AC,, AU, X3! AC&, *G-WAY 16.WAY ,*-WAY 22.WAY

/ Type / Color
?-WAY SUMITOMO MVLTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK 15.WAY ! IS-WAY 47, 47, 47, 47, SLATE SLATE SLATE SLATE 090 HYBRID, 090 HYBRID, NATURAL NATURAL 090 A-TYPE, BLACK

Location
ENGINE NC UNIT,

/ Access
COMPRESSOR SiDE RIGHT HAND

COMPARTMENT/A/C

AC5 ,FLYLEADi, AC6 FLYLEADI EMlOi28-WAY EMll ,lB-WAY EM12,22-WAY EM13,34-WAY

SUMITOMO SUMITOMO

LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND ENGINE

SiDE OF AK SIDE OF&C

NIT NIT CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

COMPRESSOR

iLOW1 SPEED FAN ACTIVATE iHIGH SPEED FAN ACTIVATE

MLTILOCK040lSLATE MULTILOCK OlOISLATE MLTlLOCK040,SLATE MLTlLDCK040,SLATE

COMPARTMENT,

PARALLEL

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT:

LEFT FRONT

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE 7i Pin Description I AC,-, COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I 0 I 0 0 I 0 I K-2 AC,-3 AC,-4 ACM AC,-16 AC1~17 AC?-78 ACZ-7 AC2~8 AC2-15 AC?-,6 AC-1 .x4-7 AC4-9 AC4-I, HEATER VALVE ACT,E RELAY ACTiVE HEATER RELAYS ACTIVATE RELAYACTlVATE RH BLOWER MOTOR

Active
B- iONi B+ 0 0 0 BA 0 0 ,.BV=LOWSPEED

Inactive 0 0
BB+ BL 0 B+ B+ 0.83 0 0 83 = HIGH SPEED = HIGH SPEED

FUSE BOX-TRUNK

BTIO, ,&WAY BT11,1C-WAY BT12, ,&WAY BT13,lO~WAY BTSd, EYELET RH17, LUCAR EM41 (FLYLEAD,, EM42 (FLYLEAD,, DDB, RELAY MODULE 12.WAY DPB, ,*-WAY LF13,2-WAY LF12, PRESSURE - LH RH SWITCH Z-WAY

U.T.A. T.A. UT A. U.T.A.

FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FVSEBOX, FUSEBOX,

NATURAL BLACK GREEN BLUE

TRUNK,

ELECTRlCAL

CARRIER

HEATED HEATER HEATER MIRROR MIRRORRADIATOR RADIATOR RADIATOR

BACKLIGHT PUMP VALVE - DRlER PASSENGER FAN CONTROL FAN - LH FAN - RH I-WAY HEATER HEATER

RIGHT ANGLE Z~WAY ECONOSEAL 2-WAb ECONOSEAL 040, 040, BLUE BLUE 630,BLACK 630, BLACK 111LC, BLACK 111LC, WHITE

BACKLIGHT, ENGlNE ENGINE

RIGHT HAND

SIDE BULKHEAD, BULKHEAD, LEFT HAND LEFT HAND SIDE SlDE

LH / RH WINDSHIELD DOOR MIRROR LH BLOWER HEATER HEATED PUMP MOTOR

COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, DOOR TO LEFT HAND COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT,

HEATER

RELAY ACTIVATE RELAY ACTIVATE

MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK BLACK REINSHAGEN REINSHAGEN

DRIVER DOOR PASSENGER ADJACENT ENGINE ENGINE ENGiNE ENGINE ENGINE HORN FRONT FRONT REARWARD OF RADIATOR

RELAY ACTIVATE

BACKLIGHT

LF9, BYWAY TRW,

METR, METR,

RH BLOWER RH BLOWER LH BLOWER LH BLOWER

SPEED FEEDBACK SPEED CONTROL SPEED FEEDBACK SPEED CONTROL ELECTRICAL DRIVE SIGNAL LOAD SIGNAL DRIVE SIGNAL

1.3 V = LOW SPEED 7.6 V = LOW SPEED 1.3 V = LOW SPEED

= HIGH SPEED

REFRIGERANT WiNDSHIELD WINDSHIELD

LF57 (FLYLEAD), B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK EM49, *-WAY AMP SERIES 187C, SLATE EM48, Z-WAY AMP SERIES 187C, SLATE

0 V = HIGH SPEED 0 Bt

AIR CONDITIONING LOAD lNHlBlT COMPRESSOR REFRIGERANT

RELAYS Relay
AIR CONDITIONING RANGE1 BLOWER BLOWER HEATED HEATER MOTOR MOTOR COMPRESSOR RELAY - LH RELAY - RH RELAY RELAY 1#2) RELAYRELAYLH RH CLUTCH RELAY

Color / Stripe
BROWN BLVE BLUE BLUE BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN

Connector
BUS AC20, AC20, FC28, BUS BUS EM44, EM&, BROWN BROWN BLUE BLVE BLUE

/ Color

Location
LH BRAKE

/ Access
BOOSTER ENCLOSURE RELAYS RELAYS RELAYS

CLUTCH

ON REOVEST SWITCH

B+ O(2-30BAR,

0 B+ (OUT OF ACTIVE

4 WAY PRESSURE

DRIVESHAFTTUNNEL DRIVESHAFTTUNNEL LH FASClA TRUNK ENGINE RELAYS RELAYS COMPARTMENT BOOSTER BOOSTER

DOOR MlRROR PUMP

HEATER

BACKLIGHT HEATER HEATER

RELAY (Bli

FUSE BOX RELAYS ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE RELAYS RELAYS

WINDSHIELD WINDSHIELD

RH BRAKE RH BRAKE

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
AC12 AC13 AC15 BT2 BT58 DD, DP1 EM, EM2 LF3 LF40 LF60 Pi, RH2 Z&WAY Z-WAY *o-WAY 18.WAY I-WAY Z-WAY

CONNECTORS Location
070, 070, 070, WHITE YELLOW SLATE FASCIA FASCIA FASCIA TRUNK DRIVER ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE BOnOM /ABOVE

Type / Color
MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL AMP - FORD,

I Access
MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND RIGHT RlGHT SlDE HAND HAND SIDE SlDE CONNECTOR CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND MOUNTING MOUNTING REAR WHEEL REAR WHEEL BRACKET, POSTTRlM RIGHT RIGHT ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE BRACKET, A POSTTRlM ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON HAND HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE BRACKET, BRACKET, ARCH ARCH R POST TRlM

TOP CONNECTOR BOTTOM

070 /YELLOW /II HC, BLACK BLACK WHITE YELLOW

TRUNK/ABOVE

SIDE A POST MOUNTING SIDE R POSTIA COMpARTMENT,ADJACENTTO COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, CONSOLE

*BWAYAMP-FORD/BLACK X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, IB~WAY 13WAY 13WAY 20.WAY ST-WAY *O-WAY MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL MULTILOCK SUMITOMO, MULTILOCK 070,

PASSENGER

111LC /WHITE II/ LC, BLACK 070, 070, WHITE WHITE BLACK

LEFT HAND LEFT HAND BRACKET

LEFT HAND

R POST CONNECTOR

MOUNTlNG

REAR OF CENTER

ASSEMBLY

GROUNDS Ground
EMlAR EMlBL EMlBS EMU& EM2BL EM2BS FC2AL FC4AL LF2AL LF?AR LF2BL RH2S

Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET

/ Type
LEG, LEG, LEG, ENGINE ENGlNE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT. LEFT HAND HAND K POST A POST FORWARD Pow,mD FORWARD OF LEFT HAND 0F LEFT HAND OF LEFT HAND HOOD ~00~ HOOD CATCH CATCH CATCH COMPARTMENT. COMPARTMENT, RIGHT RIGHT ENCLOSURE LEFT HAND LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE HAND HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENT. LEG i ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, RIGHT ENGlNE ENGlNE LEFT HAND

(PAIR, - RIGHT HAND (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND (SINGLE,, (PAIR) - RlGHT ISINGLE), HAND

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND ENGINE (PAIR, - LEFT HAND (PAIRI - LEFT HAND (PAIRI - LEFT HAND iPAIR (PAIR) (SINGLEI, - RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND

COMPARTMENT,

LEGIENG~NE

LEFT HAND

REAR OUARTER

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

CONTROL +

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL MAJOR v I I 0 I I I /
S

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION PACK Active


GROUND
SWITCHED INSTRUMENT DAMPENING SELECT SELECT POWER SUPPLY PACK BATTERY WARNING POWER SUPPLY

INSTRUMENT
GROUND IGNITION MINOR ADAPTIVE TRIP CYCLE NBTRIP ML/KM

COMPONENTS Inactive
GROUND GROUND B+ Bt IMOMENTARY) ,MOMENTARY, (MOMENTARY MAJOR MlNOR INSTRUMENT INSTRUMENT SWITCH SWITCH PACK SWITCHGEAR) iCOLUMN PACK PACK

Pin FCZS-1 FCZ5~2


FC25-3

Description

Component
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

Connector
EM55 I ZWAY BT7, BT8, LUCAR LUCAR

/ Type / Color
AMP JUNIOR RIGHT ANGLE RIGHT ANGLE AMP PCB SIGNAL, AMP PCB SIGNAL, MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL ,&WAY 040, ECJS, BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK 070, YELLOW POWER TIMER, BROWN

Location
ENGlNE TRUNKIFUELTANK FASCIA FASCiA ENGINE FASCIA, STEERING

/ Access
COOLANT RESERVOIR

COMPARTMENT,

BBGROUND GROVND GROUND GROUND 2&1500Hr 2 - 1600 Hz

FCZ6-6 FC25-10 FC2513 FCZS-14


FC25-19 FC25-20 FC25-23 FC25-24

FC25,48-WAY FCZB, Z&-WAY FC79, p&WAY P140! I-WAY FC27,10-WAY SC2 (FLYLEAD),

OiL PRESSURE TRIP COMPUTER

BLOCK,

RIGHT

HAND

SIDE

SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK BATTERY GROUND lLLMlNATlON MINOR GROUND CLEAR SUPPLY PACK ILLUMlNATlON SVPPLY POWER SUPPLY

AMP ML KEY A, BLACK MULTILOCK

DRIVER SIDE COLUMN

s
C C

TRIP CYCLE SWITCH

I 1 I
0 0 I I C C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I 0 0 I 0 0 I 0 I / I I

FC25-25 FCZS-26 FC25-27


FCZ6-28 x25-33 FC25-35 FC25-36 X25-47 FCZ5~48 FC26-1 FC26-2 FCZS-3 FC26-4 FCZ-5 FC26-6 FC26-7 RX.58 FC26-9 FC26-10 FCZB-11 FCZ6-12 FC26-13 FC26-14 FCZ6-15 FC26-16 FC26~17 FC26-18 FC26-19 FC26-20 FCZS-21 FC26-22 FCZ-23 FC26-24

B+ GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND 15 15 (MOMENTARY (MOMENTARY)

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
BT2 EM1 EM2 PI, RH1 18.WAY 20.WAY 18.WAY 57.WAY ZWVAY

CONNECTORS Location
070, 070, 070, 070, YELLOW WHITE YELLOW SLATE TRUNK, ENGlNE ENGlNE ENGINE BEHIND

Type I Color
MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK MULTiLOCK SUMITOMO, MULTlLOCK

/ Access
RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE ADJACENT BRACKETON TO RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND

ABOVE

INSTRUMENT REFERENCE SELECT

COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, GLOVE BOX

COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO

000 SELECT CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK BATTERY ENGINE ENGINE VEHICLE VEHICLE VEHICLE BATTERY BATTERY CHARGE SPEED COOLANTTEMPERATURE SPEED - A/CCM SPEED-PAS SPEED-ADAPTIVE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE GAUGE GAUGE GAUGE GAUGE DAMPING POSITION POSITION MOVEMENT MOVEMENT GROUND FEEDBACK CONTROL FEEDBACK FEEDBACK MODULE WARNING

BLACK

TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON

1500 Hz 1500 Hz Bt B+ RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz 44 Hz 0 20 MPH (32 KM,,,) 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM,Hl 44 HZ Q 20 MPH (32 KMIH, Q Bc @ B+ 0 B+

<3 <3=<3PsI 6 @ ,000 6 = 90 c 22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KM/H), 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/HI, 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (15 KM/HI; SJ (MIDPOINT, 5 V ,MIDPOINTI 5 V = 0 PSI; 3 3 V = NORMAL 3.7 - 5 IPULSE) 3 7 - 5 (PULSE) B+ = EMPTY GROUND 5 V = 0 PSI; 3.3 V = NORMAL GROUND (ONi 3.7 5 V (PULSE) iMiDPOINT, (MIDPOINT)

GROUNDS Ground
EMlBR EMlBR FCZBR FCSBL FC4BR

OIL PRESSURE

WARNING

Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET

/ Type
HAND HAND HAND LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, ENGINE ENGINE RIGHT LEFT HAND LEFT HAND COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, HAND I POST A POST K POST RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE

(PAIR, - RIGHT IPAIR, - RIGHT (PAIR, - RiGHT ,PAIRl-

LEFT HAND

(PAIR) - RIGHT HAND

OIL PRESSURE BATTERYVOLTAGE BATTERY

GAUGE

POSITION

FEEDBACK

CONTROL
0 V = FULL GROUND B+

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

VOLTAGE

FUEL LEVEL GAUGE FUEL LEVEL GAUGE OIL PRESSURE AIR BAG MIL OIL PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE VEHICLE DIMMER CHARGE EXHAUST SPEED OVERRIDE WARNING

FEEDBACK REFERENCE POSITION MOVEMENT MOVEMENT

GAUGE GAUGE GAUGE

3.7 - 5 (PULSE) >3=>3PsI 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/HI; GROUND Bc GROUND 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM,, @ B+ Bt GROUND B+ B+ Bt

LOW OIL PRESSURE

WARNING

LOW COOLANT

WARNING WARNING

OVER TEMPERATURE

GROUND

MINOR INSTRUMENT v Pin


MINOR

PACK Active
PACK ILLUMlNATlON MOVEMENT MOVEMENT POSITION POSiTlON MOVEMENT MOVEMENT FEEDBACK FEEDBACK SVPPLY B+ 37-5iPLSEi 37-5cPLSEi c3 GAUGE GAUGE GAUGE GAUGE 5 V (MIDPOINTI 5 V (MIDPOINTI 3.7 - 5 V (PULSE) 3.7 - 5 V IPULSE, GROUND POWER SUPPLY WARNING POSITION POSITION FEEDBACK FEEDBACK GAUGE GAUGE B+ GROUND 5 Cc 3 PSI) IMIDPOINT) IMIDPOINT) = NORMAL = 0 PSI; 3 3 V = NORMAL GROUND B+ Bt B+ GAUGE GAUGE

Description
INSTRUMENT OIL PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE CHARGE BAmERY BAERY BATTERY GROUND BAmERY LOW OIL PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE

Inactive
Bt

WARNING VOLTAGE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE

BAERYVOLTAGE

5 V = 0 PSI; 3.3

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

MESSAGES.

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

THIS INFORMATION

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE Active


B+ SUPPLY SUPPLY GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND iLOG,Ci OUTPUT OUTPUT BT AUDIO AUDIO OUTPUT OUTPUT GROUND B+ GROUND GROUND GROUND SUPPLY

BODY PROCESSOR v
I I I I I I 0 0 S S I

COMPONENTS Inactive
B+

Pin
FC14-4 FC14-15 FC14~32 FCi4-41 FCl4-65 FCi4-80 FC14-82 FC14-83 FC14-84 FC14-85 FC14~103

Description
BATTERY IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION LOGlC AUDIBLE AUDIBLE BATTERY POWER SUPPLY SWITCHED SWiTCHED GROUND

Component
AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER MODULE (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR, BODY PROCESSOR

Connector
SC1 (FLYLEAD), FC14,104~WAYAMP

/ Type / Color
ll~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE EEEC,SLATE

Location
STEERING PASSENGER

/ Access
COLUMN, RIGHT HAND SIDE BRACKET SIDE FASCIAIAIRBAG

GROUND

SUPPLY SPEAKER SPEAKER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector SC1 GROUNDS Ground


FC3AS I2~WAY

CONNECTORS Location
RIGHT HAND

POWER SUPPLY WARNING WARNING

Type / Color
MLTlLOCK070,WHlTE

/ Access
SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN

SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK POWER GROUND SUPPLY

2 - 1600 Hz 2 - 1600 H2 GROUND GROUND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

MESSAGES.

Location
EYELET

/ Type
LEFT HAND R POST

ISINGLE,,

CONTROL +I

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS.

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE Active


SUPPLY B+ B+ IPULSED) B- iPULSED, GROUND GROUND GROUND STATUS LED GROUND B+ B+ GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND B+ iLIGHT ONLY, B+ iLIGHT GROUND GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND B+ (LOGIC, (ROW ONLY) B+ B+ iLIGHTS 2-1600Hz 2 - 1600 Hz GROUND INDICATOR SUPPLY B+ iPULSED GROUND B+ GROUND GROUND ON) ,LIGHTS ON) ON) DNi iMOMENTARY, SUPPLY ,NAS B+ B+ GROUND GROUND B+ B+ GROUND B+ B+ B+ GROUND SIDE DI REPEATER SIDE DI REPEATER - LH IROW) - RH (ROW, - LH iNAS - RH ,NAS ONLY) ONLY) IMOMENTARY) IMOMENTARY) (LIGHTS ON, LED ON) SUPPLY SUPPLY (ROW ONLY, (ROW ONLY) B+ B+ GROUND GROUND BC BLIGHTING MAJOR STALK ,COLMN PACK SWlTCHGEARi SUPPLY

BODY PROCESSOR v
0 0 0 I I I 0 0 0 I I I I 0 0 0 I I I 0 / I 0 S S I 0 I

COMPONENTS Inactive
GROUND GROUND GROUND B+

Pin
FC14-1 FC14-2 FC14-3 FC14~14 FC14-15 FC14~1.5 FC14-20 FC14-27 FC14-28 FC14-30 FC14-38 FC14-41 FC14-42 FC, 4-45 FC14~53 FC14-54 FC14-59 FC14-6, FC14-65 FC14~68 FC14-79 FC14-80 FC14-81 FC14-84 FC14-85 FC14-88 FC14-96 FC14103

Description
RH FRONT LH FRONT RH FRONT HEADLAMP IGNITION SIDE LAMP FRONT SIDE LA\MP BLB D, BULB SUPPLY D, BULB SVPPLY MAiN BEAM REQUEST SWITCHED REOUEST RELAY ACTIVATE, FOG LAMP GROUND

Component
BODY PROCESSOR CENTER CONSOLE MODULE SWITCH RH LH RH COMPARTMENT PACK

Connector
FCil, FC55, LF32, LF31, 104.WAY Z-WAY

/ Type / Color
AMP EEEC, REINSHAGEN REINSHAGEN SLATE METRI METRI 630, 630, BLACK BLACK

Location
PASSENGER CENTER FRONT FRONT LEFl

/ Access
SIDE FASCIA, WHEEL AIRBAG BRACKET

PO-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK

CONSOLE BUMPER, ARCH LINER PANEL ARCH LINER PANEL ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY LEFT FRONT BMPER,WHEEL HEADLAMP HEADLAMP

FRONT FOG LAMP - LH FRONT FOG LAMP FRONT FRONT LAMP LAMP NITNITENGINE

LF22 ,l~WAY

S-WAY ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK 111LC, BLACK WHITE BLACK GREEN BLUE 070 /YELLOW BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK

HAND

LFZI , B-WAY ECONOSEAL LF5, IO-WAY UT A. LF6,10-WAY T.A. LF7, IO-WAY T.A. LFB, 10.WAY .T.A LF70, EYELET SC2 (FLYLEAD,, FCZS, &WAY FC26,2&WAY LF4,2-WAY EL5,

RIGHT HAND ENGINE

FUSE BOX

LH SIDE DI REPEATER RH SIDE DI REPEATER HEADLAMP FRONT IGNITION DIPPED MAIN FLASH GROUND BEAM BEAM FOG LAMP

FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FVSEBOX!

COMPARTMENT,

REQUEST SWITCH SUPPLY

10.WAY

MULTILOCK

STEERING FASCIA BEHIND BEHIND BEHIND BEHIND

COLUMN

INSTRUMENT

RECUEST RELAY ACTIVATE SUPPLY REQUEST

AMP PCB SIGNAL, AMP PCB SIGNAL, AMP JUNIOR

POWER TIMER, POWER TIMER,

WHEEL WHEEL WHEEL WHEEL

ARCH LINER ARCH LINER ARCH LINER ARCH LINER

LH FRONT HAZARD

SIDE LAMP LAMP

P-WAY AMP JUNlOR

LH SIDE MARKER RH 01 REOUEST LOGIC GROUND DIP BEAM BATTERY BATTERY

FRONT SIDE MARKER FRONT SIDE MARKER

LFll,l~WAYAMPJNlOR LF10,2-WAYAMPJUNIOR

POWERTIMER,BLACK POWERTlMERiBLACK

RELAY ACTiVATE POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY SUPPLY

RELAYS Relay
DIP BEAM FRONT MAIN RELAY tlt5) RELAY 1#3, FOG RELAY 1#2) BEAM

Color I Stripe
BROWN BROWN BROWN

Connector
BUS BVS BUS

I Color

Location
ENGlNE ENGINE ENGiNE

/ Access
FUSE BOX FUSE BOX FUSE BOX

RH SIDE DI REPEATER SCP NETWORK SW NETWORK LH Di REQUEST HAZARD STATUS POWER GROUND

COMPARTMENT COMPARTMENT COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
ELI

CONNECTORS Location
111LC, BLACK 070, SLATE /II LC, BLACK ENGINE ENGINE LEFT HAND

Type / Color
B-WAY ECONOSEAL Z&WAY 13.WAY MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL

/ Access
RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE BRACKET,A POST TRIM ENCLOSURE A POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG

MAJOR v
S S

INSTRUMENT

PACK Active
2 ,600 Hz 2 - 1600 HZ

COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT,

Pin
FC2519 FC25-20

Description
SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK

Inactive

LF, LF40

LEFT HAND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

MESSAGES.

GROUNDS Ground
EMlAR EM2AR FCZBR FC3AS FCBBL FC3BR FClBR LFlAL LF2BR

Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET

/ Type
HAND HAND HAND LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, IEG, LEG, LEG, ENGINE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT, K POST RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE

(PAIR) - RIGHT (PAIR) - RIGHT (PAIRi - RIGHT (SINGLE),

RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND ENGINE

LEFT HAND HAND HAND HAND

K POST A POST A POST K POST HEADLAMP FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH

(PAIRI - LEFT HAND (PAIR, - RlGHT ,PAlR, ,PAlR, - RlGHT

LEFT HAND

IPAIR, - RIGHT

COMPARTMENT,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

THIS INFORMATION

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS.

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE Active


REDVEST GROUND SUPPLY STATUS SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY (LOGIC) LED SUPPLY GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND B- (LIGHT GROUND B+ ILIGHTS B+ B+ 2,600 Hz HZ (LIGHTS ONi B+ GROUND B+ NUMBER NUMBER SECURITY PLATE LAMP - LH PLATE LAMP - RH AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE 2 - ,600 GROUND GROUND POWER SUPPLY B7 SUPPLY BATTERY ON) (LED ONi ONi B(MOMENTARY)

BODY PROCESSOR Gi Pin

COMPONENTS Inactive B+ Component


BODY PROCESSOR BRAKE SWITCH BRAKE SWITCH CENTER MODULE - LHD - RHD SWITCH PACK

Description
REAR FOG LAMP IGNITION SlDE LAMP IGNITION DlPPED SWITCHED REQUEST GROUND BEAM REQUEST

Connector
AC26 ,FLYLEADi, AC24 IFLYLEAD,, FC55, *O-WAY BT,O,,O-WAY BT, 1, IO-WAY BT,P,10-WAY BT13,10-WAY BTSil, EYELET IC0NV.I iCOUPE SWITCHGEAR, BLB i *-WAY RH8, Z-WAY BT18,26-WAY SC2 IFLYLEADI, FC25, h&WAY FC26 II 24.WAY BL4, BL5,

I Type I Color
4~WAY MULTILOCK 4.WAY FORD IDC, U.T.A. T.A. .TA .T A. MULTILOCK BLACK 070 /WHITE 070, WHITE

Location
PASSENGER TOP OF BRAKE TOP OF BRAKE CENTER TRUNK,

/ Access
SIDE FASCIA, PEDAL PEDAL CARRIER AIRBAG BRACKET

FC14,104-WAYAMPEEECISLATE

CONSOLE

CONSOLE ELECTRICAL

Bt
Bt GROUND GROUND GROUND B+ B+

FUSE BOX - TRVNK

REAR FOG LAMP LH REAR DI LAMP LOGIC GROUND RH REAR DI LAMP BATTERY BATERY

FUSEBOX, NATURAL FUSEBOX, BLACK FSEBOX,GREEN FUSEBOX i BLUE 070 i WHITE 070, WHlTE 070 i YELLOW BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK

HlGH MOUNT HlGH MOUNT LAMP CONTROL LlGHTlNG MAJOR

STOP LAMP STOP LAMP MODULE (COLUMN

MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK ,&WAY

TRUNK TRUNK, TRUNK,

I UNDERSIDE REARWARD ELECTRICAL COLVMN

OF LID OF SUB WOOFER CARRIER SPEAKER

POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY

AMP MOS /YELLOW MULTILOCK AMP PCB SIGNAL, AMP PCB SIGNAL,

SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK TAIL LAMP LIGHTING RELAY ACTlVATE i MOTORS POWER GROUND

STALK

STEERING FASCIA TRUNK TRUNK TRUNK, LID, LID,

lNSTRMENT

PACK

P-WAY AMP JVNIOR Z~WAY AMP JUNIOR

POWER TIMER, POWER TIMER,

LINER LINER CARRIER

LAMP CONTROL

MODULE Description
RH STOP LAMP SUPPLY LAMP LAMP SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY LH STOP LAMP SUPPLY LH TAIL & SlDE MARKER RH TAIL &SIDE NUMBER PLATE LH STOP LAMP RH STOP LAMP LH TAIL LAMP RH TAIL LAMP SIDE MARKER IGNITION SECURiT GROUND MARKER LAMP SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY LAMP SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY ON FEEDBACK

BT40, ,S-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK BT41 i 26.WAY FORD IDC, BLACK RH20, COAXlAL CONNECTOR BTU,*-WAYAMPJNlORPOWERTIMER/BLACK BT26, Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK BT31 i7-WAYAMPJUNIORTIMER/BLACK BT30,7-WAYAMPJNIORTlMER,BLACK

ELECTRICAL

Pin
BT18-14 BTIB-15 BT,B-16 BT18-17 BT18~18 BT18-19 BTIB-20 BTIB-21 BTlB-22 BTIB-23 BT18-24 BT18-25 BT18~26

Active B+ B+
BC B+ Bt Bt BC BA BB+ B+ B+ GROUND

Inactive
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

REAR SIDE MARKER REAR SIDE MARKER TAIL LAMP TAlL LAMP NITNIT

- LH iNAS - RH (NAS LH RH

ONLY) ONLY)

TRUNK, TRUNK, TRUNK, TRUNK,

LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND

SlDE SIDE SIDE SIDE

RELAYS Relay
REAR FOG RELAY i#1) STOP LAMP TAlL LAMP RELAY i#5, RELAY 1#31

Color / Stripe
BROWN BROWN BROWN

Connector
BUS BUS BUS

/ Color

Location
TRUNK TRVNK TRUNK

I Access

FUSE BOX FUSE BOX FUSE BOX

SWITCHED LIGHTING

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
*c13

CONNECTORS Location
070 /YELLOW 070 /YELLOW 070, 070, 070, WHlTE WHITE WHITE FASCIA TRUNK, TRUNK, TRUNK, TRUNK, BOOM ABOVE ABOVE ABOVE ABOVE

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK v Pin Description


S S C c FC25-19 FC25-20 FC25-24 FC25-47 SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK

Type / Color
PO-WAY MULTILOCK S-WAY MULTILOCK I-WAY Z-WAY ,&WAY 11.WAY MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK

I Access
CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND CONSOLE CONSOLE MOUNTING REAR WHEEL REAR WHEEL REAR WHEEL REAR WHEEL ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY BRACKET, ARCH ARCH ARCH ARCH RIGHT HAND SIDE

Inactive

BBI BL, BT, BT2 RH2 RH12

070,YELLOW 070 /YELLOW

2O~WAY MULTlLOCK

REAR OF CENTER REAR OF CENTER

SECURITY v
0 I 0 S I I S I

AND LOCKING CONTROL Description


REVERSE BATERY LAMP SUPPLY RELAY ACTIVATE POWER SUPPLY

MODULE Active
B+ B+ B+ 2 - ,600 GROUND GROUND 2-1500Hz Hz GROUND GROUND

Pin
BT40-5 BT40-6 BTU-7 BTU-8 BT40-73 BT40-14 BTU-16 BTdl-,

Inactive
GROUND Br GROUND

GROUNDS Ground
BTIAR BTZAR BTBS FCtBL FCtBR FCBAS FCSBL

Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET (PAIRI

I Type
RIGHT HAND /TRUNK, LEG, ADJACENT TO BATERY RIGHT REAR HAND A POST N POST LEG ITRUNK, IEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, RIGHT

REAR FOG LAMP SCP NETWORK GROUND GROUND SCP NETWORK SECURITY

(PAIR) - RIGHT HAND (SINGLEI (PAIR) - LEFT HAND (PAIRI - RIGHT (SINGLEI, (PAIR, iSlNGLEi, HAND

LEFT REAR RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND REAR OUARTER

LEFT HAND LEFT HAND HAND RIGHT

A POST A POST 4 POST

LIGHTING

ON FEEDBACK

B+

GROUND

FCBBR RHIS

(PAIR) - RIGHT

HAND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

MESSAGES. CONTROL +I MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

COMPONENTS Component HEADLAMP LEVEUNG ACTUATOR - LH HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR - RH


LEVELING SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWlTCH PACK,

Connector I Type / Color LF34, Z-WAY REINSHAGEN , BLACK LF24, X-WAY REINSHAGEN , BLACK
FC55 FLYLEADI ,mWAY FORD IDC, BLACK

Location I Access HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY, REAR HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY, REAR


CENTER CONSOLE SWTCH PACK

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector LF60 GROUNDS Ground FCSBR


LFlAL LF2BR IO-WAY

CONNECTORS Location
070 /WHITE LEFT HAND

Type I Color
MULTILOCK

/ Access
A POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING *RACKET, N POST TRIM

Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET IPAIR, ,PAlRi

I Type
RIGHT -LEFT HAND HAND HAND LEG, LEG, LEG, LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND ENGlNE K POST HEADLAMP FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH

IPAIR) - RIGHT

COMPARTMENT,

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE Active


B+ GROVND 2 - ,500 L*\MP SUPPLY B2 - 1500 Hz GROUND UNLOCK REWEST ST (MOMENTARY, B+ IMOMENTARY) GROUND (DOOR OPEN, GROUND DOOR LOCK SWTCHES GROUND GROUND B+ DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER DOOR SWITCH FOOTWELL FOOTWELL GLOVE - PPlSSENGER LH LAMP DRIVER HZ GROUND DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER DPlO, 22.WAY FORD 2 8 TlMER, DPlti22~W*YFORD28TlMER,BLACK DD3,,3-WAY DD3, FC31, FC33, FC34, (KEY-IN DRlER L*IMP LH PASSENGER (COUPE SWlTCHi DOOR DOOR ONLY) ,P~WAY ?-WAY ,-WAY ,-WAY DP3,13-WAY ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL AMP JUNIOR LUCAR LUCAR I-WAY BLUE P*SSENGER DOOR, DOOR CASING

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL v I


I s 0 s I I / I

COMPONENTS Inactive B+
GROUND

Pin DDIO-1
DDIOG DD,O-9 DDIO-14 DD,O-16 DD10-17 DD11~4 DDll-12 DD11~20

Description
BAERY POWER SUPPLY LOGIC GROUND SCP NETWORK DRIVERS DOOR PUDDLE SCP NETWORK POWER GROUND DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DOOR LOCK BARREL DOOR LOCK BARREL DOOR SWITCH

Component
BODY PROCESSOR DlODE DDDR CONTROL MODULE SWITCH DRIVER MODULE ,BT29) - TRUNK

Connector
FC14,104-WAY BTZS, DIODE DDlO ,22-WAY

/ Type I Color
AMP EEEC, SLATE i BLUE

Location
PASSENGER TRUNK,, DRIVER

/ Access
SIDE FASCiA,*lRBAG TO BEITTERY DOOR CASING BRACKET

*DJ*CENT DOOR,

FORD 2.8 TIMER

111LC, BLACK 111LC, BLACK I,, LC, BLACK POWER TIMER, BL*CK POWERTlMERiBLACK

DRIVER DOOR, DRIVER DOOR, PASSENGER LEFT HAND RIGHT GLOVE HAND BOX

DOOR CASING DOOR CASiNG DOOR CASING

LOCK REwEST

DOOR, FOOTWELL

LAMP - RH

FC32,2-WAYAMPJUNIDR

FOOTWELL

BOX LAMP SWITCH LAMPLAMP-

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE v Pin Description I LPI&l BAl-rERY POWER SUPPLY I DP,O-8 LOGIC GROUND S DPIO-9 SCP NETWORK 0 DP10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY
S I I DP10-16 DP,O-17 DPll-20 SCP NETWORK POWER GROUND PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH

STRAIGHT STRAIGHT MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE POWERTIMER,BL*CK

Active B+
GROUND

Inactive is+
GROUND GROUND GROUND Br ON, HZ

lGNlTlON PUDDLE PUDDLE

PC4 (FLYLEAD),

STEERING PASSENGER

COLUMN DOOR OF HEAD LINING SIDE SIDE ROOF LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND

DD14,2~WAY*MPJUNIOR

DRIVER DOOR REAR CENTER iNTERlOR TRUNK, TRUNK, TRUNK

DP14,2-W*Y*MPJUNIORPOWERTlMERisLACK RH3,2~WAYAMPJUNlORPOWERTlMER,WHlTE RFlO,B-WAYMULTlLOCK BT5612~WAYAMPJUNIOR BT46, P-WAY FORD, Z-WAY BLACK 070, 070, YELLOW YELLOW 070,SLATE POWERTlMER,WHITE

REAR INTERlOR ROOF CONSOLE TRUNK TRUNK TRUNK ANlTY ANlPl LAMP SWITCH L*MP LAMP-

2-1600Hz
Es+ iLIGHT 2 - ,600 GROUND GROUND (DOOR OPEN)

LAMP - RH - LH RH

BT59,P-WAY*MPJUNlORPOWERTlMER,WHlTE RF8, %WAY RF,, MULTILOCK MULTILOCK

SUN VISOR SUN VISOR

BODY PROCESSOR v Pin

MODULE Active
GROUND LAMP GROUND SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY GROUND B+ GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND FADE 2 OVTPUT (LOGICI B+ (FADES B+ 2-1500HZ 2-1600Hz B+ GROUND POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND GROUND St SUPPLY BATTERY (KEY IN, TO 0 I GROUND Bt GROUND GROUND

Description
IGNITION FOOTWELL, IGNITION IGNlTiON SWlTCHED INTERIOR SWITCHED GROUND

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Inactive Connector


20.WAY 23WAY l&WAY

CONNECTORS Location
070 /WHITE BL*CK BLACK 070,YELLOW 070 /WHITE TRUNK,

Type I Color
MULTlLOCK - FORD, AMP - FORD, MULTiLOCK 23~WAY *MP

I Access
RlGHT HAND REAR WHEEL POSTTRIM MOUNTING BR*CKET,N POSTTRIM ASSEMBLY ARCH POST TRIM BRACKETIA

ABOVE

DRIVER SIDE N POST MOUNTING PASSENGER RIGHT SlDE A POSTIA CONSOLE HANDA POST CONNECTOR

LOGIC GROUND KEY IN lGNlTlON lNTERlOR BATTERY LAMP

SUPPLY

PO-WAY MULTlLOCK

REAR OF CENTER

POWER SUPPLY

Bt

SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK TRUNK,GLOEBOX,*NlWL*MPPOWERSUPPLY POWER GROUND LIGHTING, MOTORS

GROUNDS Ground
BTlPiR FC2AL FC2AR FC2BL FC2BR FCSAS FC3BL FCBBR FC4AL FClAR FC4BL FC4BR RHlS

Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET IPAR) ,PAlRi

/ Type
- RIGHT - RIGHT HAND HAND HAND LEG /ADJACENT LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, RlGHT RIGHT RlGHT RIGHT HAND HAND HAND HAND TO B*ERY X POST A POST K POST & POST

IPAIR) - LEFT H*ND IPAIR) - LEFT HAND IPAIR) - RIGHT WNGLE,,

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

MESSAGES.

LEFT HAND HAND HAND HAND HAND

A POST LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND REAR QUARTER 7~ POST K POST 4 POST A POST X POST t POST

IPAIR) - LEFT HAND (PAIR) - RIGHT (PAIR (PAIR, tP*IR, (SINGLE), -LEFT (PAIR, - RlGHT - RIGHT

LEFT HAND RIGHT

HAND

CONTROL +

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

THIS INFORMATION

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL DIMMER v Pin

MODULE MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS Active


PACK ,LLMlNATlON ILLUMlNATlON SUPPLY VOLTAGE GROUND GROUND BULB SUPPLY BULB SUPPLY Bt iLIGHTS B- (LIGHTS GSOUND GROUND FEEDBACK REFERENCE BULB SUPPLY BULB SUPPLY 1.3 V = DIM, 4 GROUND B+ (LIGHTS St (LIGHTS GROUND B+ BREFERENCE VOLTAGE 4 ONi ON) = BRIGHT GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND Bt St 0 MINOR RADIO SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH TRUNK *LET OlCE PACK DRIVER DOOR DOOR MEMORY DOOR PACK SWITCH SWITCH PACK - DRlVER PACK-PASSENGER SWITCH INSTRUMENT PACK MODE SWITCH ,TR*NSMlSSlON, CONVERTIBLE CRiSE D,MMER DIMMER LlGHTlNG MAJOR TOP SWITCH ON IOFF (COLUMN MODULE (COLUMN PACK SWITCHGEAR SWITCH SWITCHGEAR) CONTROL CONTROL MODULE STALK ONi 0Ni

Description
MAJOR MAJOR IGNITION DIMMER DIMMER GENERAL GENERAL GROUND BAERY BAERY DIMMER INSTRUMENT SWiTCHED INSTRUMENTPACK ON RE0UEST

Inactive
GROUND GROUND

Component
AIR CONDlTlONlNG CENTER ClGAR CONSOLE LIGHTER CONTROL SWITCH P*NEL PACK

Connector
FC43 FLYLEAD), FC55, FCC!, FC59,

/ Type / Color
I?-WAY MULTILOCK BLACK 040, BLUE

Location
CENTER CENTER FORWARD FORWARD REARWARD 070,WHITE STEERlNG ADJACENT FRONT 070 /YELLOW STEERING FASCIA FASClA REARWARD CENTER

/ Access

CONSOLE CONSOLE OF GEAR SELECTOR OF GEAR SELECTOR OF GEAR SELECTOR COLUMN COWL FASCIA FUSE BOX ASSEMBLY TO RIGHT HAND COLUMN

PO-WAY FORD IDC,

SIDE LAMPS

CIGAR LIGHTER, BLACK LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE AMP ML KEY A i BLACK AMP ML KEY B, WHITE MULTILOCK 040, MULTlLOCK BLACK IO~WAY MULTILOCK AMP PCS SIGN*L, AMP PCS SIGN*L, 040, 070, 040, 040, BL*CK BLACK BLACK WHITE BLACK BLACK BLACK

POTENTIOMETER POTENTIOMETER ILLUMlNATlON ILLUMlNATlON SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY POTENTIOMETER

PC62 j IO-WAY FC63,lO~WAY SC,, FC88, FC23,12-WAY HYBRID! SC2 (FLYLEAD), FCZS, 4%WAY FCZG, 24.WAY FC35, IClO, IO-WAY

,FLYLEAD,,B-WAY

GEAR SELECTOR

OF GEAR SELECTOR

INSTRUMENT

FC79 ! ZO~W.4 MULTILOCK ZO~WAY MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK

AMP ML KEY A, BLACK

OF GEAR SELECTOR

CONSOLE

DD17 IIO-WAY DD5,10-WAY DPI7,8~WAY FC27,10-WAY PC.+,, PC,, 10.WAY , IO-WAY FC67,lO~WAY

DRIVER DOOR DRIVER DOOR PASSENGER FASClA, FASCIA, CENTER DOOR DRIVER SIDE DRIVER SIDE CONSOLE

AMP ML KEY A, BLACK AMP ML KEY A, BLACK AMP ML KEY B ,WHlTE AMP ML KEY A, BLACK AMP ML KEY 8 ,WHlTE

TRIP COMPUTER SWlTCH

AND FUEL FILL RELEASE ACTlVATlON ONLY1

DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER

RECOGNITION (NAS VEHICLES

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector AC15


DD1 DP, IC, SC3 SC,, 20.WAY 23.WAY 23.WAY ZO-WAY 12.WAY

CONNECTORS Location
070, SLATE FASClA BLACK BLACK 070 iYELLOW 070, SLATE

Type / Color
MULTILOCK AMP - FORD, AMP - FORD, MULTILOCK MULTILOCK

/ Access
CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RlGHT HAND SIDE BRACKET,R BOX COLUMN POSTTRIM

BOTTOM

DRIVER SIDE K POST MOUNTING P*SSENGER BELOW RIGHT HAND CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE

SIDE A POST,APOSTTRlM SIDE OF STEERING

GROUNDS Ground Location


EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET (P*IR, (PAIR, iSINGLE,, (PAIR)

/ Type
ABOVE HAND HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, RIGHT RIGHT A POST LEFT H*ND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND K POST N POST N POST R POST K POST SIDE OF TRANSMlSSlON HAND HAND K POST 4 POST A POST TUNNEL -LEFT

(SINGLE),

(PAIR) - RIGHT

RIGHT HAND

RIGHT HAND RlGHT HAND HAND HAND HAND

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND (PAIR, -LEFT (PAIRI -LEFT (PAIR) - RlGHT (SINGLE),

LEFT HAND

R POST

CONTROL +

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

THIS INFORMATION

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION STEERING


NEGATIVE POSITIVE POWER SUPPLY

POWER ASSISTED 77
0 I 0 I I

CONTROL

MODULE Active
2 @ IDLE DECREASING Bt @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H, 9 @ IDLE INCREASING B+ 0 WITH VEHICLE WITH VEHICLE SPEED = 40 Hz 0 0 SPEED = 20 Hz, 20 MPH (32 KM,Hi

COMPONENTS Inactive Component


POWER ASSISTED VARIABLE VARIABLE STEERING STEERING STEERING CONTROL - LHD - RHD MODULE CONVERTER CONVERTER

Pin FC16-2
FC16-4 FCl6~5 FC16-6 FC16-8

Description
TRANSDUCER VEHICLE lGNlTiON GROUND SPEED SWITCHED TRANSDUCER

Connector
FCIS, EM18, 8-WAY LL2,ZAYAMPJUNIOR

/ Type / Color
RlSTS RELAY, BLACK AND RED BLACK POWERTIMERIBLACK POWER TIMER,

Location
FASCIA, STEERING STEERING

/ Access
PASSENGER CONTROL CONTROL SIDE FUSE BOX AND GLOVE BOX RACK, RACK, VALVE VALVE

BETWEEN

?-WAY AMP JUNIOR

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
EM2 LL1 l&WAY Z-WAY

CONNECTORS Location
070 {YELLOW 111LC i BLACK ENGINE ENGINE

Type / Color
MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL

/ Access
RIGHT HAND STARTER ENCLOSURE MOTOR

COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO CDMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO

GROUNDS Ground Location


EYELET EYELET

/ Type
LEG, LEG, RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND K POST A POST HAND

(PAIRI - RIGHT HAND IPAIR, - RlGHT

CONTROL +

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS Active


GROUND GROUND GROUND SUPPLY MOTOR SUPPLY MOTOR MOTOR POTENTIOMETER SUPPLY (LOGlC) FEEDBACK SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY REFERENCE VOLTAGE GROUND GROUND GROUND 5 GROUND B+ G90ND GROUND 0.5 BB* 2 - 1500 HZ 2 - 1600 HZ REOUEST POTENTIOMETER POTENTIOMETER POTENTIOMETER SUPPLY SUPPLY MOTORS BATTERY POWER SUPPLY REFERENCE REFERENCE FEEDBACK GROUND GROUND UP i 10.1 V, DOWN GROUND GROUND UP=.%,DDWN=0.5 BsBT GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND = 12 1 V. RETMCT = 8 5 V. EXTEND = 6.8 GROVND GROUND IOUT), 4 (INi B+ GROUND B+ GROUND (KEY INi iR.N.D.4.3.21 GROUND B+ (PARK) GROUND DOOR SWITCH ,GNlTlON MAJOR - DRIVER IKEY-IN SWITCH) PACK WATCH INSTRUMENT GROUND GROUND SUPPLY

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE v Pin Description I FC14-ll AUTO TILT REQUEST


I / / 0 I 0 I I I I 0 I S s I 0 0 I 0 0 I I FC14-I5 FC14~25 FC14-32 FC, 4-K Kid-41 FC? 4-52 FC14~58 FC14-65 FC14-66 FC14-67 FC14~78 FC14-80 FC14~84 FC14-85 FC14~87 FC14-90 FC14-91 FC14-93 FC14-99 FC14-100 FC14~102 FCl4-103 IGNITION COLUMN IGNITION COLUMN IGNITION COLUMN SWITCHED MOTOR MOTOR GROUND REACH SWITCHED GROUND

Inactive SC

Component
AUTO TILT SWITCH (COLUMN MODULE SWlTCHGEARi MODULE - DRIVER SWlTCHGEARi BODY PROCESSOR COLUMN DOOR CONTROL

Connector
SC9,8~WAY SC9, FC14,,04-WAY AMP DD,D,Z~WAY DDlt ,22~WAY DD3,13WAY FC4 (FLYLEAD), FC25 i 48-WAY FC26,24~WAY FC87 (FLYLEAD), FC60 (FLYLEAD,, FC6, ,FLYLEAD, DD5, lo-WAY

I Type I Color
GROTE AND HARTMAN EEEC,SLATE HARTMAN MDK, BLACK FORD 2,8TlMER,BLUE FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK 070, BLACK BLACK 070, WHITE 070 /WHITE 070 /YELLOW WHITE 8-W.4.y MULTILOCK AMP PCB SIGNAL, AMP PCS SIGNAL, BYWAY MULTILOCK 6.WAY MULTILOCK 1 B-WAY MULTlLOCK AMP ML KEY A, BLACK MM, BLACK

Location
STEERING PASSENGER STEERING

/ Access
COLUMN, COLUMN, LEFT H*ND i AIRSAG LEFT HAND SiDE BRACKET SIDE SIDE FASCIA

JOY STICK (COLUMN

B-WAY GROTE *ND

DRIVER DOOR, DRIVER FASCIA GEAR SELECTOR STEERING DOOR,

DOOR CASING DOOR CASING

POTENTIOMETER

STEERING

COLUMN

NOT-IN~PARK LOGIC GROUND COLUMN COLUMN BAERY REACH REACH KEY IN IGNITION POWER SUPPLY

NOT-IN-PARK STEERING SWITCH

MlCROSWlTCH COLUMN MOTORS DOOR MEMORY

ASSEMBLY

COLVMN

PACK-DRIVER

DRIVER DOOR

SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK COLUMN COLUMN COLUMN COLUMN COLUMN COLUMN COLUMN MOVEMENT TILT MOTOR REACH TILT MOTOR TILT MOTOR TILT MOTOR MOVEMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector AC14


DD1 SC2 SC3 ICWAY 10.WAY

CONNECTORS Location
070, SLATE FASCIA BOOM BLACK 070,YELLOW 070,SLATE

Type I Color
MULTILOCK FORD, MULTiLOCK 23~WAY AMP

/ Access
CONNECTOR STEERING MOUNTING MOTOR COLUMN BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE BRACKET,~ POST TRIM

MOTOR

DRIVER SIDE X POST MOUNTING ADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND COLUMN SIDE OF STEERING

12 WAY MULTILOCK

POWER GROUND

SUPPLY

GROUNDS DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE v Pin Description


I I S S I 0 I I I I DDlO-, DD10-8 DD,O-9 DD10-16 DD10-17 DDll-2 DDll-6 DD11~20 DDll-2, DD11~Z2 B*TTERY POWER SUPPLY LOGIC GROUND SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK POWER GROUND STATUS LED

Active
B+ GROUND 2 - ,600 GROUND GROUND B+ GROUND iDOOR OPEN, ,LED ON, HZ 2 - 1600 HZ

Inactive St
GROUND

Ground FCZAR
FCZBR FCJAS FCBBL FCSBR FC4AR FC48R

Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET

I Type
IEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, RlGHT HAND A POST K POST RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND

IPAIR) - RIGHT HAND ,PA,RI - RIGHT HAND ISINGLE), (PAIR, (P*IRI IPAIR LEFT HAND LEFT HAND - RlGHT RlGHT HAND HAND HAND

A POST K POST K POST R POST A POST

GROUND

(PAIR) - RlGHT

SEAT MEMORY MEMORY DRIVERS MEMORY hw~IoRY2

SET REQUEST DOOR SWITCH 1 RECALL REc*k REQUEST REGuEST

B+ GROUND GROUND

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

B+ iMOMENTARY, St iMOMENTARY,

MAJOR v
S S

INSTRUMENT

PACK Active
2-1600 HZ 2 - 1600 HZ

Pin FC2519
FC25-20

Description
SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK

Inactive

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

MESSAGES.

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is aoolied or a switch is ON: Inactive means a load is not aoolied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE Active


GROUND GROUND SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND SUPPLY ,LOG,C) GROUND B+ 2 - ,500 2 - ,600 Hz HZ ~R.N.D.4.3.2, St (PARK) GROUND B+ DOOR CONTROL DOOR MIRROR DOOR MlRROR MAJOR MlRROR MODULE-PASSENGER MOTORS-DRIVER MOTORS -PASSENGER PACK (DRIVER DOOR SWlTCH PACK) GROUND

BODY PROCESSOR c7 Pin

COMPONENTS Inactive Component


BODY PROCESSOR DOOR CONTROL MODULE MODULE-DRIVER

Description
IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION SWITCHED SWTCHED GROUND

Connector
DDlO, *Z-WAY DD11,22-WAY DPlO,22-WAY DPII , *Z-WAY DD8 FLYLEAD,, DP8 FLYLEAD), DD3,lB-WAY FC25,48-WAY FC26,24-WAY DD17 (FLYLEAD,, FC87 (FLYLEAD), DD5,10-WAY

I Type I Color
FORD 2 8 TIMER, FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLUE BLACK

Location
PASSENGER DRIVER DOOR, PASSENGER BLUE BLUE DRIVER DOOR

/ Access
SlDE FASClA,AlRBAG DOOR CASING DOOR CASING BRACKET

FC14,1WWAYAMPEEEC,SLATE

NOT-IN~PARK LOGIC GROUND BAERY SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK POWER SUPPLY

FORD 2,8TlMER,BLUE FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK 12.WAY 72.WAY ECONOSEAL MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK 040, 040, BLACK BLACK 040, 070, BLACK WHITE

DOOR,

PASSENGER FASCIA

DOOR DOOR CASING

DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER INSTRUMENT JOYSTiCK PACK-

111LC, BLACK

DRIVER DOOR,

AMP PCS SIGNAL, AMP PCS SlGNAL, 20.WAY X-WAY MULTILOCK

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL v Pin Description


BAmERY DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS

MODULE Active ST
VERTICAL, HORIZONTAL VERTICAL HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOVEMENT MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR COMMON SUPPLY B+ = LEFT/DOWN: B+ = RIGHT B+=UP GROUND 2 - ,600 GROUND POTENTIOMETER POTENTIOMETER POTENTIOMETER COMMON HORIZONTAL ERTlCAL REFERENCE POSlTlON PDSlTlON VOLTAGE FEEDBACK FEEDBACK B+ I=LEFT;B=R,GHT I=DOWN;8=P B+ = UP, STATUS MOVEMENT MOVEMENT MOVEMENT MOVEMENT LED REQUEST REQUEST REQUEST REOUEST GROUND BB+ = LEFT B+ = LEFT SC = DOWN GROUND (DOOR OPEN, B+ (MOMENTARY) B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND GROUND GROUND Bt GROUND GROUND = RIGHT = RIGHT = UP RIGHT (LED ONi GROUND St GROUND = UP = DOWN, LEFT Hz GROUND Bt 2 - 1600 Hz GROUND= RIGHT, UP GROUND GROUND GROUND = LEFT = DOWN

MULTlLOCK

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GEAR SELECTOR DRIVER DOOR

PACK

POWER SUPPLY DOOR MIRROR DOOR MIRROR DOOR MIRROR

Inactive St

NOT-IN-PARK SNTCH

MlCROSWlTCH DRIVER DOOR MEMORY

ASSEMBLY

AMP ML KEY A, BLACK

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector AC14


DDI DPI ICWAY 23WAY 23.WAY

CONNECTORS Location
070, SLATE FASCIA BOOM BLACK BLACK

LOGIC GROUND SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK POWER DRIVERS DRlVERS DRIVERS MIRROR GROUND DOOR MIRROR DOOR MIRROR DOOR MIRROR SELECT

Type I Color
MULTILOCK AMP - FORD, AMP - FORD,

/ Access
CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, POSTTRIM BRACKET, RiGHT HAND SIDE A POST TRIM

DRIVER SIDE % POST MOUNTING PASSENGER SIDE APOST,A

GROUNDS Ground FC2AR


FC2AR FCBAS FCBBR FC4AR FC4AR

Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET

/ Type
HAND HAND HAND HAND HAND IEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND X POST A POST A POST A POST X POST

SEAT MEMORY RH VERTICAL MEMORY RH HORIZONTAL LH HORIZONTAL LH VERTICAL DRIVERS MEMORY MEMORY

EYELET (PAIR, - RlGHT (PAIR) - RiGHT (SINGLE), IPAIR, - RIGHT (PAIRI -RIGHT (PAIR, - RlGHT

B+ = DOWN

SET REQUEST

LEFT HAND

A POST

DOOR SWITCH 1 RECALL 2 RECALL REQUEST REQUEST

CONTROL +I

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK v Pin Description S FC25~79 SCP NETWORK


S C C FC25-20 FC25-24 FC25-47 SCP NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK

Active

Inactive

PASSENGER v
I 0 0 0 / S S I 0 I I

DOOR CONTROL Description


BAERY

MODULE Active SC
B+ = LEFT, MOTORS MOVEMENT COMMON MOTOR MOTOR BA= RlGHT B+=UP GROUND *1600 Hz HZ GROVND Bi 2 - ,600 GROUND B+ 1=LEFT;8=R,GHT 1=DOWN,8=UP GROUND GROUND GROUND MOVEMENT DOWN HORIZONTAL VERTICAL

Pin
DPIO-1 DP10-2 DP10-3 DP10-4 DPl&8 DP10-9 DP10-16 DP10-17 DPIO-20 DP10-21 DP10~22

POWER SUPPLY

Inactive Bs
GROUND = RlGHT, UP

PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR ERTlCALiHORlZONTAL MOVEMENT P*ssENGm PASSENGER SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK POWER GROUND DooR MIRROR DOOR MIRROR

LOGIC GROUND

PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE PASSENGER HORlZONTAL DOOR MIRROR POTENTiOMETER POSITION FEEDBACK VOLTAGE

PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER VERTICAL POSITION FEEDBACK VOLTAGE

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

MESSAGES.

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz


understanding

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit


operation. THIS

KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DbTF l-s IISIIF. ncTnn=~ *PPc OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE Active Bi GROUND 2- 1600 HZ 2- 1600 HZ Inactive B+


GROUND

DRIVER DOOR v Pin I DDlO-l I DD,O-8 s DD10-9 s DD10~16


I DDll-15

CONTROL

COMPONENTS Component CONERTlBLE DOWN TOP SWTCH


DOOR CONTROL DOOR MIRROR DOOR MIRROR ,NTER,OR LiGHTlNG MAJOR MODULE - DRlVER - DRlER - PASSENGER ~ELECTROCHROMIC~ IELECTROCHROMIc~ (COLUMN PACK (DRIVER DOOR SW17CH PACK

Description BArrERY POWER SUPPLY LOGIC GROUND SCP NErwORK SCP NETWORK
DOOR MIRROR POWER FOLD BACK RECNEST

Connector
RHZS IFLYLEADI,

/ Type / Color
S-WAY MULTILOCK BLUE 040, 040, 070, BLACK BLACK 040 i BLACK BLUE BLVE YELLOW 070, WHITE

Location
RlGHT HAND DRIVER DOOR, DRIVER DOOR PASSENGER WlNDSHlELD, STEERlNG FASCIA

I Access
OPERATING CYLINDER DOOR CASING

DDlO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, DDll,22-WAYFORD2.8TlMER,BLACK DD8 ,FLYLEADi DP8 (FLYLEAD), RE, SC2 (FLYLEAD), FC25,48-WAY FC25,24-WAY DD17 IFLYLEADI, , ,Z-WAY I?-WAY IO-WAY AMP AMP

MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW MULTlLOCK

DOOR FORWARD COLUMN OF ROOF CONSOLE

GROUND

REAR VIEW MIRROR STALK INSTRVMENT JOYSTICK

iELECTROCHROMlC,

B-WAY MLTlLOCK

SWlTCHGEARi

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL 7 0


I I s s

MODULE Active
FOLD BACK ACTIVATE GROUND

PCS SIGNAL, PCS SIGNAL,

Pin SK-4
SD5~2 SD55 SD5-9 SDS-10

Description
DOOR MIRROR POWER GROUND BAERY POWER SUPPLY SW NETWORK SCP NETWORK

Inactive *+
GROUND

M,RROR

X-WAY

MULTILOCK

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH BELOW SLAT CUSHlON

PACK

SEAT CONTROL

MODULE

-DRIVER

SD3,16-WAY FORD 2 *TIMER: BLACK SD4,26-WAY FORD IDC! BLACK SDS, 1O~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK SP3, Is-WAY SP5,10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER I BLACK FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK

SEAT CONTROL SECURITY

MODULE

-PASSENGER CONTROL MODULE

BELOW

SEAT CUSHION CARRIER

B+

AND LOCKING

ST40 I ,G-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER: BLACK BT41, *s-WAY FORD DC, BLACK RHX, COAXIAL CONNECTOR

TRUNK/ELECTRICAL

MAJOR v s s c c

INSTRUMENT

PACK Inactive

Pin FCZ5i9
FC25-20

FC25-24 FC25-47

Description SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK CANNETWORK CANNETWORK SEAT CONTROL MODULE Active GROUND GROUND BA 2 - 1600 Hz 2- 1600 HZ MODULE Active B+ B2 - 1600 Hz
GROUND GROUND

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
AC13 AC14 AC16

CONNECTORS Location
070, YELLOW FASClA FASClA TRUNK, DRIVER RlGHT SOnOb ABOVE

Type I Color
PO-WAY MULTlLOCK l&WAY G-WAY MULTlLDCK PO-WAY MULTlLOCK 23-WAY 23WAY 11.WAY IB~WAY B-WAY S-WAY AMP - FORD, AMP - FORD, MLT,LOCK MLT,LOCK MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK MLTlLOCK070,SLATE 070 /YELLOW 070, WHITE BLACK BLKK 070, 010: 070, YELLOW YELLOW WHiTE

/ Access
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR R,GHT HAND MOUNTING MOUNTING MOUNTING BRACKET,A POSTTRIM MOUNTiNG BRACKET,K POST TRIM ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY REAR WHEEL BRACKET, BRACKET, ARCH POST TRIM RlGHT RIGHT HAND HAND SIDE SIDE

BO1TOM

LEFT HAND

A POST CONNECTOR

BRACKET,A

POST TRIM

PASSENGER v
0

Pin SP34 SF52 SE-5 SP5-9 SP5-10

Description DOOR MIRROR OUT FOLD ACTIVATE POWER GROUND BATrERY POWER SUPPLY SCP NElwORK SCP NETWORK AND LOCKING CONTROL

Inactive BGROVND B+

I I s s

ST1 DD, DP, RF1 RH12 RH2 SD1 SP1 GROUNDS Ground

SIDE R POST MOUNTING SIDEAPOSTIA CONSOLE CONSOLE SEAT HAND K POST CONNECTOR

PASSENGER

REAR OF CENTER REAR OF CENTER BELOW BELOW PASSENGER

PO-WAY MULTLOCK

070 iYELLOW 070 /YELLOW

DRIVER SEAT

SECURITY D 0 I s I I s

Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET

I Type
LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, ADJACENT RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND SEAT LEFT HAND REAR OUARTER SEAT SEAT TO BATTERY 4 POST R POST A POST SEAT A POST

Pin BT40-5 BT40-6 BT40-8 BTU-13 BT40~74 BT40-16

Description REVERSE SUPPLY LAMP BAERYPOWER SUPPLY SCP NETWORK


GROUND GROUND

Inactive GROUND B+
GROUND GROUND

BTlAR FC2AR FCBBL FCBBR FClAR FCSL FCSS FCGL FCGS

(PAIR, - RIGHT HAND (PAIR, - RIGHT HAND ,PA,R) - LEFT HAND (PAIR, - RIGHT lPA,R) - RIGHT iPAIR (SINGLE), (SINGLE), (SINGLE,, HAND HAND

- LEFT HAND

RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND

SCP NETWORK

2 - 1600 Hz AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.

IPAIR) - LEFT HAND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

RHIS

CONTROL +

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL ADAPTIVE 77 Pin

MODULE DAMPING
MAJOR

PIN OUT INFORMATION CONTROL


INSTRUMENT DAMPENlNG

MODULE Active
DAMPENING ABS,VJASC) SUPPLY MIL GROUND GROUND GROUND (DURING EVENT, GROUND GROUND BBL SC GROUND 23-Z.,=HARD 2.?-27=HARD 23-27=HARD 44 Hz @ 20 MPH 132 KM/HI @ B+ 5v Br St

COMPONENTS Inactive St Component


ACCELEROMETER-FRONT ACCELEROMETER-REAR ACCELEROMETER ADAPTIVE DAMPlNG - LHD - RHD - LH FRONT - LH REAR - RH FRONT RH REAR BRAKE SWlTCH BRAKE SWITCH DAMPER DAMPER DAMPER DAMPER FRONT LATERAL VERTICAL VERTICAL MODULE CONTROL

Description
PACK ADAPTIVE OVERRIDE COMMON GROUND ADAPTIVE SERlAL lGNlTlON RH FRONT GROUND FRONT FRONT EHiCLE BRAKE SERIAL LATERAL VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER ACCELEROMETER ACCELEROMETER COMMON FEEDBACK FEEDBACK FEEDBACK SUPPLY FROM

Connector
BT52, 8T69! SWAY 35.WAY

/ Type / Color
AMP AMP, ML, BLACK BLACK BLACK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK 070, 070, , SLATE /SLATE /SLATE /SLATE WHITE WHITE

Location
ENGINE TRUNK, CENTER TRUNK,

I Access
ECM FUEL TANK BEHIND ICE HEAD UNIT CARRlER TO ELECTRICAL

EM59,S-WAYAMPMLiBLACK FC7 IS-WAY AMP ML,

COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO BELOW CONSOLE: ADJACENT

ACCELEROMETER SWlTCHED DAMPER

COMMUNICATIONS POWER SUPPLY BATTERY BATTERY BATTERY POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY

LH REAR DAMPER RH REAR DAMPER

B+ BBB+
GROUND < 0.2 v OR > 4.8 v i 0.2 OR > 4.8 c 0.2 OR, 5 GROUND 81 4.8 22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KM/HI;

AC26 FLYLEAD), AC24 FLYLEAD) LF43, Z-WAY RL2,2~WAY RR2 /Z-WAY

b-WAY II 4-WAY

TOP OF BRAKE TOP OF BRAKE

PEDAL PEDAL FRONT FRONT DAMPER DAMPER REAR DAMPER REAR DAMPER

SOLENOID SOLENOID SOLENOID SOLENOID-

DELPHliRElNSHAGEN DELPHI,REINSHAGEN DELPHI,REINSHAGEN

TOP OF LEFT HAND TOP OF LEFT HAND TOP OF RIGHT TOP OF RIGHT HAND HAND

LF14 / P-WAY DELPHliRElNSHAGEN

REAR VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER SWITCH BATTERY LH FRONT LH FRONT RH FRONT

SPEED SIGNAL VOLTAGE

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector ACil


BT1 ST3 ST772 BT73 EM3 LF, LFK RH1 RH2 RH12 20~WAY 20.WAY &WAY I-WAY 14.WAY

CONNECTORS Location
070, YELLOW FASCIA TRUNK, 070 /WHITE 070,SLATE 111LC, BLACK 111LC, BLACK 070, 070, 070, 070, 070, 070, SLATE SLATE WHITE SLATE WHITE YELLOW

Type I Color
MULTILOCK MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL MULTILOCK

I Access
CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND MOUNTING REAR WHEEL REAR WHEEL LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND BRACKET, ARCH ARCH SIDE SIDE ENCLOSURE A POST TRIM POST TRIM BRACKET, BRACKETIA RIGHT HAND SIDE

POWER SUPPLY COMMNlCATlONS DAMPER DAMPER DAMPER BAERY POWER SUPPLY

BOTTOM ABOVE

LH REAR DAMPER RH REAR DAMPER

B+ GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND

14~Wb.Y MULTILOCK

TRUNK/ABOVE

REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY, REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY, ENGlNE CDMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO X POST CONNECTOR A POST CONNECTOR BOX CONSOLE CONSOLE LEFT HAND LEFT HAND BEHIND

RiGHTHAND MOUNTING MOUNTING

ZO-WAY MULTlLOCK ZO-WAY MULTILOCK ZO-WAY MULTILOCK PO-WAY MULTiLOCK 18~WAY MULTILOCK

GLOVE

REAR OF CENTER REAR OF CENTER

ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY

GROUNDS Ground
BTZBL

Location
EYELET iPA,Ri

I Type
-LEFT HAND LEG, TRUNK, RIGHT REAR

CONTROL +I

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

THIS INFORMATION

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS Active


GROUND GROUND SUPPLY STATUS LED ,RHD = RHI SUPPLY STATE SUPPLY REOUEST LED GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND B2-1BoOH~ 2-1600HZ REQUEST GROUND GROUND ,MOMENTARYi SUPPLY iLOGIC GROUND B+ B+ SEAT CUSHION SEAT HEATER IHEATER, SWITCH - DRIVER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) (CENTER (LED ON)

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE v Pin Description


IGNITION IGNITION IGNlTlON SWITCHED SWITCHED GROUND LHD RH IRHD LHI SEAT HEATER LHD RH IRHD LH) SEAT HEATER LOGIC GROUND BATTERY scP SUPPLY

Inactive
B+ GROUND B+

Component
BODY PROCESSOR DOOR CONTROL MAJOR MODULE MODULE - DRIVER

Connector
X14, ,,,a-WAY DDIO, 22.WAY DDI, ,ZWAY FCX, &-WAY FC26,24-WAY SD20, -DRIVER SO3, SD4, SDS, P-WAY

I Type I Color
AMP EEEC, SLATE BLUE BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK FORD 2.8 TIMER, FORD 2.8 TIMER, AMP AMP PCS SIGNAL, PCB SlGNAL, 040,

Location
PASSENGER DRIVER DOOR, FASCIA BELOW BELOW

I Access
SIDE FASCIA/AIRBAG DOOR CASING BRACKET

INSTRUMENT

PACK

SEAT BELT SWITCH SEAT CONTROL MODULE

MULTiLOCK

SEAT CUSHION SEAT CUSHION

LHD LH SEAT HEATER NETWORK

POWER SUPPLY

,B-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK ZG-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK 10.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK S-WA ?O-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW FORD IDC , BLACK

SD19 IFLYLEAD), FC55 (FLYLEAD),

SEAT CUSHION CENTER SEAT BELOW CONSOLE SWITCH PACK BACK SEAT CUSHlON

SCP NETWORK LHD LH iRHD RHI SEAT HEATER POWER GROUND

B+ GROUND

SEAT LUMBAR

PUMP-DRIVER

SD,4,3-WAYMULTlLOCK070,YELLOW SD, , G-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE SD*,&WAY MULTlLOCK070,WHITE SD9, G-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW SD17 (FLYLEAD) DD5, SD,, q&WAY i ,&WAY /Z-WAY AMP MULTILOCK MULTILOCK 040, 070 /SLATE ML KEY A, BLACK BLACK

SEAT MOTORS-DRIVER

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL v Pin Description


BATTERY

MODULE Active B,
GROUND

SOUAB

(HEATER)

- DRIVER DOOR MEMORY SEAT

SEAT SOUAB DRIVER DRIVER DOOR SEAT

POWER SUPPLY

Inactive !3+
GROUND

SWlTCH SWITCH

PACK - DRIVER PACK-DRIVER

LOGIC GROUND SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK POWER 0 I I 1 DDll-2 DDll-6 DD11-2, DDll-22 GROUND STATUS LED

2 - 1600 HZ 2 - 1500 HZ
GROUND GROUND BL B+ IMOMENTARY, B+ IMOMENTARY) GROUND GROUND ,LED ON) GROUND Bi

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
AC?4 DD, SD1 ,&WAY 23.WAY B-WAY

CONNECTORS Location
070, SLATE FASCIA DR,ER BELOW BOnOM BLACK

Type I Color
MULTlLOCK AMP - FORD, MULTILOCK

I Access
CONNECTOR MONTlNG BRACKET, BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE K POST TRIM

SEAT MEMORY MEMORY MEMORY MEMORY

SlDE K POST MOUNTING DRIVER SEAT

SET REOUEST 1 RECALL 2 RECALL REQUEST REQUEST

OIOIYELLOW

GROUNDS DRIVER SEAT CONTROL D


0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 I I I / t I 0 0 0 0 I I I 0 0

MODULE
MOTOR MOTOR PUMP PUMP SUPPLY FORWARD

Ground Active B+ B+ B+ B+ Bc El+ B+


B+ (MOMENTARY) B+ ,MOMENTARYI REOUEST REQUEST Bc IMOMENTARY B+ (MOMENTARY) B+ (MOMENTARY) B+ IMOMENTARY) B+ ,MOMENTARYi GROUND REFERENCE VOLTAGE GROUND GROUND GROUND B+ REFERENCE FEEDBACK FEEDBACK REFERENCE GROUND VOLTAGE REFERENCE Bt 10=P;2=DOWN 9=UP,4=DOWN 10 V = FORWARD, GROUND BGROUND GROUND B+ B+ BB+ (FASTENED) 2 - 1600 HZ 2 - 1600 HZ (DRIVER) GROUND GROUND GROUND Bt GROUND 2 V = REAR

Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET

I Type
HAND HAND HAND HAND HAND LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, RIGHT HAND X POSl V. POST X POST SEAT SEAT SEAT SEAT LEFT HAND K POST LEFT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND

Pin
SDB-1 SD%2 SD%3 SD35 SIX-6 SK-7 SD3-8 SE-9 SLY-10 SD311 SD312 SD%13 SK-14 SD316 SD4~1 SD4-2 SD4~5 SEW6 SD4~10 Sod-ll SD4-12 SD4-14 SD4-18

Description
DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVER DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRlERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRiERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVER POWER DRIVERS DRIVERS BATTERY DRIVERS SW SEAT SXVX! SEAT SQUAB SEAT HEATER SEAT LUMBAR SEAT LUMBAR SEAT FORE /AFT SEAT FORE, SEATAFT SUPPLY-REAR SUPPLY MOTOR SOLENOID INFLATE DEFLATE

Inactive
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND B+ B+

FCZAR FClAS FCBBR FClAR FCSL FCSR FCGL FCSR

,PA,R) - RlGHT ISINGLE), ,PA,R, - RlGHT ,PA,Ri - RlGHT (PAIR, - RlGHT (PAIR) - RIGHT

ELEMENTS

(PAlR, - LEFT HAND (PAIR) - LEFT HAND

MOTOR

SUPPLY SUPPLY REQUEST

AFT MOTOR

SEAT FORE MOVEMENT MOVEMENT SEAT CUSHION SEAT CUSHION SEAT LUMBAR SEAT LUMBAR SEATSOUAB SEAT SQUAB SEAT SOUAB SEAT RAISE, SEAT RAISE, SEAT soUAB

REQUEST

REAR EDGE LOWER REAR EDGE RAlSE !NFLATE DEFLATE REQUEST REQUEST

CONTROL +

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

FORE RECLINE POTENTIOMETER MOVEMENT REFERENCE POT

REQUEST REFERENCE POTENTIOMETER VOLTAGE

SEAT FORE IAFT

LOWER LOWER

POTENTIOMETER POTENTIOMETER

POT. FEEDBACK POTENTIOMETER POTENTlOMETER MOVEMENT

SEAT FORE /AFT SEAT RAISE/LOWER SEAT FORE /AFT OR PASSENGER GROUND SEAT RAISE,

POTENTIOMETER

GROUND Bt

SEAT IDENTiFlCATlON LOWER LOWER MOTOR MOTOR SUPPLY SUPPLY

SEAT RAISE, POWER

SUPPLY

SEAT BELT FASTENED

SCP NETWORK NETWORK

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK v Pin Description


S S FC25-19 FCZ5-20 SW NETWORK SCP NETWORK

Active 2 - ,600HZ 2 - ,600Hz AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK values for Control Module Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV MESSAGES.

Inactive

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX The following I 0 SG symbols

are used to represent D C S

Input output Signal Ground

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.


components

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

THIS INFORMATION

NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE Inactive


GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND B+ 2 REOUEST 1600 HZ IMOMENTARY) 2 - 1600 HZ GROUND GROUND SUPPLY ,LcJG,C) iLED ONi

BODY PROCESSOR

COMPONENTS Component
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE - DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SEAT CONTROL MODULE

Description IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY LHD ,RHD SEAT RH LHI HEATER STATE LED
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY REWEST LHD RH ,RHD LHI SEAT HEATER LOGIC GROUND BATTERY SUPPLY LHDLHSEATHEATERSTAISLED~RHD=RH~ POWER SUPPLY SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK LHD LH (RHD RHI SEAT HEATER POWER GROUND

Connector
FC14,1WWAY SD20, I-WAY SD3, IB-WAY SD4,26-WAY SDS, 10.WAY FC55 IFLYLEADI, SD14,3~WAY

/ Type I Color
AMP EEEC, MLTlLOCK SLATE 040, BLACK

Location
PASSENGER BELOW BELOW

I Access
SIDE FASCIAIAIRBAG BRACKET

B+ GROUND St GROUND B+ B+

SEATCUSHION SEAT CSHlON

FORD 2.8 TlMER , BLACK FORD IDC, BLACK FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK 3-WAY *O-WAY MULTILOCK MULTiiOCK 070! 070 /YELLOW FORD IDC, BLACK YELLOW 070, WHITE 070 /WHITE 070, YELLOW MULTILOCK 040, 070, SLATE BLACK

SEAT CUSHION SEAT HEATER SEAT LVMBAR SEAT MOTORS-

iHEATER SWITCH PUMP-DRIVER DRIVER

DRIVER (CENTER CONSOLE WATCH PACK

SD19 (FLYLEAD,,

SEAT CUSHION CENTER BELOW CONSOLE SWITCH PACK SEAT BACK SEAT CUSHION

BGROUND

SD,, B-WAY MULTILOCK SD8,6-WAY MULTiLOCK SD9, S-WAY MULTILOCK SD,, SD,, (FLYLEAD,, 3.WAY , IG~WAY MULTILOCK

SOUAB SWTCH

,HEATERI

- DRIVER

SEAT SQUAB DRIVER SEAT

PACK - DRIVER SEAT

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE V Pin Description


DRIVERS SEAT scl**
DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS DRIVERS SEAT SWAB SEAT HEATER SEAT LUMBAR SEAT FORE, SEAT FORE,

MOTOR SUPPLY-FORWARD
MOTOR PUMP PUMP SUPPLY-REAR SUPPLY MOTOR SOLENOID INFLATE DEFLATE ELEMENTS

DRIVER SEAT LVMBAR

AFT MOTOR AFT MOTOR

SUPPLY SUPPLY REOUEST

Active !3+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+
B- IMOMENTARY) BA (MOMENTARY, B+ (MOMENTARY, & (MOMENTARYI B+ (MOMENTARYI B+ (MOMENTARY, B+ ~MOMENTARY, B+ (MOMENTARY)

Inactive GROVND
GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector SD7 GROUNDS Ground


FCBAS FCBBR FCSL FCBR FCGL FCSR

CONNECTORS Location
070 iYELLOW BELOW DRlER

Type / Color
S-WAY MULTlLOCK

/ Access
SEAT

Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET

/ Type
LEFT HAND HAND HAND HAND K POST LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEFT HAND RIGHT RIGHT HAND HAND A POST SEAT SEAT SEAT SEAT

SEAT FORE MOVEMENT SEAT AFT MOVEMENT SEAT CUSHION SEAT CUSHION SEAT LUMBAR SEAT LUMBAR SEAT SQUAB SEAT SQUAB

REQUEST REOUEST

WNGLE,,

REAR EDGE LOWER INFLATE DEFLATE REQUEST REQUEST REOUEST REWEST

(PAIR) -RIGHT (PAIR) - RlGHT IPAIR) IPAIR) - RIGHT

REAR EDGE RAISE REQUEST

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND LEFT HAND

LEFT HAND LEFT HAND

AFT RECLINE FORE RECLINE SEAT LOWER LOWER

DRIVER OR PASSENGER POWER GROUND DRIVERS DRIVERS BATTERY DRIVERS SEAT RAISE, SEAT RAISE,

lDENTlF,CAT,ON

CONTROL
GROUND
GROUND GROUND BA GROUND

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

MOTOR MOTOR

SUPPLY SUPPLY

POWER SVPPLY SEAT BELT FASTENED

SCP NETWORK SW NETWORK

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

MESSAGES.

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency


circuit operation.

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

KHz MS MV

Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

on this data page is furnished

to aid the

user

in

understanding

THIS INFORMATION

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS.

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE Active


GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND B2 1500 HZ IMOMENTARY) B+ GROUND 2 - 1600 Hz GROUND GROUND SQUAB SWITCH IHEATER) PACKPASSENGER PASSENGER SEAT (LED DNi B+ GROUND BGROUND B+ B* SEAT CUSHION SEAT HEATER SEAT LUMBAR SEAT MOTORS ,HEATER, SWTCH PUMP - PASSENGER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK1 PASSENGER iCENTER

BODY PROCESSOR V Pin

COMPONENTS Inactive Component


BODY PROCESSOR SEAT BELT SWITCH SEAT CONTROL MODULE WlRlNG ,NOT USED) PASSENGER

Description

Connector
FC14,104-WAY AMP SPX, SP3,16-WAY SP5,10-WAY 919 SP14, FLYLEAD,, SWAY

/ Type I Color
EEEC, SLATE 040, BLACK BLACK BLACK 070, YELLOW

Location
PASSENGER BELOW BELOW

/ Access
SIDE FASCIAIAIRBAG BRACKET

2~WAY MULTILOCK

SEAT CUSHION SEAT CUSHION

MODULE

FORD 2 8 TIMER, FORD 2 8 TlMER, 3.WAY zo-WAY MULTILOCK

MVLTILOCK 070,

SEAT CUSHION CENTER BELOW CONSOLE SWITCH PACK SEAT BACK SEAT CUSHlON

FC55 (FLYLEAD),

FORD IDC, BLACK YELLOW 070, WHITE 070 WHITE 070 .YELLDW MULTILOCK 040, 070, SLATE BLACK

- PASSENGER

SP7 : B-WAY MVLTILOCK SP8, B-WAY MULTILOCK SE, B-WAY MULTILOCK SP17 ,FLYLEADi, SP, 1 I IW,VAY Z-WAY MULTlLOCK

SEAT SQUAB PASSENGER SEAT

PASSENGER 7 D D 0
0 0 0 0 I / I I I I I 1

SEAT CONTROL

MODULE Active Bs-i BBBBBB- V4OMENTARYl ST WIOMENTAW REQUEST REQUEST B+ IMOMENTARY) S- WOMENTAW St IMOMENTARY) Bt IMOMENTARY) St IMOMENTARY B+ IMOMENTARY, GROUND GROUND LOWER LOWER MOTOR MOTOR SUPPLY SUPPLY NOT USED NOT USED B+ St FASTENEDI 2-1600 2-1600 HZ Hz ST GROUND IDRIVERS)

Pin SF%1 SP3~2


SW3

SP3-5
SK-6

Description PASSENGER SQUAB SEAT MOTOR SUPPLY-FORWARD PASSENGER SQUAB MOTOR SVPPLY - REAR SEAT PASSENGER HEATER SEAT ELEMENTS SUPPLY PASSENGER LUMBAR SEAT PUMP INFLATE MOTOR PASSENGER LUMBAR SEAT PUMP DEFLATE SOLENOlD
PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER SEAT FORE /AFT SEAT FORE /AFT SEATAFT MOTOR MOTOR SUPPLYSUPPLYREQUEST REQVEST FORWARD REAR SEAT FORE MOVEMENT MOVEMENT SEAT CUSHION SEAT CUSHION SEAT LUMBAR SEAT LUMBAR SEATSQUAB SEAT SQUAB

Inactive
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
SP1 S-WAY

CONNECTORS Location
070, YELLOW BELOW

Type / Color
MULTILOCK

/ Access
SEAT

PASSENGER

SP3~7
SE-8 SK-9 SK-10 SF?-,, SK-12 SK-13 SK-14 SP3-15 SPS-16

GROUNDS Ground
FCSAS FCBBR FCBS FCGS

Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET

/ Type
LEFT HAND RlGHT HAND N POST LEG, SEAT LEFT HAND N PO!3 SEAT

iSlNGLEi/ ISINGLE), ISINGLE),

(PAIRI - RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND

REAR EDGE LOWER REAR EDGE RAlSE INFLATE DEFLATE REQUEST REQUEST REQUEST

AFT RECLINE FORE RECLINE

CONTROL +I

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

REQUEST

DRIVER OR PASSENGER POWER GROUND PASSENGER PASSENGER BAERY PASSENGER SCP NEWORK SW NETWORK SEAT RAISE, SEAT RAISE, POWER SUPPLY

SEAT lDENT,F,CAT,ON

GROUND GROUND

iPASSENGERS

SEAT BELT FASTENED

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

MESSAGES.

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

THIS INFORMATION

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE


SWTCHED WATCHED GROUND GROUND SUPPLY STATE SUPPLY REQUEST LED iRHD = RH, LED

BODY PROCESSOR
IGNlTlON

COMPONENTS Active GROUND


GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND B* - 1600 Hz 2slBOOHZ REQUEST GROUND GROUND (MOMENTARY) BGROUND SQUAB SWITCH iHEATER, PACK-PASSENGER PASSENGER SEAT SP,, SF,, (FLYLEAD)! 3.WA, MULTILOCK 040: 070, SLATE SEAT SQUAB PASSENGER SEAT (LOGIC) (LED ONi

Description
LHD RH IRHD LH, SEAT HEATER IGNITION LHD RH ,RHD LHI SEAT HEATER LOGIC GROUND BAERY SUPPLY STATVS LHD LH SEAT HEATER SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK LHD LH ,RHD RH, SEAT HEATER POWER GROUND SUPPLY

Inactive
B+ GROUND BGROUND B+ Bt

Component
BODY PROCESSOR SEAT BELT SWITCH SEAT CONTROL SEAT CUSHION SEAT HEATER SEAT MOTORSMODULE WIRING (NOT USED1

Connector
SPX,

/ Type / Color
040 I BLACK BLACK BLACK OWYELLOW

Location
PASSENGER BELOW BELOW

/ Access
SIDE FASCIA AIRBAG BRACKET

FC14,104-WAYAMPEEECISLAiE 2~WAY MULTlLOCK SW, 76.WAY SP5 I 10.WAY SP19 iFLYLEADi SWITCH PACK1 FC55 (FLYLEADI! FORD 2.8 TIMER, FORD 2.8 TIMER, I3-WAY 20.WAY

SEAT CUSHION SEAT CUSHlON

MODULE-PASSENGER (HEATER1 SWITCH - PASSENGER CONSOLE

MULTILOCK

SEAT CUSHION CENTER BELOW CONSOLE SWITCH PACK SEAT CUSHiON

(CENTER

FORD IDC, BLACK

POWER SUPPLY

PASSENGER

I 1G~WAY MULTlLOCK

BLACK

PASSENGER J
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I I I I I I I I I I S S

SEAT CONTROL Description


PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER

MODULE
MOTOR MOTOR PUMP PUMP SUPPLYSUPPLY INFLATE DEFLATE FORWARD - REAR MOTOR SOLENOID -REAR

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Active B+ Bi s+ B+ B* BBBi iMDMENTARYi B+ iMOMENTARY B-i iMOMENTARYi B+ iMOMENTARY, B+ iMOMENTARY B+ IMOMENTARY GROUND GROUND BA B-FASTENED1 2 - ,600 HZ 2 - 1600 HZ iDRIVERS,

CONNECTORS Location
070, YELLOW BELOW

Pin
SE-1 SP3~2 SP3~3 SK-5 SK-6 SK-7 SW8 SPS-9 SK-10 SW13 SW14 SK-15 SW16 SF51 SPB-2 SP55 SPS-8 SE4 SW10

Inactive
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

Connector
SP1

Type / Color
S-WAY MULTILOCK

/ Access
SEAT

SEAT SQUAB SEAT SQUAB SEAT HEATER SEAT LUMBAR SEAT LUMBAR SEAT FORE,

PASSENGER

ELEMENTS

SUPPLY

GROUNDS Ground FC3AS


FCSBR FCSS FCBS

AFT MOTOR MOTOR

SUPPLY-FORWARD SUPPLY REQUEST

Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET

/ Type
LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND 4 POST LEG, SEAT LEFT HAND A POST SEAT

SEAT FORE /AFT SEATAFT

GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND B+ GROUND (PASSENGERS1

EYELET (SINGLEI, ISINGLE), ISINGLE,,

SEAT FORE MOVEMENT MOVEMENT INFLATE DEFLATE SEAT LUMBAR SEAT LUMBAR SEAT SQUAB SEAT SQUAB

(PAIRI - RIGHT HAND

REQUEST REQUEST REQUEST REQUEST REQUEST

AFT RECLlNE FORE RECLlNE

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

DRIVER OR PASSENGER POWER GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

SEAT IDENTlFlCATlON

PASSENGERSEATBELTFASTENED SW NETWORK SCP NETWORK

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

MESSAGES.

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

THIS INFORMATION

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE Active


RELEASE REQUEST SUPPLY SUPPLY GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND GROUND B2 - ,600 *-1600Hz SUPPLY GROUND HZ iLOGIC) (KEY INi IPULSE, ,MDMENTARYl iR.N.D.4.3.2~ B+ B+ iPARK GROUND BB+ B+ IMOMENTARY (MOMENTARYi GROUND REQUEST GROUND SUPPLY LATCH

BODY PROCESSOR
TRUNK

COMPONENTS Inactive B+ B+
DOOR CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER - DRIVER PASSENGER - PASSENGER - DRIVER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR DOOR LOCK SWITCH DOOR LOCK SWITCHES DOOR SWITCH DOOR SWITCH ,GNlTlON - DRIVER - PASSENGER IKEY-IN (COUPE, CONTROL MODULE SWlTCHi

Description
IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION VALET SWITCHED SWITCHED GROUND

Component
BODY PROCESSOR DOOR CONTROL MODULE MODULE DRIVER

Connector
FC14,1WWAYAMP DDIO ,22-WAY DD,, ,22-WAY

/ Type I Color
EEEC, SLATE BLUE BLACK , BLACK FORD 2.8 TIMER, FORD 2.8 TlMER,

Location
PASSENGER DRIVER DOOR,

/ Access
SIDE FASCIA,AIRBAG DOOR CASING DOOR CASING BRACKET

FUEL FLAP RELEASE

DP,0,22-W~iYFORD28TIMER/BLUE DP, 1 , 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TlMER DD3, IJ~WAY ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL LABINAL, 8.WAY DP3,13-WAY DP3,13-WAY DD3,13-WAY DD3,13WAY DP3, ,WVAY BT6,2~WAY HARD WlRED RH7, COANAL CONNECTOR FC87 ,FLYLEADi

PASSENGER DRIVER

DOOR,

SWITCH

111LC, BLACK II/ LC, BLACK 111LC, BLACK 111LC i BLACK 111LC, BLACK 111LC, BLACK 070 ,WHlTE

DOOR,

DOOR CASING DOOR CASING DOOR CASING

PASSENGER PASSENGER

DOOR, DOOR,

NOT-IN-PARK LOGIC GROUND KEY IN IGNlTlON DOOR LOCK RELAY ACT,ATE BAERY POWER SUPPLY SCP NETWORK SW NETWORK POWER GROUND

DRIVER DOOR, DRIVER DOOR, PASSENGER TRUNK, STEERING

DOOR CASING DOOR CASING DOOR CASING

DOOR, COLUMN

FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID WATCH KEY FOB ANTENNA KEY FOB ANTENNA NOT~IN-PARK SECURITY iCONERTlBLE,

NATIURAL MULTILOCK

FUEL FILL

FC4 (FLYLEAD,,

GROUND

TOP OF BACKLlGHT TOP OF BACKLIGHT 070, WHITE GEAR SELECTOR TRUNK/ELECTRICAL ASSEMBLY CARRIER

MlCROSWlTCH

, S-WAY MULTILOCK

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE v Pin Description I DDIO-1 BAVERY POWER SUPPLY
0 0 I S S I I I I I DD,E DDIO-6 DD10G DD,O-9 DD10~16 DD1I-4 DDll-5 DD,,-I2 DDll-17 DD11~20 DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LOGIC GROUND SW SW NETWORK NETWORK DOOR LOCK BARREL DooR HANDLE DOOR LOCK BARREL MOVEMENT DOOR SWITCH UNLOCK REQUEST MOTOR MOTOR UNLOCK LOCK

AND LOCUNG

Active
BBBGROUND 2s1600Hr 2-1600Hz B+ iMOMENTARYi Br Bt iM0MENTb.W B+ = DOWN GROUND (DOOR OPEN,

Inactive B*
GROUND GROVND GROUND

BTU,, 1G~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK ST41 , &WAY FORD IDC , BLACK RHZO, COAXIAL CONNECTOR FC4, , 10.WAY BT43, BT46,2-WAY FC67,10-WAY AMP ML KEY B, WHITE BROWN BLACK FORD, P-WAY LABINAL,

TRUNK TRUNK TRUNK VALET

AND FUEL FlLL RELEASE RELEASE SWITCH SWITCH SOLENOID

WATCH

FASCIA, TRUNK, TRUNK DRlER

DRIVER SIDE LEFT HAND SIDE

AMP ML KEY A, BLACK

KNEE BOLSTER

RELAYS
GROUND
GROUND GROUND B+ = UP

DRIVERS EXTERIOR DRIVERS DRIVERS

WINDOW REQUEST

DROP REQUEST

Relay
DOOR LOCKlNG RELAY

Color / Stripe
VIOLET

Connector
FCZI, VIOLET

I Color

Location
RH FASCl.4

I Access
RELAYS

LOCK REQUEST

LH VERTICAL

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector AC13


AC14 AC15 ST1 ST2 DD, DPI RH12

CONNECTORS Location
070, 070, 070, 070, 070, YELLOW SLATE SLATE WHITE YELLOW FASClA FASClA FASCIA TRUNK, BOOM BOTTOM BOTTOM ABOVE

PASSENGER

DOOR CONTROL Description


BATTERY PASSENGER PASSENGER SCP NETWORK SW NETWORK POWER GROUND

MODULE Active BBBGROUND

Type I Color
PO-WAY MULTILOCK 11.WAY 20.WAY IS-WAY 23.WAY 23.WAY IB~WAY MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK MULTlLOCK AMPAMPFORD, FORD, 2O~WAY MULTlLOCK

I Access
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR RIGHT RlGHT HAND HAND MOUNTING MOUNTING MOUNTING REAR WHEEL REAR WHEEL POSTTRIM ASSEMBLY BRACKET, BRACKET, ARCH ARCH RIGHT HAND HAND SIDE SIDE SIDE BRACKET/RIGHT

POWER SUPPLY DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR MOTOR UNLOCK LOCK

Inactive B+
GROUND GROUND GROUND

RIGHT HAND

TRUNK/ABOVE

LOGIC GROUND

BLACK BLACK 070,YELLDW

DRIVER SIDE R POST MOUNTlNG PASSENGER SIDE A PDST,K CONSOLE REAR OF CENTER

BRACKET,APOSTTRlM

2-1600Hz 2-1600HZ
GROUND WlNDOW DROP REQUEST Bc GROUND (DOOR OPEN)

MULTILOCK

GROUND GROUND !3+

I /

DPll-5 DPII~X

EXTERIOR PASSENGER

DOOR HANDLE DOOR SWlTCH

GROUNDS Ground Location


EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET

I Type
HAND HAND HAND HAND HAND HAND HAND LEG I ADJACENT LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, TO BATTERY BATTERY A POST X POST K POST ADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND RIGHT RlGHT HAND HAND

SECURITY 77 0
0 S I I S I I I 1 I I I

AND LOCKING Description


TRUNK RELEASE

CONTROL
SOLENOID

MODULE Active B+ B+ 2- ,600Hz


GROUND GROUND

BTlAL BTIAR

(PAIR, -LEFT (PAIR) - RlGHT (PAiRi - RlGHT (PAIR, -LEFT (PAIR, - RiGHT 6INGLE1, (PAIRI (PNR) (PAIR, ,SINGLE,, (PAIR) -LEFT -RIGHT

Pin
ST&-1 BT40-2 BT40-8 BT40-13 BT40~14 BT40-15 BT40-16 BT41~5 ST&,-, BT41~19 RH20-1 RHZO-1 RHZO-2 RH20~2

Inactive
GROUND GROUND GROUND
GROUND B+

FC2AR FC2BL FCZBR FClAS FCIBL FC3BR FClAR FC4BL FClBR RHSI

FUEL FILLER FLAP SDLENOlD SW NETWORK GROUND GROUND BAERY TRUNK POWER SUPPLY SWITCH DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LOCK STATUS SCP NETWORK

LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND

A POST LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND A POST K POST K POST A POST A POST

B2-1600Hr
GROUND GROUND GROUND ILOCKED, iLOCKED

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND

B+ B+ B+

ROOF. ADJACENTTO

BACKLIGHT

PASSENGER DRIVERS

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR

LOCK STATUS

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

KEY FOB ANTENNA KEY FOB ANTENNA KEY FOB ANTENNA KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD SHlELD GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

MESSAGES.

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

THIS INFORMATION

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE Active 0 GROUND IMOMENTARY!


GSOUNO GROUND

BODY PROCESSOR 7 Pin

COMPONENTS Inactive BBI Component BODY PROCESSOR MODULE Connector /Type / Color FC14,104~WAY EEECSLATE AMP I Location
PASSENGER

Description

/ Access SIDE FASCIA NRBAG BRACKET

GROUND
GROUND

BGROUND

WIPER I_ RUN STOP RELAY ACT,ATE WlPER MOTOR SWITCH PARK LOGIC GROUND SUPPLY BAERYPOWER SUPPLY ILOGIC) SLOWWIPE REOUEST POWER GROUND SUPPLY LIGHTING, MOTORS BAERYPOWER SUPPLY

0 i IMOMEYTARY~ GROUND GROUND (PARKEDi


GROUND

BGROUND WIPERS ON) GROUND B-

RELAYS Relay WlPER / STOP RUN RELAY Color / Stripe BLACK BLACK BROWN CONNECTORS Location / Access ENGINE COMPARTMENT, HAND LEFT ENCLOSURE LEFT HAND POST A CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, POST A TRIM LEFT HAND POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET,APOSTTRlM A Connector / Color LF48BLACK LF49BLACK BUS Location / Access LHBRAKE BOOSTER ENCLOSURE RELAYS LHBRAKE BOOSTER ENCLOSURE RELAYS ENGINE COMPARTMENT BOX FVSE

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector LF3 LF, LF60 GROUNDS Ground Location

Type I Color lS~WAY ECONOSEAL 111 LC,WHITE 20.WAY MULTlLOCK SLATE 070, *O-WAY MULTlLOCK i WHITE 070

/ Type

CONTROL 4-

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

THIS INFORMATION

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE Inactive COMPONENTS Component BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DOOR CONTROL DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER MODULE-PASSENGER DRIVER PACK CONTROL MODULE

BODY PROCESSOR ;J s s Pin FC14-84 FC? 4~85

Description SW NETWORK SW NETWORK MODULE Active

Connector
DDlO, 22~WAY DO, 1 ! 22~WAY

/ Type / Color
FORD 2 8 TIMER i BLUE FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK

Location
PASSENGER DRIVER DOOR!

/ Access
SIDE FASCIA,AIRBAG DOOR CASING BRACKET

FC14,104-WAYAMPEEECI~~A~E

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL 7 I


0

1 s I I I
0 0

s I I I I I I

Pin DDlD~l DO, 0~7 0010-8 DD10~9 DO,&10 DOlO~ll DD10~12 0010-13 DO?&15 DD10~16 0010-17 DD10~18 DDIO-19 DO,,-4 Doll-7 Doll-l*

Description BATTERY POWER SUPPLY WINDOW MOTOR LIFT DOWN SUPPLY LOGIC GROUND SW NETWORK DRIVERS SWITCH LHWlNOOW PACK DOWN REOUEST DRIVERS WlNDOW SENSOR LIFT FEEDBACK DRIVERS WINDOW SENSOR LiFT FEEDBAICK DRIVERS WINDOW SENSOR LlFT REFERENCE VOLTAGE DRIVERS WlNDOW MOTOR SUPPLY LIFT UP SW NETWORK POWER GROVND DRIVERS SWITCH LHWINDOW REOUEST PACK UP DRIVERS SWITCH RHWINDOW REOUEST PACK UP DRIVERS LOCK DOOR BARREL UNLOCK REOUEST DRIVERS SWlTCH RHWINDOW PACK DOWN REOUEST DRIVERS LOCK DOOR BARREL REOVEST LOCK PACK

Inactive Bt
GROUND GROUND B-

DOOR LOCK SWITCHES MAJOR INSTRUMENT

SECURITY

AND LOCKING

WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES -PASSENGER DOOR ,PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK, SC GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

CONNECTORS Location
FASCIA FASCIA

I Access
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND RlGHT HAND MOUNTlNG MOUNTlNG MOUNTlNG REAR WHEEL REAR WHEEL K POST TRIM MOUNTING BRACKET, A POST TRIM BRACKET, BRACKET, ARCH ARCH POSTTRIM RIGHT RIGHT HAND HAND SIDE SIDE

BOTTOM BOTTOM

LEFT HAND TRUNK/ABOVE TRUNK/ABOVE DRIVER

X POST CONNECTOR

BRACKET,

A POST TRIM

MAJOR V s s

INSTRUMENT

SlDE K POST MOUNTING SIDE K POST, TOP SWITCH N POST CONNECTOR CONSOLE CONSOLE

BRACKET,X

PASSENGER

Pin FCZS-19 FCZ5~20

Description SCP NETWORK SW NETWORK DOOR CONTROL MODULE Active EL *+


GROUND

Inactive

CONVERTlBLE RlGHT HAND

REAR OF CENTER REAR OF CENTER

ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY

PASSENGER \/ I 0 I
S

/ I /
0 0 S I I

Pin OPIO-, DP10~7 DP,O-8 DP,O-9 DPlO~lO DP,O-11 DP10-12


DPIO-13 DP10~15 OP10-16 DP10~17 DP,O-18

Description BAERYPOWER SUPPLY PASSENGER WlNDOW MOTOR LIFT DOWN SUPPLY LOGIC GROVND SCP NETWORK PASSENGER SWITCH RHWINDOW PACK DOWN REOUEST PASSENGER WINDOW MOEMENTSENSOR LIFT FEEDBACK
PASSENGER PASSENGER PASSENGER SW NETWORK POWER GROUND PASSENGER SWITCH PACK RH WINDOW UP REOUEST WINDOW WINDOW WNDOW LIFT MOVEMENT LIFT MOVEMENT LIFT MOTOR SENSOR SENSOR FEEDBACK REFERENCE VOLTAGE UP SUPPLY

Inactive B+
GROUND GROUND GROUND

GROUNDS Ground FC2b.R


FCPAR

Location
EYELET EYELET IPAlRi

/ Type
RlGHT HAND HAND LEG, LEG, RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND K POST K POST

2 - ,600Hz
B+ (MOMENTARY) P=UP:12=OOWN *=UP;1L=oOWN B, B2,600 Hz GROUND GROUND GROVND BT ~MOMENTARYI B, GROUND

IPAIR) - RlGHT

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

SECURITY AND LOCKING D


S

CONTROL

MODULE Active *- 1600 HZ


2- 1600 Hz

Pin 8740-8 BT40~16

Description SW NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

Inactive

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

MESSAGES.

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS Active


REWEST SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY LATCH REOUEST RELAYS ACTl*TE GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND DOWN GROUND B+ 2 - 1600 HZ 2 - ,500 TOP CLOSED GLASS UP RELAYS ACTIVATE SUPPLY GPOUND GROUND HZ LATCH CONTROL MAlN MAJOR OUARTER CONTROL VALVE VALVE PACK LH CONTROL MOOVLE RH33: Z-WAY ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL 111HC i BLACK 111HC i BLACK (LOGIC, (CLOSED) iMOMENTARY GROUND GROUND BA BBGROVND BBDOOR CONTROL MODULEPASSENGER PASSENGER TRUNK, TRUNK: FASCIA REAR OUARTER REAR OUARTER TRUNK PANEL PANEL CARRIER DOOR 1 DOOR CASING TOP PUMP TOP PUMP ,MOMENTARYi

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE J Pin Description I FC14-10 CONVERTIBLE TOP RAISE


I I I I I I 0 I S s 1 0 I FC14-15 FC14~32 FC14-33 FC14~36 FC14-62 FC14-63 FCld-65 FC14~77 FC14-80 FC14W4 FC14~85 FC14-89 FC14~98 FC14~103 IGNITION IGNiTlON IGNlTlON SWlTCHED SWITCHED SWITCHED

Inactive B+

Component BODY PROCESSOR MODULE


CONVERTlBLE CONVERTIBLE CONVERTlBLE CONVERTIBLE CONVERTIBLE CONVERTIBLE CONVERTIBLE DOOR CONTROL TOP CLOSED TOP DOWN TOP LATCH TOP PUMP TOP RAISED TOP SWTCH MODULE DRIVER SWITCH SWlTCH TOP READY TO-LATCH SWITCH SWITCH CLOSED SWITCH

Location
PASSENGER RIGHT HAND TRUNK/

I Access
SIDE FASClAiAlRBAG OPERATING HAND CYLINDER BRACKE,

GROUND GROUND GROUND

TOP OF WlNDSHlELD TOP OF WlNDSHlELD RIGHT SIDE CYLlNDER RIGHT HAND FORWARD ORlVER OPERATING

CONVERTIBLE CONVERTIBLE CONVERTIBLE LOGIC GROUND REAR OUARTER BATTERY SCP NETWORK SW NETWORK CONVERTIBLE REAR QUARTER

TOP REAOYTO TOP LATCH TOP LOWER SUPPLY GLASS

CLOSED

TOP OF WlNOSHlELD OF GEAR SELECTOR DOOR CASING DOOR,

POWER SUPPLY

CONVERTIBLE CONVERTIBLE

POWER GROUND

INSTRUMENT LIGHT LlGHT LIFT

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL J s s Pin 0010-9 ODIO-16

MODULE Inactive

OUARTER

LlFT - RH LOCKING

RH34,2~WAY

Description SW NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

SECVRITYAND

BT40,16-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLPCK ET41 ,?S-WAY FORD IDC 1 BLACK RHX, COAXIAL CONNECTOR

I ELECTRICAL

MAJOR v
S

INSTRUMENT

PACK Inactive

RELAYS Relay
OUARTER OUARTER OUARTER QUARTER DOWN DOWN RELAY - LH RELAY - RH LH RH

Pin FC25~19 FC25-20

Description SW NETWORK
SCP NEiWORK

Color / Stripe
BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK

Connector
BT75, ST,,, BT76, BT17, BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK

/ Color

Location
TRUNK TRUNK TRUNK TRVNK TRUNK TRUNK RELAYS RELAYS RELAYS RELAYS RELAYS RELAYS

/ Access

UP RELAYUP RELAYRELAY

BT74 I BLACK ST16 i BLACK

PASSENGER ci s
s

DOOR CONTROL Description


SCP NETWORK SCP NETWORK

MODULE Inactive

TOP UP RELAY TOP DOWN

Pin DP10~9
DP,O-16

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONTROL MODULE Inactive


VALVE

CONNECTORS Location
070, 070, SLATE WHITE FASCIA TRUNK, DRlVER RIGHT

SECURITY

AND LOCKING Description

Connector AC14
BT1 BT4 DO, DP1 RF, RH12 RH2 RH5 RH6

Type I Color
14.WAY Z&WAY 10.WAY 23.WAY 18.WAY 182,vAY 20.WAY J-WAY J-WAY MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK AMP - FORD, MULTILOCK MVLTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK

/ Access
CONNECTOR RIGHT RIGHT HAND HAND MOUNT~JG REAR WHEEL REAR WHEEL POST TRIM MOUNTlNG BRACKET, N POST TRIM ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY TRIM PANEL TRIM PANEL BRACKET, ARCH ARCH RIGHT HAND SIDE

BOTTOM ABOVE

TOP UP RELAY ACTIVATE LATCH BAERY MAIN CONTROL POWER SUPPLY VALVE

GROVND GROUND

070,YELLOW BLACK BLACK 070, 070, 070, 070, 070, YELLOW YELLOW WHITE WHITE WHlTE

TRUNK/ABOVE PASSENGER HAND

23~WAY AMP - FORD,

SIDE N POST MOUNTING SIDE K POST,* CONSOLE CONSOLE OUARTER OUARTER K POST CONNECTOR

BRACKET,APOSTTRlM

BGROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

SCP NETWORK CONTROL TOP DOWN GROUND GROUND SCP NETWORK / BT41-3 CONVERTIBLE TOP DOWN SWITCH RELAY ACTlVATE

REAR OF CENTER REAR OF CENTER BEHIND BEHIND RIGHT

LEFT HAND HAND

GROUND

GROUNDS MESSAGES. Ground


BTIAL BTlAR BTlBL BTIBR BTXS FCBAS FCBBR RHIS

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET (PAIR,

/ Type
LEFT HAND HAND HAND LEG /ADJACENT LEG, LEG, LEG, RIGHT LEG, ADJACENT ADJACENT REAR LEFT HAND K POST TO BAERY BMTERY TO BATTERY TO BATTERY ADJACENTTO

IPAIR, - RIGHT (PAIR) (SINGLE) (SINGLE), (PAIRI ,SlNGLEi, RIGHT

IPAIR) - LEFT HAND /TRUNK,

LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND

K POST REAR OUARTER

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS Inactive Component


ANTENNA MOTOR SPEAKER SPEAKER - DRlVER PACK HEAD NIT DOOR DOOR CD AUTO-CHANGER FULL RANGE FULL RANGE - PASSENGER

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK V Pin Description c FCZ5-24 CAN NETWORK


c 0 FC25-47 FC26-20 CAN NETWORK VEHICLE SPEED

Connector
BT19, IC,, 0019 CD DATA I2-WAY

/ Type / Color
C.S. *ND , WHITE HARTMAN MDK, MDK, BLACK BLACK CONNECTOR GROTE AMP AMP AND HARTMAN PCB SIGNAL, PCB SIGNAL,

Location
TRUNK TRVNK,

/ Access
SIDE SIDE

S-WAY YAZAK,

i RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND

DRIVER DOOR CASING PASSENGER FASCIA CENTER CONSOLE DOOR CASING

DP1S,Z-WAYGROTE FC25,4WVAY FC2Bi24-WAY

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

MESSAGES.

MAJOR RADlO,

INSTRUMENT CASSETTE

BLACK BLACK

IC8, COAXIAL CONNECTOR lCl0 : 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE IC13,COAIxIAL CONNECTOR IC14, POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTOR ICI2 i COAXIAL CONNECTOR ,3WAY GRATE EPC, BLACK AND HARTMAN AND WHlTE MDK / BLACK MDK, BLACK WHEELi SIDE SlDE SW4 (FLYLEAD) w27 RH26, /Z-WAY Z-WAY

RADlO

ANTENNA SWTCHES FULL RANGE FULL RANGE iSTEERING SPEAKER-DRIVER SPEAKER-PASSENGER

TRUNK, STEERING INTERIOR INTERIOR

RIGHT

HAND

SIDE PANEL PANEL

RADIO CONTROL REAR OA\RTER REAR OUARTER

WHEEL REAR OUARTER REAR QUARTER

GROTE AND HARTMAN

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector

CONNECTORS Location
FASCIA DRIVER BELOW BELOW BEHlND RIGHT INSIDE CENTER BOOM TRUNK/ABOVE PASSENGER

Type I Color

I Access
CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND MOUNTING REAR WHEEL BRACKET, POSTTRlM BOX BOX MOTOR COLUMN BRACKET, ARCH N POST TRIM RIGHT HAND SIDE

SIDE N POST MOUNTING SIDE A POST,K CONSOLE CONSOLE BOX STEERING COLUMN COLUMN COWL CENTER CENTER GLOVE HAND GLOVE GLOVE

ADJACENTTO

SIDE OF STEERING WHEEL

STEERING

OF STEERING

GROUNDS Ground
BTlAL CE2 FCBBL

Location
EYELET EYELET

/ Type
LEG, RIGHT LEG, ADJACENTTO HAND LEFT HAND BATTERY TUNNEL A POST /ABOVE HAND SlDE OF TRANSMISSION

IPAIR) - LEFT HAND WNGLEi

EYELET (PAIRI -LEFT

CONTROL +

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following I 0 SG

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR connections
or a switch

Input output Signal Ground

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

THIS INFORMATION

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied

made and all


is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL MAJOR 77 c c 0

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION PACK Active 15- ,500HZ 15- ,500HZ


22 Hz Q 10 MPH 116 KM/HI. 44 HZ @ 20 MPH ,32 KMiHi @ B+

INSTRUMENT

COMPONENTS Inactive Component


ANTENNA MOTOR SPEAKER SPEAKER - DRIVER DOOR - PASSENGER PACK HEAD NIT DOOR CD ATO-CHANGER FVLL RANGE FULL RANGE MAJOR

Pin FC25~24 FC25-47


FC26~20

Description CANNETWORK CANNETWORK


VEHICLE SPEED

Connector
BT,9,6-WAYYAZAKI 0019, DP19,

/ Type / Color
C S.. /WHITE MDK, MDK, BLACK BLACK

Location
TRUNK, TRUNK, DRIVER FASClA CENTER RiGHT RIGHT

/ Access
HAND HAND SIDE SIDE

IC7, CD DATA CONNECTOR Z-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN Z-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN AMP PCB SIGNAL, AMP PCS SIGNAL

DOOR CASING DOOR CASING

PASSENGER

lNSTRMENT CASSETTE

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

MESSAGES.
RADIO,

FC25,48-WAY Fc26,*4-WAY

BLACK I BLACK

IO, COAXIAL CONNECTOR lClO,20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE IC13, COAXIAL CONNECTOR IC14, POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTOR IC12, COAXIAL SWAY i *-WAY CONNECTOR ,3-WAY GRATE EPC, BLACK AND WHITE MDK, BLACK rmtc / BLACK GROTE AND HARTMAN ANO HARTMAN (STEERING WHEEL SIOE SIDE SW4 ,FLYLEADI RH25, ~~24

CONSOLE

RADlO

ANTENNA SWlTCHES FULL RANGE FULL RANGE SPEAKER-DRIVER SPEAKER-PASSENGER

TRUNK, STEERING ,NTERlOR ,NTER,OR

RlGHT

HAND

SIDE PANEL PANEL

RADIO CONTROL REAR OJARTER REAR QUARTER

WHEEL REAR OUARTER REAR OUARTER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
AC14 BT1 DO1 LIP1 ICI IC2 RH, SC3 SW SW2 11.WAY 23WAY 23.WAY 2@WAY 1CWAY X-WAY 12.WAY ,*-WAY

CONNECTORS Location
070, SLATE FASCIA TRUNK, BOOM ABOVE 070 /WHITE BLACK BLACK 070, 070, 070, 070, 040, YELLOW WHITE SLATE SLATE BLACK

Type I Color
MULTILOCK AMP - FORD, AMP - FORD, MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK PO-WAY MULTlLOCK

/ Access
CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND MOUNTING REAR WHEEL A POST TRIM GLOVE GLOVE BOX BOX COLUMN BRACKET, ARCH POST TRIM RIGHT HAND SIDE

DRIVER SIDE A POST MOUNTING PASSENGER BELOW BELOW BEHIND RIGHT INSIDE CENTER SIDE 4 POST, CONSOLE CONSOLE BOX COLUMN COWL CENTER CENTER GLOVE HAND STEERING

BRACKET,A

SIDE OF STEERlNG WHEEL

B-WAY JST , WHITE

OF STEERING

GROUNDS Ground Location


EYELET EYELET EYELET

I Type
LEG, RIGHT LEG, LEFT HAND HAND ADJACENT A POST TUNNEL TO BATERY ABOVE SIDE OF TRANSMlSSiON

IPAIR) - LEFT HAND ,SlNGLEi, ,PAlRi - LEFT HAND

CONTROL +

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following I 0 SG

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Dut data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency


circuit operation.

Input output Signal Ground

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

on this data page is furnished

to aid the

user

in

understanding

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS Active 15- 1500 HZ


15 - 1500 Hz 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (26 KMIHI. 44 Hz 0 20 MPH 132 KM/HI Q BMID-BASS SPEAKER SPEAKER - DRIVER DOOR DOOR MID-BASS PASSENGER

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK ;J Pin Description c x25-24 CANNETWORK c FC25-47 CAN NETWORK
0 FC26-20 VEHICLE SPEED

Component
ANTENNA MAJOR MOTOR INSTRUMENT PACK CD AUTO-CHANGER

Connector
BT19, IC7, CD DATA FC25,48-WAY X26,24-WAY DD19, DP19,2-WAY

I Type I Color
C S. , WHITE BLACK BLACK MDK, MDK, BLACK BLACK CONNECTOR AMP AMP PCB SlGNAL, PCB SIGNAL,

Location
TRUNK, TRUNK, FASCIA DRIVER DOOR PASSENGER TRVNK, CENTER RIGHT

/ Access
SIDE SIDE HAND

B-WAY YAZAK,

RIGHT HAND

Z~WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN GRDTE AND HARTMAN 070, WHITE 070,WHITE

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

MESSAGES.

DOOR HAND SIDE

POWER AMPLiFlER RADIO /CASSETTE HEAD UNIT

IC17,12-WAY MVLTILOCK IC18, ,%WA,MULTlLOCK

RIGHT

IC8, COAXIAL CONNECTOR lCt0, ZO~WAY MULTliOCK 070 /WHITE IC13, COAXIAL CONNECTOR IC14, POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTOR IC12, COAXIAL CONNECTOR : 3.WAY GROTE EPC, BLACK AND WHlTE MDK i BLACK MDK, MDK! MDK, MDK, BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK MDK / BLACK GROTE AND HARTMAN AND HARTMAN GROTE AND HARTMAN GROTE AND HARTMAN GROTE AND HARTMAN GROTE AND HARTMAN MVLTILOCK MULTILOCK *-WAY 2-W*, 070, 070, SLATE SLATE 040, 040, BLACK BLACK WHEEL) SlDE SIDE SIDE SIDE SW4 (FLYLEAD RH25 / *-WAY RH24,2-WAY RH27 i 2.WAY RH26, *-WAY RHX, Z-WAY RH27,2~WAY FC39, SlDE FC38, SWAY *-WAY

CONSOLE

RADIO ANTENNA RADlO CONTROL SWITCHES MID-RANGE MID-RANGE iSTEERING REAR QUARTER REAR QUARTER SPEAKER-DRIVER SPEAKER-PASSENGER -DRIVER -PASSENGER

TRUNK, STEERING ,NTER,OR ,NTERlOR INTERIOR INTERIOR PARCEL FASCIA, FASCIA, DRIVER

RlGHT

HAND

SIDE PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL

WHEEL REAR QUARTER REAR OUARTER REAR QUARTER REAR WARTER SHELF DRIVER SIDE PASSENGER DOOR DOOR SIDE

REAR SUB~WOOFER REAR SUB-WOOFER REAR SUB-WOOFER SQUAWKER SWAWKER TWEETER TWEETER IFASCIA) FASCIA,

(CONVERTIBLE1 (CONVERTIBLEI ICOUPE) - DRIVER SIDE - PASSENGER DOOR

DRiVER DOOR - PASSENGER

DD18 iFLYLEAD,/ DP18 (FLYLEAD),

MULTILOCK MULTILOCK

PASSENGER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
AC14 BT, DD1 DPI IC, IC2 IC4 RH, SC3 SW1 SW2

CONNECTORS Location
FASCIA WHITE TRUNK, DRIVER BELOW BELOW TRUNK, BEHIND RlGHT ,NS,DE CENTER 070,

Type / Color
14~WAYMULTiLOCK070,SLATE 20.WAY *SWAY 23WAY ?&WAY 11.WAY I-WAY Z-WAY 12.WAY 12.WAY MULTlLOCK AMP FORD, AMP - FORD, MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK BLACK BLACK 070, 070, 070, 070, 070, 040, YELLOW WHITE WHITE SLATE SLATE BLACK

/ Access
CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND MONTiNG REAR WHEEL BRACKET, POSTTRIM BOX BOX BRACKET, ARCH A POST TRIM RIGHT HAND SIDE

BOTTOM ABOVE

SIDE K POST MOUNTING SlDE A PDST,K CONSOLE CONSOLE BOX CENTER CENTER GLOVE HAND STEERlNG GLOVE GLOVE

PASSENGER

LEFT OF ANTENNA

ASSEMBLY COLUMN

SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN WHEEL

COWL

S-WAY JST , WHITE

OF STEERING

GROUNDS Ground
BTIAL BTlCS CEZ FCSBL

Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET (PNR,

/ Type
- LEFT HAND /ABOVE LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT LEG, ADJACENT BATTERY HAND SIDE OF TRANSMlSSiON A POST TUNNEL LEFT HAND TO BATTERY

ISINGLE,,ADJACENTTO (SINGLE) IPAIR)

CONTROL +

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.


COmPOnentS

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON: Inactive means a load is not aoolied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

COMPONENTS Component
HANDSET MiCROPHONE RADIO, CASSEE HEAD NIT

Connector
RT4, TELEPHONE, RFB, 2.WAY

I Type I Color
PROPRIETARY 040, BLACK MULTILOCK

Location
CENTER CENTER ROOF CONSOLE

/ Access

CONSOLE CONSOLE

ICB, COAXIAL CONNECTOR IClO, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070 1)WHITE IC13, COAXIAL CONNECTOR iC14, POWER AMPLlFlER CONNECTOR RT7, COAXIAL PROPRIETARY PROPRIETARY ML KEY B, WHITE RT2 j TELEPHONE, RT5 / TELEPHONE, 1 SWTCH FC77! l&WAY AMP

TELEPHONE TELEPHONE OlCE

ANTENNA TRANSCEIVER ACTlVATlOR ONLY)

TRUNK, CENTER CENTER

RIGHT

HAND

SIDE

CONSOLE CONSOLE

RECOGNlTlON iNAS VEHICLES

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector IC2


RF1 RT3 RT6 RT8 RT9 RT20 ,.&WAY IB-WAY

CONNECTORS Location
070,WHITE 070, YELLOW BELOW RlGHT CENTER CENTER CENTER CENTER SLATE HAND

Type / Color
MULTlLOCK MULTlLOCK

/ Access
CONSOLE GLOVE BOX MOUNTING BRACKET.N POSTTRIM N POST CONNECTOR

CENTER CONSOLE CONSOLE CONSOLE CONSOLE

TELEPHONE, TELEPHONE, TELEPHONE, TELEPHONE, 14.WAY

PROPRIETARY PROPRIETARY PROPRIETARY PROPRIETARY 070,

MULTILOCK

REAR OF CENTER

CONSOLE

ASSEMBLY

GROUNDS Ground FCZCS


FC4CS

Location
EYELET EYELET

I Type
RIGHT HAND 4 POST A POST LEFT HAND

(SINGLE), (SlNGLEi,

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE Active


GROUND INSTRUMENT COMMUNlCATlON SWITCHED SENSOR SENSOR POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND POWER GROUND SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY SPPL\ STATVS STATUS PACK AIRBAG MIL GROUND

AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL 3


0 D 1 I I

COMPONENTS Inactive GROUND BA


GROUND !NO FALT, (NO FAULTi SAFING SENSOR) IMPACT IMPACT SENSOR, SENSOR, OPEN ClRClT OPEN ClRCUlT OPEN ClRClT OPEN ClRCUlT GROUND (FAULT PRESENT) IMPACT SENSOR, B- iNO FAULT, B+ (SHORTED ,SHORTEDI (SHORTEDi iSHORTED (PULSED) IMPACT SENSOR) OPEN CIRCUIT B7 BOPEN ClRCUlT BGROUND IMPACT IMPACT SENSOR SENSOR - RH - LH

Pin FC29~4 FC29-5


FC29-6 FC29-7 FC29-8 FCZB-9

Description
GROUND MAJOR SERIAL IGNITION LH IMPACT RH IMPACT DRIVERS DRIVERS

Component
AlRBAG AlRBAG AlRBAG AlRBAG - DRlVER SIDE (STEERING SIDE CONNECTOR MODULE WHEEL) - PASSENGER INTERROGATION : SRS CONTROL

Connector
SW, 1 ,FLYLEADi FC74 iFLYLEAD,/ FC40 ,4-WAY FC29,12~WAY FC30 I12~WAY LF51 : I-WAY LEO &WAY

I Type I Color
/%WAY EPC ! BLACK 070 / WHlTE BYWAY EPC II BLACK MULTILOCK FORD CARD I BLACK FORD CARD /SLATE FORD CARD WHITE FORD CARD /WHITE

Location
CENTER LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHTHANDIx FRONT FRONT

I Access
WHEEL ASSEMBLY A POST TRIM SIDE OF AIRBAG K POST,

OF STEERlNG

B0 GROUND

POST.APOSTTRlM MEMBER MEMBER FORWARD lFORWARD OF RADIATOR OF RADIATOR

UPPER CROSS UPPER CROSS

SIDE AIRBAG SIDE AIRBAG

B- SHORTED GROUND GROUND BGROUND BI GROUND GROUND GROUND

(SHORTED iSHORTED SAFING

PASSENGER PASSENGER lGNlTlON FVSED COMMON LH IMPACT RH IMPACT COMMON GROUND

SIDE AIRBAG SIDE AIRBAG SWITCHED lNTERRPT BATTERY SENSOR SENSOR AIRBAG

GROUND

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector LF2


SW0

CONNECTORS Location
LEFT HAND INSIDE

POWER SUPPLY

B* lSHORTED

SENSOR,

POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY

SUPPLY

Type / Color B-WAY CARDBLACK FORD :


BYWAY EPC! BLACK

/ Access
N POST CONNECTOR COLUMN COWL MOUNTING BRACKET K POST TRIM

DEPLOYMENT

STEERING

A:RBAG

GROVND STATUS STATUS GROUND PULSED

SUPPLY

GROUNDS Ground
FClS

SUPPLY OUTPUT

GROUND GROUND GROUND

CODE RETRIEVAL

Location
EYELET

I Type
RIGHT HAND A POST

lSlNGLEi!

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation, KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS Active BGROUND GROUND ,LDGICl BGPOUND (HORN SOUNDING,

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 7 Pin Description


BATTERY HORN POWER SUPPLY SUPPLY LOGIC GROUND BATTERY

Inactive B+
GROUND BBGROUND

Component
BODY PROCESSOR CIGAR LIGHTER FASCIA ACCESSORY ENGINE CONNECTOR COMPARTMENT MODULE

Connector
FC14! 104~WAY

/Type
AMP EEEC,

I Color
SLATE

Location
PASSENGER FORWARD

/ Access
SIDE FASClA I AIRBAG BRACKET OF GEAR SELECTOR RIGHT HANDSlDE OF GLOVE BOX

RELAY ACTIVATE POWER SUPPLY SUPPLY

X42 1 CIGAR LIGHTER! BLACK FC59 LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE F&i, LF5 LF6, LF7, LFB LF70 S-WAY AMP SERIES 10.WAY 10.WAY IO-WAY 10.WAY EYELET U U T T T T U U U U A A A. A 260 BLACK WHITE BLACK GREEN BLUE NATURAL f BLACK GREEN BLUE FUSEBOX FUSEBOX FUSEBOX FUSEBOX FUSEBOX; FUSEBOX FUSEBOX FUSEBOX

FASC14.ADJACENTTO ENGlNE COMPARTMENT

POWER GROUND

FUSE BOX

LEFT FRONT

FUSE BOX-TRUNK

BTlO l&WAY BTll fl 10.WAY BT12; ,&WAY BT13, 10~WAY BTSb I EYELET (ROOF CONSOLEi RF,, , HYBRlC RF,0 (FLYLEAD)

T A. T A. TA TA

TRUNK

ELECTRlCAL

CARRIER

GARAGE

DOOR OPENER

WHlTE II S-WAY MULTILOCK

ROOF CONSOLE 070 1 SLATE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL

HORN

SWlTCHES

(STEERING

WHEEL,

HP1 I ,-WAY BLADE HP2 I-WAY BLADE HP3 )_EYELET LF16, LUCAR LF17 i LUCAR LF14! LUCAR LF15 I_LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE RIGHT ANGLE RIGHT ANGLE RIGHT ANGLE SERIES 250 PIN! BLACK

HORN - LH HORN - RH TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR

FRONT FRONT TRUNK,

BUMPER BUMPER!

1 REAR REAR TO BATTERY

BT25,

S-WAY AMP

ADJACENT

RELAYS Relay
HORN RELAY ,W ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY (861

Color I Stripe
BROWN BROWN

Connector
BUS BUS

/ Color

Location
ENGlNE TRUNK

/ Access
FUSE BOX

COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector
BT58 LF60 RF, RH14 SC2 SC3 SW1 SW2 d-WAY 18.WAY Z-WAY 12.WAY ,*-WAY

CONNECTORS Location
111HC, BLACK 070, 070, WHITE YELLOW TRUNK, RlGHT LEFT HAND HAND

Type / Color
ECONOSEAL MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL MULTILOCK MULTILOCK ZO~WAY MULTILOCK

/ Access
RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL MOUNTING MOUNTlNG MOTOR COLVMN ARCH BRACKET, BRACKET,K 4 POST TRIM POSTTRIM A POST CONNECTOR N POST CONNECTOR CONSOLE STEERING COLUMN COLUMN COWL

ABOVE

111HC, BLACK 070 /YELLOW 070, 040, SLATE BLACK

REAR OF CENTER ADJACENTTO RlGHT INSlDE CENTER HAND

ASSEMBLY

10~WAY MULTILOCK

SIDE OF STEERING WHEEL

STEERING

B-WAY JST , WHITE

OF STEERING

GROUNDS Ground FClBR


FC2BL FCZBR FCBAS FCBBL FCBBR FC4BL FC4BR LFlAL LF2BR

Location
EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET

I Type
HAND HAND LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, LEG, RIGHT RiGHT RIGHT HAND HAND HAND I A POST R POST A POST POST L POST K POST K POST HEADLAMP FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD LATCH

(PAIR, -RIGHT ,PAlRi ISINGLE,, iPAIR, RIGHT

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND

LEFT HAND LEFT HAND HAND HAND HAND

K POST LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND ENGINE

(PAIR) - RIGHT iPAIR (PAlRi - RIGHT - RlGHT

(PAlR) - LEFT HAND (PAIR) - LEFT HAND

COMPARTMENT,

CONTROL +

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following

symbols

are used to represent D C S

values for Control

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. KHz MS MV Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts SHOULD BE USED FOR REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

to aid the user in understanding

THIS INFORMATION

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. Active

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; Inactive means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. COMPONENTS Component ABS!TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE ADAPT,E DAMPING CONTROL MODULE AIRCONDlTlONiNG CONTROL MODULE AIRBAG, CONTROL SRS MODULE BODY PROCESSOR MODULE DATA CONNECTOR LINK DXR COYTROL MODLE DRldER DOOR CONTROL MODULEPASSENGER ENGINE CONTROL MODULE GEAR SELECTOR MODULE KEYTRANSPONDER MODULE MAJOR iNSTRMENT PACK SEAT CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE -PASSENGER
BT40 116.WAY FORD 2.8 TlMER I BLACK BT41 ,2WdAY FORD IDC, BLACK RHZO i COAXlAL CONNECTOR EM,! 88-WAY BOSCH, BLACK PASSENGER BELOW DRIVER DOOR PASSENGER ENGlYE SlDE FASCIA AIRBAG BRACKET DRlER SIDE FUSE BOX DOOR CASING DOOR: DOOR CASlNG CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

REFER TO THE APPENDIX

Connector /Type I Color LF3725.w*.yAMPHYBRlC! j BLACK mm ,35~WAY BLACK AMP,

Location I Access ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LEFT FRONT TRNK:ADJACENTTO ELECTRlCALCARRlER A/CUNIT:RIGHT HAND SIDE

COMPARTMENT:

FRONT

OF GEAR SELECTOR PASSENGER

ASSEMBLY SIDE FUSE BOX

ADJACENTTO

FC25 I WWAY AMP PCB SlGNAL! BLACK


FCX, 24~WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL i BLACK

FASCIA BELOW SEAT CUSHION

BELOW TRUNK,

SEAT CUSHION ELECTRICAL CARRIER

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT:

CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector AC14


BT, DD1 DP1 EM1 PA12 SD1 SP1

CONNECTORS Location
FASClA DR,ER ENGlNE BELOW BELOW TRNK,ABOE PASSENGER

Type / Color I4~WAY MULTILOCK SLATE 070,


20.WAY 23WAY 23WAY 1%WAY B-WAY MLTlLOCK AMP FORD! AMP - FORD, MULTILOCK MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BLACK BLACK 070, WHITE 070,YELLOW 070,YELLOW &W/YELLOW

/ Access
CONNECTOR RIGHT HAND SIDE A POST,A CONSOLE SEAT MOVNTING BRACKET, POSTTRIM RlGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY BRACKET! RIGHT HAND SIDE REARWHEELARCH A POST TRIM

BOTTOM

SlDE A POST MOUNTING COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO DRIVER SEAT PASSENGER

PWVVAY MULTILOCK BYWAY MULTlLOCK

REAR OF CENTER

GROUNDS Ground
FCSBL

Location / Type EYELET - LEFT iPAlRi HAND LEFT LEG/ HAND POST A MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

CONTROL

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

XK8 Range 1997


This Appendix contains a listing of CAN and SCP Network messages.

User Instructions Appendix

Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Appendix: BPM DIAG DDCM DSCM IP PDCM PSCM R T SLCM Body Processor Module Diagnostics Driver Door Control Module Driver Seat Control Module Instrument Pack Passenger Door Control Module Passenger Seat Control Module Receive Transmit Security and Locking Control Module

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

Appendix
CAN Messages by Node
NODE: Engine Control Module Transmitted by ECM Message
CAN traction acknowledge CAN traction control estimated engine torque CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque CAN throttle position CAN pedal position CAN torque reduction acknowledge CAN engine speed CAN brake pedal pressed CAN cruise status CAN park brake status CAN OBD II clear fault codes CAN engine coolant temperature CAN engine OBD II MIL CAN throttle malfunction red CAN throttle malfunction amber CAN ECM fault code MIL status CAN ECM PECUS flag CAN engine fault codes CAN fuel used CAN NWM token ECM CAN diagnostic data out ECM

XK8 Range 1997

Useage
Confirms torque reduction for traction control Derived from map of engine characteristics Derived from map of engine characteristics Throttle valve position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand Confirms torque reduction for shift energy management Engine speed Brake switch status Cruise control system status Indicates whether the parking brake is on Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBD II DTCs Engine coolant temperature in Celsius MIL control for OBD II DTCs Red throttle malfunction warnings Amber throttle malfunction warnings Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on PECUS programmed status of ECM EMS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Derived from injector pulse duration Message for monitoring network status From external diagnostics device only

ii

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997


CAN Messages by Node
NODE: Engine Control Module Received by ECM Message
CAN torque reduction throttle CAN fast torque reduction ignition CAN fast torque reduction cylinder CAN torque reduction request CAN transmission overload CAN transmission input speed CAN transmission output speed CAN torque converter slip CAN kickdown CAN traction status CAN vehicle reference speed CAN ABS fault codes CAN OBD II ABS clear acknowledge CAN ABS fault code MIL status CAN ABS malfunction CAN sidelamp status CAN dipped beam status CAN main beam status CAN oil pressure low CAN fuel level damped CAN fuel level raw CAN gear position actual CAN torque converter status CAN gear position selected CAN gear selection fault CAN transmission shift map CAN transmission oil temperature CAN transmission malfunction CAN TCM fault code MIL status CAN OBD II TCM clear acknowledge CAN transmission fault codes CAN left front wheel speed CAN right front wheel speed CAN left rear wheel speed CAN right rear wheel speed CAN NWM token TCM CAN NWM token IP CAN NWM token ABS CAN diagnostic data in ECM

User Instructions Appendix

Usage
For traction control throttle intervention Fast stability control response ignition retard Fast stability control response cylinder fuel cut off For shift energy management Protects transmission against excessive torque Transmission input shaft speed Transmission output shaft speed Percentage of torque converter slip Kickdown status Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size ABS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Acknowledgment that OBD II ABS DTCs have been cleared Indicates whether the ABS DTC should switch MIL on Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems Side lamp state for idle speed control Dipped beam state for idle speed control Main beam state for idle speed control Indicates low engine oil pressure Indicates damped level of fuel in tank Indicates raw undamped level of fuel in tank Actual transmission gear state Indicates torque converter lockup Position of transmission rotary switch Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected Dynamic shift program currently selected Transmission fluid temperature Transmission malfunction warning Indicates whether the TCM DTC should switch MIL on Acknowledgment that OBD II DTCs have been cleared TCM DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Front left wheel speed Front right wheel speed Rear left wheel speed Rear right wheel speed Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status From external diagnostics device only

Source
ABS ABS ABS TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS IP IP IP IP IP IP TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM ABS ABS ABS ABS TCM IP ABS DIAG

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

iii

Appendix
CAN Messages by Node
NODE: Transmission Control Module Transmitted by TCM Message
CAN torque reduction request CAN transmission overload CAN transmission input speed CAN transmission output speed CAN torque converter slip CAN kickdown CAN gear position actual CAN torque converter status CAN gear position selected CAN gear selection fault CAN transmission shift map CAN transmission oil temperature CAN transmission malfunction CAN TCM PECUS flag CAN TCM fault code MIL status CAN OBD II TCM clear acknowledge CAN transmission fault codes CAN NWM token TCM CAN diagnostic data out TCM

XK8 Range 1997

Usage
For shift energy management Protects transmission against excessive torque Transmission input shaft speed Transmission output shaft speed Percentage of torque converter slip Kickdown status Actual transmission gear state Indicates torque converter lockup Position of transmission rotary switch Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected Dynamic shift program currently selected Transmission fluid temperature Transmission malfunction warning PECUS programmed status of TCM Indicates whether the TCM DTC should switch MIL on Acknowledgment that OBD II DTCs have been cleared TCM DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Message for monitoring network status To external diagnostics device only

Received by TCM Message


CAN traction status CAN ABS malfunction CAN ABS status CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque CAN throttle position CAN pedal position CAN torque reduction acknowledge CAN engine speed CAN brake pedal pressed CAN cruise status CAN OBD II clear fault codes CAN engine coolant temperature CAN engine OBD II MIL CAN throttle malfunction red CAN throttle malfunction amber CAN ECM fault code MIL status CAN engine fault codes CAN left front wheel speed CAN right front wheel speed CAN NWM token ECM CAN NWM token IP CAN NWM token ABS CAN diagnostic data in TCM

Usage
Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems Indicates whether ABS is operating Derived from map of engine characteristics Throttle valve position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand Confirms torque reduction for shift energy management Engine speed Brake switch status Cruise control system status Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBD II DTCs Engine coolant temperature in Celsius MIL control for OBD II DTCs Red throttle malfunction warnings Amber throttle malfunction warnings Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on EMS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Front left wheel speed Front right wheel speed Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status From external diagnostics device only

Source
ABS ABS ABS ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ABS ABS ECM IP ABS DIAG

iv

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997


CAN Messages by Node
NODE: Instrument Pack Transmitted by IP Message
CAN sidelamp status CAN dipped beam status CAN main beam status CAN oil pressure low CAN fuel level damped CAN fuel level raw CAN NWM token IP CAN diagnostic data out IP

User Instructions Appendix

Usage
Side lamp state for idle speed control Dipped beam state for idle speed control Main beam state for idle speed control Indicates low engine oil pressure Indicates damped level of fuel in tank Indicates raw undamped level of fuel in tank Message for monitoring network status To external diagnostics device only

Received by IP Message
CAN traction status CAN vehicle reference speed CAN reference distance traveled CAN ABS malfunction CAN engine speed CAN brake pedal pressed CAN park brake status CAN gear position selected CAN gear selection fault CAN transmission oil temperature CAN transmission malfunction CAN TCM PECUS flag CAN engine coolant temperature CAN engine OBD II MIL CAN throttle malfunction red CAN throttle malfunction amber CAN ECM PECUS flag CAN fuel used CAN right rear wheel speed CAN NWM token ECM CAN NWM token TCM CAN NWM token ABS CAN diagnostic data in inst

Usage
Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size Rolling count based on a standard wheel size Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems Engine speed Brake switch status Indicates whether the parking brake is on Position of transmission rotary switch Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected Transmission fluid temperature Transmission malfunction warning PECUS programmed status of TCM Engine coolant temperature in Celsius MIL control for OBD II DTCs Red throttle malfunction warnings Amber throttle malfunction warnings PECUS programmed status of ECM Derived from injector pulse duration Rear right wheel speed Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status From external diagnostics device only

Source
ABS ABS ABS ABS ECM ECM ECM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ABS ECM TCM ABS DIAG

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

Appendix
CAN Messages by Node
NODE: ABS / Traction Control Control Module Transmitted by ABS/TC CM Message
CAN torque reduction throttle CAN fast torque reduction ignition CAN fast torque reduction cylinder CAN traction status CAN vehicle reference speed CAN reference distance traveled CAN ABS fault codes CAN OBD II ABS clear acknowledge CAN ABS fault code MIL status CAN ABS malfunction CAN ABS status CAN left front wheel speed CAN right front wheel speed CAN left rear wheel speed CAN right rear wheel speed CAN NWM token ABS CAN diagnostic data out ABS

XK8 Range 1997

Usage
For traction control throttle intervention Fast stability control response ignition retard Fast stability control response cylinder fuel cut off Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size Rolling count based on a standard wheel size ABS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Acknowledgment that OBD II ABS DTCs have been cleared Indicates whether the ABS DTC should switch MIL on Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems Indicates whether ABS is operating Front left wheel speed Front right wheel speed Rear left wheel speed Rear right wheel speed Message for monitoring network status From external diagnostics device only

Received by ABS/TC CM Message


CAN traction acknowledge CAN traction control estimated engine torque CAN transmission input speed CAN transmission output speed CAN torque converter slip CAN kickdown CAN throttle position CAN pedal position CAN engine speed CAN brake pedal pressed CAN OBD II clear fault codes CAN gear position actual CAN torque converter status CAN transmission shift map CAN transmission malfunction CAN transmission fault codes CAN engine OBD II MIL CAN throttle malfunction red CAN throttle malfunction amber CAN ECM fault code MIL status CAN engine fault codes CAN NWM token ECM CAN NWM token TCM CAN NWM token IP CAN diagnostic data in ABS

Usage
Confirms torque reduction for traction control Derived from map of engine characteristics Transmission input shaft speed Transmission output shaft speed Percentage of torque converter slip Kickdown status Throttle valve position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand Engine speed Brake switch status Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBD II DTCs Actual transmission gear state Indicates torque converter lockup Dynamic shift program currently selected Transmission malfunction warning TCM DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes MIL control for OBD II DTCs Red throttle malfunction warnings Amber throttle malfunction warnings Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on EMS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status Message for monitoring network status From external diagnostics device only

Source
ECM ECM TCM TCM TCM TCM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM TCM IP DIAG

vi

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997


CAN Messages by Node
NODE: Gear Selector Module (listen only) Received by Gear Selector Module Message
CAN gear position selected CAN gear selection fault

User Instructions Appendix

Usage
Gear selector indicator illumination

Source
TCM TCM

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

vii

Appendix
CAN Message Matrix
Message
CAN torque reduction throttle CAN fast torque reduction ignition CAN fast torque reduction cylinder CAN traction acknowledge CAN traction control estimated engine torque CAN torque reduction request CAN transmission overload CAN transmission input speed CAN transmission out speed CAN torque converter slip CAN kickdown CAN traction status CAN vehicle reference speed CAN reference distance traveled CAN ABS fault codes CAN OBD II ABS clear acknowledge CAN ABS fault code MIL status CAN ABS malfunction CAN ABS status CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque CAN throttle position CAN pedal position CAN torque reduction acknowledge CAN engine speed CAN brake pedal pressed CAN cruise status CAN park brake status CAN OBD II clear fault codes CAN sidelamp status CAN dipped beam status CAN main beam status CAN oil pressure low CAN fuel level raw CAN fuel level damped CAN gear position actual CAN torque converter status CAN gear position selected CAN gear selection fault CAN transmission shift map CAN transmission oil temperature CAN transmission malfunction CAN TCM PECUS flag CAN TCM fault code MIL status CAN OBD II TCM clear acknowledge CAN transmission fault codes CAN engine coolant temperature CAN engine OBD II MIL CAN throttle malfunction red CAN throttle malfunction amber CAN ECM fault code MIL status CAN ECM PECUS flag CAN engine fault codes CAN fuel used CAN left front wheel speed CAN right front wheel speed CAN left rear wheel speed CAN right rear wheel speed

XK8 Range 1997

ABS

TCM

ECM

IP

Gear Selector

Diagnostics

T .................................. R ................................................................................. T .................................. R ................................................................................. T .................................. R ................................................................................. R ................................. T ................................................................................. R ................................. T ................................................................................. ................ T ............... R ................................................................................. ................ T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. T ............... R ............... R ............... R .............................................................. T .................................. R ............... R .............................................................. T ..................................................... R .............................................................. T .................................. R ................................................................................. T .................................. R ................................................................................. T .................................. R ................................................................................. T ............... R ............... R ............... R .............................................................. T ............... R .................................................................................................... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. R .............. R ............... T ................................................................................. R .............. R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. R .............. R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ................................................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ........................................... R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ........................................... R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. ................ T ............... R ............... R .............................................................. R .............. T ............... R ............... R .............................................................. ................ T .................................. R .............................................................. ................ T ............... R ................................................................................. ................ T ............... R ................................................................................. R .............. T ............... R ................................................................................. ................ R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ................................................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... T ................................................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. T ............... R ............... R ................................................................................. T ............... R ............... R ................................................................................. T .................................. R ................................................................................. T .................................. R ............... R ..............................................................
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

viii

XK8 Range 1997

User Instructions Appendix

Message
CAN NWM token ECM CAN NWM token TCM CAN NWM token IP CAN NWM token ABS CAN diagnostic data in ECM CAN diagnostic data in TCM CAN diagnostic data in IP CAN diagnostic data in ABS CAN diagnostic data out ECM CAN diagnostic data out TCM CAN diagnostic data out IP CAN diagnostic data out ABS

ABS

TCM

ECM

IP

Gear Selector

Diagnostics

R .............. R ............... T ............... R .............................................................. R .............. T ............... R ............... R .............................................................. R .............. R ............... R ............... T .............................................................. T ............... R ............... R ............... R .............................................................. ................................... R ............................................................. T ................ ................ R ................................................................................ T ................ ...................................................... R .......................................... T ................ R .................................................................................................. T ................ ................................... T ............................................................. R ................ ................ T ................................................................................ R ................ ...................................................... T .......................................... R ................ T ................................................................................................... R ................

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

ix

Appendix
SCP Message Matrix
#
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2358 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90

XK8 Range 1997

Message Name
Vehicle speed Brake pedal pressed SLCM not programmed BPM not programmed DDCM not programmed DSCM not programmed PDCM not programmed PSCM not programmed Left hand drive vehicle Valet mode OFF Non-convertible vehicle Right hand drive vehicle Valet mode ON Convertible vehicle Request vehicle drive side Request valet mode status Request convertible status Reverse gear selected Not-in-park switch - inactive Not-in-park switch - active Request not-in-park switch status Request not-in-park switch status Diagnostic messages Charging OK Inertia switch inactive Inertia switch active Request inertia switch status Request inertia switch status Ignition status Key not-in-ignition Key in-ignition Request ignition status Request ignition status Request ignition status Request ignition status Request ignition status Request ignition status Request key-in status Request key-in status Request key-in status Request key-in status Seat belt tell tale OFF Low washer fluid warning OFF Convertible top latch warning OFF Seat belt tell tale ON Low washer fluid warning ON Convertible top latch warning ON Request washer fluid status Request convertible top latch status Security audible indication Remote panic Security disarm Glass break fault Security armed Key valid

IP

BPM

DDCM

PDCM

DSCM

PSCM

SLCM

T ............... R ............... R ........................................................................ R ..... T ............... R .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ................................. T ................................................................................. R ....................................................................... T ........................................... R .................................................... T .............................................................. R .......................................................................................... T ........................ ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... ................ T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ........................ ................ T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ........................ ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R ........................................................................ T ........................ ........................................................................................................................ T ........................................................................ R ............... R ........................ ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R ..... ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R ..... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R ..... ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... T ............... R .................................................................................................... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. ................ R ........................................................................ T ........................ ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. R ....................................................................... T ........................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... R ....................................................................... T ........................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T .............................................................................................................. R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

User Instructions Appendix

#
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 (continued)

Message Name
Glass break detected Request security arm status Request security arm status Request security arm status Seat belt chime OFF Seat belt chime ON Request seat belt chime status Diagnostic messages Recall memory 1 Recall memory 2 Save memory 1 Save memory 2 DDCM memory 1 recalled DSCM memory 1 recalled PDCM memory 1 recalled DDCM memory 2 recalled DSCM memory 2 recalled PDCM memory 2 recalled Park fold-back mirrors Unfold fold-back mirrors Stop driver mirror Stop passenger mirror Driver mirror up Passenger mirror up Driver mirror down Passenger mirror down Passenger mirror right Passenger mirror left Unlock driver door Unlock passenger door Remote unlock Remote trunk release Lock front doors Lock front doors Remote superlock Superlock driver door Superlock passenger door Remote lock Vehicle unlocked Driver door unlocked Passenger door unlocked Driver lock switch status Passenger lock switch status Driver door unsuperlocked Passenger door unsuperlocked Vehicle locked Driver door locked Passenger door locked Driver door superlocked Passenger door superlocked Request vehicle lock status Request driver door lock status Request passenger door status Request driver key barrel status Request driver key barrel status

IP

BPM

DDCM

PDCM

DSCM

PSCM

SLCM

................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................................... T ........................................................................ R ..... ...................................................... T ..................................................... R ..... ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ T ..................................................... R ........................................... ........................................................................................................................ ................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ........................................... ................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ........................................... ................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ........................................... ................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ........................................... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. ................................... T .................................. R ............... R ........................ ................................... T .................................. R ............... R ........................ ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. ................................... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ......................................................................... T ........................................... ................................... T ................................................................................. ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... T ........................................................................ R ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R .................................. R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... T ........................................................................ R ..... ................ R .................................. T ..................................................... R ..... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. ................ R ............... T ........................................................................ R ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... T ................................................................................. ................ R .................................. T .............................................................. ................................... R ........................................................................ T ..... ................................... T ........................................................................ R ..... ...................................................... T ..................................................... R ..... ................................... R ........................................................................ T ..... ................................... R ............... T ..............................................................

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

xi

Appendix
SCP Message Matrix
#
213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268

XK8 Range 1997

Message Name
Request passenger key barrel status (deleted) Request passenger key barrel status (deleted) Request superlock status Open trunk Hood closed Driver door closed Passenger door closed Trunk closed Stop fuel filler flap open Convertible top latch status Hood ajar Driver door ajar Passenger door ajar Trunk ajar Open fuel filler flap Request hood ajar status Request driver door ajar status Request driver door status Request driver door ajar status Request passenger door ajar status Request trunk ajar status Request convertible top latch switches status Driver seat heater tell tale OFF Passenger seat heater tell tale OFF Driver seat heater tell tale ON Passenger seat heater tell tale ON Request driver heater tell tale status Request passenger heater tell tale status Stop global window open Stop global window close Position driver window Position passenger window Position rear quarters Driver window position Passenger window position Stop passenger window open Stop convertible top open Stop passenger window close Stop convertible top close Open passenger window Open convertible top Close passenger window Close convertible top Request driver window position Request passenger window position Request driver and passenger window switch status Driver seat heater switch active Passenger seat heater switch active Front bulb failure Rear bulb failure Front bulbs OK Rear bulbs OK Request front bulb fail status Request rear bulb fail status Rear fog lamps OFF Remote head lamp convenience OFF

IP

BPM

DDCM

PDCM

DSCM

PSCM

SLCM

...................................................... R ..................................................... T ..... ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ T ............... R ............... R .............................................................. ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... R .............. T ........................................................................................... R ..... R .............. R ............... T .................................. R .................................. R ..... R .............. R ..................................................... T ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ T .................................................................................................... R .............. T ........................................................................................... R ..... R .............. R ............... T .................................. R .................................. R ..... R .............. R .................................. T .................................. R ............... R ..... R .............. R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................................... R ........................................................................ T ..... ................ T ............... R ................................................................................. ................................... R .................................. T ........................................... ...................................................... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R ........................................................................ T ........................ ................ R ..................................................... T ........................................... ................ R ........................................................................ T ........................ ................ T ..................................................... R ........................................... ................ T ........................................................................ R ........................ ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T ..... ................................... R ........................................................................ T ..... ...................................................... R ..................................................... T ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................................... T ........................................................................ R ..... ...................................................... T ..................................................... R ..... ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................................... T ............... R .............................................................. ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................................... R ........................................................................ T ..... ...................................................... R ..................................................... T ..... ................................... R ............... T .............................................................. ................ T ..................................................... R ........................................... ................ T ........................................................................ R ........................ R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T .............................................................................................................. R ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....

xii

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997

User Instructions Appendix

#
269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377

Message Name
Rear fog lamps ON Remote head lamp convenience ON Dip beam OFF Sidelamps OFF Hazard warning OFF Left DI lamp OFF Right DI lamp OFF Main beam OFF Rear fog lamps OFF Main beam flash OFF Request rear fog switch status Request remote headlamp convenience status Dip beam ON Sidelamps ON Hazards ON Left DI lamp ON Right DI lamp ON Main beam ON Rear fog lamps ON Main beam flash ON Request dip beam status Request sidelamps status Request left DI status Request right DI status Request main beam status Request hazard warning status Request rear fog lamps status Interior lamps OFF Interior lamps ON Request interior lighting status Valet mode message OFF Recoding keying message OFF Valet mode message Recoding keying message Diagnostic messages Wake up (SLCM) Wake up (BPM) Wake up (IP) Wake up (DDCM) Wake up (DSCM) Wake up (PDCM) Wake up (PSCM) Network awake (SLCM) Network awake (BPM) Network awake (IP) Network awake (DDCM) Network awake (DSCM) Network awake (PDCM) Network awake (PSCM) SLCM entering sleep mode BPM entering sleep mode IP entering sleep mode DDCM entering sleep mode DSCM entering sleep mode PDCM entering sleep mode PSCM entering sleep mode

IP

BPM

DDCM

PDCM

DSCM

PSCM

SLCM

................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... ................ R ........................................................................................... T ..... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T ............... R .................................................................................................... T ............... R .................................................................................................... ................ T ........................................................................................... R ..... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... T ............... R .................................................................................................... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... R .............. T .................................................................................................... R ............................................................................................................. T ..... ........................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................... T ..... ................ T .................................................................................................... T ....................................................................................................................... ................................... T ................................................................................. ......................................................................... T ........................................... ...................................................... T .............................................................. ............................................................................................ T ........................ R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T ..... R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T ..... R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ..... R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R .....

DATE OF ISSUE:

OCTOBER 1996

xiii

You might also like